tMoA

Would you like to react to this message? Create an account in a few clicks or log in to continue.
tMoA

~ The only Home on the Web You'll ever need ~

+19
We Are You
Aquaries1111
magamud
devakas
ceridwen
Beren
malletzky
Sanicle
JesterTerrestrial
firefly
Owlsden
THEeXchanger
Carol
Mercuriel
Floyd
lawlessline
Lionhawk
HigherLove
orthodoxymoron
23 posters

    Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Aquaries1111
    Aquaries1111


    Posts : 1394
    Join date : 2012-06-02
    Age : 55
    Location : In the Suns

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  Aquaries1111 Mon Jul 02, 2012 1:33 pm

    Hi Oxy,

    A lot of your links have been removed from You Tube... This goes to show you are definitely "on to something".. Whether you call it "your imagination", "Hypothetical", "Potential", "Sci-Fi"... It surely is hard to define truth but one thing is certain... You are the Author of the Final Chapter of your book.. So if you have other links you can provide in reference to the ones removed below.. I would appreciate it.. else I'll just watch some of the one minute clips.. I haven't seen any of the Stargate Continuum episodes or the Movie if that is what it is.. Seeing all this with fresh eyes.



    I've been reading 'The Gods of Eden' by William Bramley. Please, please read this book! It's amazing! Alex Collier was right to recommend it! My question is, 'am I a friend or a foe of the Gods of Eden?' Perhaps I am both friend and foe - their worst enemy and their best buddy. I really think that Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom is the wave of the future - even for the Gods of Eden - and even for Lucifer. BTW - I will continue to assume that Lucifer or the Queen of Heaven, or Amen Ra, or Hathor, or Whoever - continues to run this solar system in a manner which is not in the best interest of the human race. I truly wish for things to work out well for ALL CONCERNED. If I owned a herd of cattle - why would I want them to be fighting with each other and exterminating themselves? Even if we are essentially cattle, why wouldn't our owners be better-off instituting a proper solar system government - with highly competent self-rule? Even if our masters are 1,000 times as intelligent as us - shouldn't we have a cordial and proper relationship with them? I don't really know where we are in the universal food-chain - but a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom Solar System would work well - whether we are at the bottom, middle, or top of the galactic pecking order. CAN COOLER HEADS PLEASE PREVAIL??!! I keep watching the following sequence from 'Stargate Continuum'. Watch this repeatedly - then face yourself - and think, and think, and think. 1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tZEPUfmfIsE 2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nyKy8_sF4xY
    3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x8YK_ad7Us0&feature=related

    avatar
    We Are You


    Posts : 1550
    Join date : 2011-09-19
    Location : Here

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  We Are You Mon Jul 02, 2012 5:07 pm

    From AAM via Steve Beckow…”The “Containment” Started Last Monday, June 25, 2012″
    Posted on 2012/07/02 by kauilapele
    Okay, I’ve got that I’ve GOT to post this, now. I’m just emoticon-ing with <33333 vibrations after seeing this. And especially I get that we might not refer to all this "events" business as "mass arrests", but rather, "Mass containments and removals".

    So here it is, from Steve. Quick, no links, just… well, here it is.

    —————————————————————————

    AAM Confirms: The “Containment” Started Last Monday, June 25, 2012

    OK, we’ve finished the pre-record of An Hour with an Angel and it’s historic.

    What I’m going to try to do here is to give you as much detail as I can remember; then I will go back into the recording and draw out some additional details. I’m speaking from memory and it won’t be as satisfactory as quoting AAM so I ask you not to take my own recall as a true and accurate version of what he said, but as breaking news.

    Geoff West will offer a special edition of Cosmic Vision News after An Hour with an Angel and give a wrap-up of this incredible day’s news. Both shows can be heard here, starting 5:00 p.m. Pacific time today:

    http://www.blogtalkradio.com/inlight_radio

    First of all the events which we’ve referred to as the “mass arrests” are underway and started last Monday, June 25, 2012.

    Archangel Michael (1) prefers not to refer to them as “mass arrests,” because that wording is not of love, but as “containments” and “removals” so we’ll change our vocabulary starting now.

    The containments take several forms. The leading Illuminati are actually being placed in energetic containers that prevent them from doing any harmful actions. They can do benevolent actions, but not anything else. Eventually they’ll be removed, either to a place of trial or else to another placement.

    The containments take in negative heads of state, financial leaders, and military brass. No, as we’ve been saying for as long as I can remember, President Obama is not a negative leader but an esteemed lightworker and will at some point be announcing moves towards world peace.

    People who continue to buy into the characterizations of President Obama as a darkworker should stop. They are mistaken. Indeed the President will be an integral part of all that is to come, right up to leading his nation into the Golden Age.

    Yes, what Cobra calls “Stardust” could be used. AAM called it “Jophi” dust (after Archangel Jophiel) and Tralana dust (after a planet that I’m not familiar with). But there is no need to use it because the energy containers suffice. The dark figures will not be permitted to exit these containers until they have completely reformed their characters.

    He suggested that we watch people we regard as top Illuminati figures if we want to see what they look like under restraint.

    Eventually “containment” will lead to “removals.”

    The new financial changes, he said, are already underway.

    He cautioned us to be simply passive but alert observers, and not to take any kind of retributive action.

    He said that the Colorado wildfires and the eastern storms were designed to clear negative energy. They were not cabal-induced although they do result from our creation of negativity and are designed to remove it. One Colorado wildfire was started accidentally by a human, as will be discovered eventually.

    In regards to rumors, there will be no pole shift or three days of darkness, no matter who is saying so to the contrary. There may be a minor amount of flooding, but there will not be any significant seismic activity followed by coastal flooding. There will be no need to remove significant sections of Earth’s population to Inner Earth or the ships. He was very emphatic about these statements, repeating one of them three times.

    He said that there are no Archons around the Earth and any clones of theirs that existed were neutralized many years ago. Micah’s message is simply not credible.

    He said that there have not been negative aliens around the Earth for ten years.

    He congratulated us on our restraint and perseverence. He predicted new technology being given to us at an early date. The financial changes being underway will see an equitable distribution of resources and money. He didn’t give a date for when the system would become publicly visible. Neither Linda nor I want to traffic in dates and he recognized Linda’s resistance to him stating a date. But it’s coming.
    Footnotes

    (1) To those who believe that I’m not speaking with Archangel Michael, I got it. But just understand that I believe I am. To those who think that talk of “energetic containers” and such is fantasy, I can’t help you. Time will demonstrate whether they’re real or not. But perhaps suspend disbelief for the moment or you won’t be able to participate in this most significant of unfoldments as far as these discussions represent “participation.”

    Share:EmailPrintFacebook10Twitter1MoreDiggLinkedInPinterestRedditStumbleUponTumblrLike this:LikeOne blogger likes this.


    Aquaries1111 wrote:Hi Oxy,

    A lot of your links have been removed from You Tube... This goes to show you are definitely "on to something".. Whether you call it "your imagination", "Hypothetical", "Potential", "Sci-Fi"... It surely is hard to define truth but one thing is certain... You are the Author of the Final Chapter of your book.. So if you have other links you can provide in reference to the ones removed below.. I would appreciate it.. else I'll just watch some of the one minute clips.. I haven't seen any of the Stargate Continuum episodes or the Movie if that is what it is.. Seeing all this with fresh eyes.



    I've been reading 'The Gods of Eden' by William Bramley. Please, please read this book! It's amazing! Alex Collier was right to recommend it! My question is, 'am I a friend or a foe of the Gods of Eden?' Perhaps I am both friend and foe - their worst enemy and their best buddy. I really think that Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom is the wave of the future - even for the Gods of Eden - and even for Lucifer. BTW - I will continue to assume that Lucifer or the Queen of Heaven, or Amen Ra, or Hathor, or Whoever - continues to run this solar system in a manner which is not in the best interest of the human race. I truly wish for things to work out well for ALL CONCERNED. If I owned a herd of cattle - why would I want them to be fighting with each other and exterminating themselves? Even if we are essentially cattle, why wouldn't our owners be better-off instituting a proper solar system government - with highly competent self-rule? Even if our masters are 1,000 times as intelligent as us - shouldn't we have a cordial and proper relationship with them? I don't really know where we are in the universal food-chain - but a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom Solar System would work well - whether we are at the bottom, middle, or top of the galactic pecking order. CAN COOLER HEADS PLEASE PREVAIL??!! I keep watching the following sequence from 'Stargate Continuum'. Watch this repeatedly - then face yourself - and think, and think, and think. 1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tZEPUfmfIsE 2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nyKy8_sF4xY
    3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x8YK_ad7Us0&feature=related

    Mormons quit church in mass resignation ceremony | Reutersby Laura Tyco

    Thanks to David C. - Laura




    By Jennifer Dobner

    SALT LAKE CITY | Sat Jun 30, 2012 9:45pm EDT

    (Reuters) - A group of about 150 Mormons quit their church in a mass resignation ceremony in Salt Lake City on Saturday in a rare display of defiance ending decades of disagreement for some over issues ranging from polygamy to gay marriage.

    Participants from Utah, Arizona, Idaho and elsewhere gathered in a public park to sign a "Declaration of Independence from Mormonism."

    "This feels awesome," said Alison Lucas, from West Jordan, Utah, who took part in the rally amid soaring temperatures. "I don't know if I would have had the courage except in a group."

    The Utah-based Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints is known for its culture of obedience, and the mass ceremony was a seldom-seen act of collective revolt.

    After gathering in the park, participants hiked a half-mile up nearby Ensign Peak, scaled in 1847 by church President Brigham Young to survey the spot where his Latter-day Saints would build a city.

    At the top, those gathered gave three loud shouts of "Freedom," cheered, clapped and hugged.

    "It's been a hard journey and this is a symbolic end," said event organizer Zilpha Larsen, of Lehi, Utah. "I just hope that it boosts people up and helps them feel more comfortable in their decision."

    The church bills itself as the one "true" Christian faith, and its theology promises families eternal relationships among those who remain faithful, sealing those gifts through special religious rites.

    Among the reasons cited by those resigning are the church's political activism against gay marriage and doctrinal teachings that conflict with scientific findings or are perceived as racist or sexist.

    Others cite inconsistencies in the Mormons' explanation of its own history, including the practice of polygamy. The church renounced plural marriage over a century ago as Utah was seeking statehood.

    Asked about the resignations, a church spokesman said the church loves and respects each member.

    "People make their own decisions about the direction they will follow in life," spokesman Michael Purdy said in an email. "While there are very few who take this action, it is sad to see someone choose to leave. We wish them well."

    The most recent figures show the Mormon church claims 14.4 million members worldwide. The number of those resigning from the church are not publicly reported.

    Among prominent Mormons is Mitt Romney, the presumptive Republican presidential nominee facing off against President Barack Obama in November. Should he win office, Romney would be the first Mormon elected to the White House.

    'WE HAVE TO BE CAREFUL'

    Some leaving the church Saturday did so with trepidation, as Mormon culture often stigmatizes those who fall away, leaving some without social or business connections.

    "It's hard, so we have to be very careful," said Robin Hansen, a participant who said she quit over a "culture of abuse" which she believes is cultivated by church teachings promoting obedience.

    Hansen said her husband had not joined her in leaving the faith because he works in a church-related business and could lose his job if he doesn't maintain his membership.

    To resign from the church, Mormons must submit a formal letter asking their names be removed from church rolls, a church instructional handbook for lay leaders published on the Internet in 2010 shows.

    On Saturday, participants filled a basket with their letters for mailing by Larsen, who split with the church over doubts about the veracity of a translation of ancient Egyptian writings which are included in sacred Mormon texts.

    A sixth-generation Mormon, Kris Fielding, 35, traveled from Phoenix for the resignation event in part to represent those who do not yet have the courage to do so, he said, including his wife, who worries about reaction from their families.

    Married in a Mormon temple, Fielding said the couples shared disaffection from their faith is tied in part to their local church leader's response to questions Fielding had about polyandry and polygamy - taking multiple husbands and wives - in the early church.

    "I went to him looking for a faithful perspective. He called my wife and told her she needed to find a new husband," Fielding said.

    He said he felt relief after his decision.

    "The monkey's off the back ... I don't feel like I have to explain myself or the positions of the church anymore."

    (Editing by Tim Gaynor and Doina Chiacu)

    Mormons quit church in mass resignation ceremony | Reuters.

    Laura Tyco | July 1, 2012 at 22:31 | Categories: General News | URL: http://wp.me/p1szSk-96Z
    Attachments
     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Attachment880-77.jpg
    You don't have permission to download attachments.
    (8 Kb) Downloaded 0 times
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13638
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  orthodoxymoron Mon Jul 02, 2012 6:32 pm

    Aquaries1111 wrote:Hi Oxy,

    A lot of your links have been removed from You Tube... This goes to show you are definitely "on to something".. Whether you call it "your imagination", "Hypothetical", "Potential", "Sci-Fi"... It surely is hard to define truth but one thing is certain... You are the Author of the Final Chapter of your book.. So if you have other links you can provide in reference to the ones removed below.. I would appreciate it.. else I'll just watch some of the one minute clips.. I haven't seen any of the Stargate Continuum episodes or the Movie if that is what it is.. Seeing all this with fresh eyes.

    I've been reading 'The Gods of Eden' by William Bramley. Please, please read this book! It's amazing! Alex Collier was right to recommend it! My question is, 'am I a friend or a foe of the Gods of Eden?' Perhaps I am both friend and foe - their worst enemy and their best buddy. I really think that Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom is the wave of the future - even for the Gods of Eden - and even for Lucifer. BTW - I will continue to assume that Lucifer or the Queen of Heaven, or Amen Ra, or Hathor, or Whoever - continues to run this solar system in a manner which is not in the best interest of the human race. I truly wish for things to work out well for ALL CONCERNED. If I owned a herd of cattle - why would I want them to be fighting with each other and exterminating themselves? Even if we are essentially cattle, why wouldn't our owners be better-off instituting a proper solar system government - with highly competent self-rule? Even if our masters are 1,000 times as intelligent as us - shouldn't we have a cordial and proper relationship with them? I don't really know where we are in the universal food-chain - but a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom Solar System would work well - whether we are at the bottom, middle, or top of the galactic pecking order. CAN COOLER HEADS PLEASE PREVAIL??!! I keep watching the following sequence from 'Stargate Continuum'. Watch this repeatedly - then face yourself - and think, and think, and think. 1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tZEPUfmfIsE 2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nyKy8_sF4xY 3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x8YK_ad7Us0&feature=related
    Thank-you A1. Sorry for the link issues. I need to go through the entire thread -- and clean-up any problems, such as dead links, dead images, etc. Centering the images might be a nice touch. Here is the 'Stargate Continuum' clip I keep rewatching. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YZfaNNQpba0 Amazon has a three-pack of 'Children of the Gods', 'Stargate Continuum', and 'The Ark of Truth'. I rewatch these from time to time -- and I use them as visual-aids and conceptual-crutches. There is a bit of a 'Biblical-British' theme in this thread, which sort of ties everything together. I don't know how to properly describe how to use this thread to launch your own Political and Theological Science-Fiction. In fact, there might not be enough here to really get people on the same page I am on -- which actually might be just as well. However, I keep hoping that the right writers and Hollywood types can pick-up enough clues (combined with their 'insider' sources -- to properly inform the General Public of what they need to know to survive and thrive in the coming years. Unfortunately, I keep sensing a 'train-wreck' -- no matter which regime is in charge of the madness. I continue to think that this Solar System and the Human Race are in HUGE trouble -- and I'm sure I don't know the half of it.

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Photo-Stargate-l-Arche-de-la-Verite-Stargate-The-Ark-of-Truth-2007-7 Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Photo-Stargate-l-Arche-de-la-Verite-Stargate-The-Ark-of-Truth-2007-4 Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Stargate-the-ark-of-truth-100745l


    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Thu Jul 05, 2012 10:09 pm; edited 5 times in total
    Aquaries1111
    Aquaries1111


    Posts : 1394
    Join date : 2012-06-02
    Age : 55
    Location : In the Suns

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  Aquaries1111 Mon Jul 02, 2012 6:41 pm

    Thanks Oxy for the link.

    Don't give up... Thought creates energy and if that is all we do then nothing wrong with that.. So far I have discerned that your intentions are right on track with many of us.. You go to extreme depth in your thought processes which allow the rest of us to ask similar questions.. what answers we may retrieve is anybody's guess.. I can tell you this.. I woke up this morning knowing I had a dream and I could not for the life of me remember it.. I set my intention to remember it somewhere through the day and as I was tranced looking at the picture I linked earlier (the one you coined as Mary 1) the dream came back to me in full fluidity.. Mind you, it wasn't pretty... but nevertheless our Mind works in "mysterious ways".. Keep up the Great Work...

    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13638
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  orthodoxymoron Mon Jul 02, 2012 6:49 pm

    Thank-you A1. I have found the posts by Carol, Mercuriel, Brook, and Lionhawk to be particularly interesting -- here, and in the original and now closed http://www.projectavalon.net/forum/forumdisplay.php?f=54 site. They know a lot more than I do -- but I suspect they only reveal bits and pieces of what they really know. I somehow need to get a better handle on the territory I've already covered. I think I sound a lot 'brighter' in my posts than I do in 'real-life'. I rarely talk about any of this 'stuff' -- and when I do, I am very hesitant and guarded. It's so easy to go off 'half-cocked' in this area of research and speculation.

    Thank-you We Are You. I think I need to study the Mormons. I've done some of this in the past, and 'No Man Knows My History' is an excellent reference. Studying the LDS, SDA, and Roman Catholic churches can be quite educational. They all think of themselves as being 'the one true church' -- and frankly why would any church wish to be 'just another church'??!! I don't recommend either leaving or joining these churches -- but they should be studied very closely.
    Aquaries1111
    Aquaries1111


    Posts : 1394
    Join date : 2012-06-02
    Age : 55
    Location : In the Suns

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  Aquaries1111 Mon Jul 02, 2012 7:08 pm

    Why thank you Oxy,

    I will check out the link.

    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13638
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  orthodoxymoron Mon Jul 02, 2012 11:22 pm

    THE CODE OF CANON LAW OF THE AMERCIAN CATHOLIC CHURCH IN THE UNITED STATES

    BOOK I
    GENERAL NORMS
    Can. 1 The salvation of souls is always the supreme law of the Church.
    Can. 2 The canons of this Code concern the whole Church.
    Can. 3 For the most part the Code does not determine the rites to be observed in the celebration
    of liturgical actions.
    TITLE I: CHURCH LAWS
    Can. 4 A law comes into being when it is ratified and promulgated.
    Can. 5 Particular laws are promulgated in the manner determined by the legislative body and/or
    person; they begin to oblige one month from the date of promulgation, unless a different period
    is prescribed in the law itself.
    Can. 6 Laws concern matters of the future, not those of the past, unless provision is made in
    them for the latter by name.
    Can. 7 Laws bind those who were baptized in the Church or received into it.
    Can. 8 Vagi are bound by the laws which are in force in the place in which they are present.
    2
    Can. 9 Laws do not oblige when there is a doubt of law.
    Can. 10 Ignorance or error of laws does not prevent the effect of those laws, unless it
    is expressly provided otherwise.
    Can. 1 I Laws are authentically interpreted by the legislative body and/or by that person to
    whom the legislative body entrusts the power of authentic interpretation.
    Can. 12 Laws are to be understood according to the proper meaning of the words considered in
    their text and context.
    Can. 13 Laws which prescribe a penalty, or restrict the free exercise of rights, or contain an
    exception to the law, are to be interpreted strictly.
    Can 14 The American Catholic Church in the United States affirms the proper application of
    Epikeia and Oikonomia according to the traditions of both the Western and Eastern Churches.
    § 1 The premise on which the concept is based is that the legislator cannot take into account
    every individual human circumstance. Yet the applicability of a particular law to a particular
    individual should take into account the exact circumstances of that individual. The concept of
    epikeia is that the legislator would conclude were he aware of these individual circumstances
    that the law would not apply in that particular case, or would not apply in all its provisions.
    Oikonomia means the application of God’s unconditional love for people in a certain situation
    by accepting the standing rules which are overwritten in these circumstances.
    § 2 Epikeia and Oikonomia apply only to positive human law.
    § 3 Its use must involve something posing a sudden risk that needs immediate remedy.
    § 4 Certain limits are imposed upon its use:
    10 In cases of doubt it must not be used. Instead, one must act according to the letter
    of the law and consult the proper authority.
    20 It cannot be applied to incapacitating and invalidating laws, or irritant laws, whose
    universal observance is demanded by the common good.
    30 It cannot be applied to laws originating from the Divine law, and the laws governing
    jurisdiction are demonstrably of Divine origin as shown above.
    40 It should be appealed to only in absolute necessity.
    50 It must therefore be used with great prudence.
    60 Great care should be taken to avoid acting out of self-interest or against the common good.
    70 Habitual and general use of epikeia is an obvious abuse.
    3
    TITLE II: CUSTOM
    Can. 15 A custom introduced by a community of the faithful has the force of law only if it has
    been approved by the legislative body or legislator, in accordance with the following canons.
    Can. 16 § 1 No custom which is contrary to divine law can acquire the force of law.
    § 2 A custom which is contrary to or apart from canon law, cannot acquire the force of law
    unless it is reasonable.
    Can. 17 No custom acquires the force of law unless it has been observed, with the intention of
    introducing a law, by a community capable at least of receiving a law.
    Can. 18 Custom is the best interpreter of laws.
    TITLE III: GENERAL DECREES AND INSTRUCTIONS
    Can. 19 General decrees, by which a competent legislative body or legislator makes common
    provisions for a community capable of receiving a law, are true laws and are regulated by the
    provisions of the canons on laws.
    Can. 20 A general decree, as in can. 18, cannot be made by one who has only executive power,
    unless in particular cases this has been expressly authorized by the competent legislative body
    or legislator.
    Can. 21 § 1 Instructions, namely, which set out the provisions of a law and develop the manner
    in which it is to be put into effect, are given for the benefit of those whose duty it is to execute
    the law, and they bind them in executing the law. Those who have executive power may,
    within the limits of their competence, lawfully publish such instructions.
    § 2 The regulations of an instruction do not derogate from the law, and if there are any which
    cannot be reconciled with the provisions of the law they have no force.
    § 3 Instructions cease to have force not only by explicit or implicit revocation by the competent
    authority who published them or by that authority's superior, but also by the cessation of the
    law which they were designed to set out and execute.
    TITLE IV: SINGULAR ADMINISTRATIVE ACTS
    CHAPTER I: COMMON NORMS
    Can. 22 Within the limits of his or her competence, one who has executive power can issue a
    singular administrative act.
    Can. 23 § 1 An administrative act is to be understood according to the proper meaning of the
    words and the common manner of speaking. In doubt, a strict interpretation is to be given to
    those administrative acts which concern litigation or threaten or inflict penalties, or restrict the
    4
    rights of persons, or harm the acquired rights of others, or run counter to a law in favor of
    private persons; all other administrative acts are to be widely interpreted.
    § 2 Administrative acts must not be extended to cases other than those expressly stated.
    Can. 24 An administrative act should be in writing.
    Can. 25 An administrative act does not cease on the expiry of the authority of the person
    issuing it, unless the law expressly provides otherwise.
    Can. 26 The revocation of an administrative act by another administrative act of the competent
    authority takes effect only from the moment at which the person to whom it was issued is
    lawfully notified.
    CHAPTER II: RESCRIPTS
    Can. 27 § 1 A rescript is an administrative act issued in writing by a competent authority, by
    which of its very nature a privilege, dispensation or other favor is granted at someone's request.
    § 2 Unless it is otherwise established, provisions laid down concerning rescripts apply also to
    the granting of permission and to the granting of favors by word of mouth.
    Can. 28 No one is obliged to use a rescript granted in his or her favor only, unless bound by a
    canonical obligation from another source to do so.
    CHAPTER III: PRIVILEGES
    Can. 29 § l A privilege is a favor given by a special act for the benefit of certain persons,
    physical or juridical; it can be granted by the legislative body, legislator, and by an executive
    authority to whom the legislative body or legislator, has given this power.
    Can. 30 § 1 A privilege is presumed to be perpetual, unless the contrary is proved.
    §2 A personal privilege, namely one which attaches to a person, is extinguished with the
    person.
    Can. 31 § l No privilege ceases by renunciation unless this has been accepted by the competent
    authority.
    § 2 Any physical person may renounce a privilege granted in his or her favor only.
    Can. 32 A privilege is not extinguished on the expiry of the authority of the person who granted
    it, unless it was given with the clause at our pleasure or another equivalent expression.
    Can. 33 A privilege which does not burden others does not lapse through non-use or contrary
    use; if it does cause an inconvenience for others, it is lost if lawful prescription intervenes.
    Can. 34 § 1 A privilege ceases on the expiry of the time or the completion of the number of
    5
    cases for which it was granted.
    § 2 It ceases also if in the judgment of the competent authority circumstances are so changed
    with the passage of time that it has become harmful, or that its use becomes unlawful.
    Can. 35 A person who abuses a power given by a privilege deserves to be deprived of the
    privilege itself. Accordingly, after a warning which has been in vain, the competent authority,
    if it was he or she who granted it, is to deprive the person of the privilege which he or she is
    gravely abusing.
    TITLE V: STATUTES AND ORDINANCES
    Can. 36 § 1 Statutes properly so called are regulations which are established in accordance
    with the law in aggregates of persons or of things, whereby the purpose, constitution,
    governance and manner of acting of these bodies are defined.
    § 2 The statutes of an aggregate of persons bind only those persons who are lawfully members
    of it; the statutes of an aggregate of things bind those who direct it.
    § 3 The provisions of statutes which are established and promulgated by virtue of legislative
    power, are regulated by the provisions of the canons concerning laws.
    Can. 37 § 1 Ordinances are rules or norms to be observed both in assemblies of persons,
    whether these assemblies are convened by Church authority or are freely convoked by the
    faithful, and in other celebrations: they define those matters which concern their constitution,
    direction and agenda.
    § 2 In assemblies or celebrations, those who take part are bound by these rules of ordinance.
    TITLE VI: PHYSICAL AND JURIDICAL PERSONS
    CHAPTER I: THE CANONICAL STATUS OF PHYSICAL PERSONS
    Can. 38 By baptism one is incorporated into the Church of Christ and constituted a person in it,
    with the duties and the rights which, in accordance with each one's status, are proper to
    Christians, in so far as they are in Church communion and unless a lawfully issued sanction
    intervenes.
    Can. 39 § 1 A person who has completed the eighteenth year of age, has attained majority;
    below this age, a person is a minor.
    § 2 A minor who has not completed the seventh year of age is called an infant and is
    considered incapable of personal responsibility; on completion of the seventh year, however,
    the minor is presumed to have the use of reason.
    Can. 40 § 1 A person who has attained majority has the full exercise of his or her rights.
    § 2 In the exercise of rights a minor remains subject to parents or guardians, except for those
    6
    matters in which by divine or by canon law minors are exempt from such authority.
    Can. 41 Whoever habitually lacks the use of reason is considered as incapable of personal
    responsibility and is regarded as an infant.
    CHAPTER II: JURIDICAL PERSONS
    Can. 42 § 1 The Church has the status of a moral person by divine disposition.
    § 2 In the Church, besides physical persons, there are also juridical persons, that is, in canon
    law subjects of obligations and rights which accord with their nature.
    Can. 43 § l Aggregates of persons or of things which are directed to a purpose befitting the
    Church's mission, which transcends the purpose of the individuals, are constituted juridical
    persons either by a provision of the law itself or by a special concession given in the form of a
    decree by the competent authority.
    § 2 The purposes indicated in § l are understood to be those which concern works of piety, of
    the apostolate or of charity, whether spiritual or temporal.
    § 3 The competent Church authority is not to confer juridical personality except on those
    aggregates of persons or of things which aim at a genuinely useful purpose and which, all
    things considered, have the means which are foreseen to be sufficient to achieve the purpose in
    view.
    Can. 44 § 1 Juridical persons in the Church are either aggregates of persons or aggregates of
    things.
    § 2 An aggregate of persons, which must be made up of at least three persons, is collegial if the
    members decide its conduct by participating together in making its decisions, whether by equal
    right or not, in accordance with the law and the statutes; otherwise, it is non-collegial.
    § 3 An aggregate of things, or an autonomous foundation, consists of goods or things, whether
    spiritual or material, and is directed, in accordance with the law and the statutes, by one or
    more physical persons or by a college.
    Can. 45 § 1 Public juridical persons are aggregates of persons or of things which are
    established by the competent Church authority. so that, within the limits allotted to them in the
    name of the Church, and in accordance with the provisions of law, they might fulfill the
    specific task entrusted to them for the public good. Other juridical persons are private.
    § 2 Public juridical persons are given this personality either by the law itself or by a special
    decree of the competent authority expressly granting it. Private juridical persons are given this
    personality only by a special decree of the competent authority expressly granting it.
    Can. 46 No aggregate of persons or of things seeking juridical personality can acquire it unless
    its statutes are approved by the competent authority.
    7
    Can. 47 In regard to collegial acts, unless the law or the statutes provide otherwise:
    1 ° in regard to elections, provided a majority of those who must be summoned are present,
    what is decided by an absolute majority of those present has the force of law. If there have been
    two inconclusive scrutinies, a vote is to be taken between the two candidates with the greatest
    number of votes or, if there are more than two, between the two senior by age. After a third
    inconclusive scrutiny, that person is deemed elected who is senior by age.
    2° in regard to other matters, provided a majority of those who must be summoned are present,
    what is decided by an absolute majority of those present has the force of law. If the votes are
    equal after two scrutinies, the person presiding can break the tie with a casting vote;
    3° that which affects all as individuals must be approved by all.
    Can. 48 A juridical person is by its nature perpetual.
    TITLE VII: JURIDICAL ACTS
    Can. 49 § 1 For the validity of a juridical act, it is required that it be performed by a person who is
    legally capable, and it must contain those elements which constitute the essence of the act, as
    well as the formalities and requirements which the law prescribes for the validity of the act.
    § 2 A juridical act which, as far as its external elements are concerned, is properly performed,
    is presumed to be valid.
    Can. 50 § 1 An act is invalid if performed as a result of force imposed from outside on a
    person who was quite unable to resist it.
    § 2 An act performed as a result of fear which is grave and unjustly inflicted, or as a result of
    deceit, is valid, unless the law provides otherwise. However, it can be rescinded by a court
    judgment, either at the' instance of the injured party or that party's successors in law, or ex
    officio.
    Can. 51 Whoever unlawfully causes harm to another by a juridical act, or indeed by any other
    act which is deceitful or culpable, is obliged to repair the damage done.
    TITLE VIII: POWER OF GOVERNANCE
    Can. 52 Those who serve Christ, be they clergy or lay, are capable of the power of governance
    in accordance with the provisions of law.
    Can. 53 Of itself the power of governance is exercised for the external forum; sometimes
    however it is exercised for the internal forum only, but in such a way that the effects which its
    exercise is designed to have in the external forum are not acknowledged in that forum, except
    in so far as the law prescribes this for determinate cases.
    Can. 54 Ordinary power of governance is that which by virtue of the law itself is attached to a
    given office; delegated power is that which is granted to a person other than through an office.
    8
    Can. 55 Governance attached to offices should be strictly understood according to the law.
    Can. 56 § l A delegate who exceeds the limits of the mandate, with regard either to things or to
    persons, performs no act at all.
    § 2 A delegate is not considered to have exceeded the mandate when what was delegated is
    carried out, but in a manner different to that determined in the mandate, unless the-manner was
    prescribed for validity by the delegating authority.
    § 3 A delegation expires when its function is completed; on the death or the delegee; or the end
    of the sources power to delegate except as provided by law.
    Can. 57 § 1 The power of governance is divided into legislative, executive and judicial power.
    § 2 Legislative power is to be exercised in the manner prescribed by law. A lower legislator
    cannot validly make a law which is contrary to that of a higher legislator.
    § 3 Judicial power, which is possessed by judges and judicial colleges, is to be exercised in the
    manner prescribed by law, and it cannot be delegated except for the performance of acts
    preparatory to some decree or judgment.
    § 4 As far as the exercise of executive power are concerned; the provisions of the following
    canons are to be observed.
    Can. 58 Persons may exercise executive power over their persons entrusted to their care and for
    the salvation of souls.
    Can. 59 § 1 Ordinary executive power can be delegated either for an individual case or for all
    cases, unless the law expressly provides otherwise.
    § 2 Executive power delegated by the legislating authority/legislator can be subdelegated,
    either for an individual case or for all cases, unless the delegation was deliberately given to the
    individual alone, or unless subdelegation was expressly prohibited.
    § 3 Executive power delegated by another authority having ordinary power, if delegated for all
    cases, can be subdelegated only for individual cases; if delegated for a determinate act or acts,
    it cannot be subdelegated, except by the express grant of the person delegating.
    § 4 No subdelegated power can again be subdelegated, unless this was expressly granted by the
    person delegating.
    Can. 60 Ordinary executive powers, and power delegated for all cases, are to be interpreted
    widely; any other power is to be interpreted strictly. Delegation of power to a person is
    understood to include everything necessary for the exercise of that power.
    Can. 61 § 1 Unless the law prescribes otherwise, the tact that a person approaches some
    competent authority, even a higher one, does not mean that the executive power of another
    9
    competent authority is suspended, whether that be ordinary or delegated.
    § 2 A lower authority, however, is not to interfere in cases referred to higher authority, except
    for a grave and urgent reason; in which case the higher authority is to be notified immediately.
    Can. 62 § 1 When several people are together delegated to act in the same matter, the person
    who has begun to deal with it excludes the others from acting, unless that person is
    subsequently impeded, or does not wish to proceed further with the matter.
    § 2 When several people are delegated to act, as a college in a certain matter, all must proceed
    in accordance with can.46, unless the mandate provides otherwise.
    § 3 Executive power delegated to several people is presumed to be delegated to them together.
    Can. 63 If several people are successively delegated, that person is to deal with the matter
    whose mandate was the earlier and was not subsequently revoked.
    Can. 64 § 1 Delegated power lapses: on the completion of the mandate; on the expiry of the
    time or the completion of the number of cases for which it was granted; on the cessation of the
    motivating reason for the delegation; on its revocation; and on the retirement of the person
    delegated, when communicated to and accepted by the person delegating. It does not lapse on
    the expiry of the authority of the person delegating, unless this appears from clauses attached to
    it.
    § 2 An act of delegated power exercised for the internal forum only, which is inadvertently
    performed after the time limit of the delegation, is valid.
    Can. 65 § 1 Ordinary power ceases on the loss of the office to which it is attached.
    §2 Unless the law provides otherwise, ordinary power are suspended if an appeal or recourse is
    lawfully made against a deprivation of or removal from, office.
    TITLE IX: CHURCH OFFICES
    Can. 66 § 1 A Church office is any post which by divine or Church disposition is established in
    a stable manner to further a spiritual purpose.
    § 2 The duties and rights proper to each Church office are defined either by the law whereby
    the office is established, or by a decree of the competent authority whereby it is at one and at
    the same time established and conferred.
    CHAPTER I: THE PROVISION OF CHURCH OFFICE
    Can. 67 A Church office cannot be validly obtained without canonical provision.
    Can. 68 The provision of a Church office is effected: by its being freely conferred by the
    competent authority; by appointment made by the same authority, where there has been a prior
    presentation; by confirmation or admission by the same authority, where there has been a prior
    10
    election or postulation; finally, by a simple election and acceptance of the election, if the
    election does not require confirmation.
    Can. 69 Unless the law provides otherwise, the provision of an office is the prerogative of the
    authority which is competent to establish, change or suppress the office.
    Can. 70 § 1 In order to be promoted to a Church office, one must be in communion with the
    Church, and be suitable, that is, possessed of those qualities which are required for that office
    by general law or by the law of the foundation.
    § 2 The provision of a Church office to a person who lacks the requisite qualities is invalid only
    if the qualities are expressly required for validity by general law or by the law of the
    foundation; otherwise it is valid, but it can be rescinded by a decree of the competent authority.
    § 3 The provision of an office made as a result of simony, is invalid by virtue of the law itself.
    Can. 71 Two or more offices which are incompatible, that is, which cannot be exercised at the
    same time by the same person, are not to be conferred upon anyone.
    Can. 72 The provision of any office is to be made in writing.
    ARTICLE 1: FREE CONFERRAL
    Can. 73 Unless the law expressly states otherwise, it is the prerogative of the legislator and/or
    the legislative body to make appointments by free conferral.
    ARTICLE 2: PRESENTATION
    Can. 74 Presentation to an office by a person having the right of presentation must be made to
    the authority that is competent to make an appointment to the office in question; unless it is
    otherwise lawfully provided, presentation is to be made within three months of receiving
    notification of the vacancy of the office.
    Can. 75 No one is to be presented who is unwilling. Accordingly, one who is proposed for
    presentation must be consulted, and may be presented if within eight days a refusal is not
    entered.
    Can. 76 § l One who has the right of presentation may present one or more persons, either
    simultaneously or successively.
    § 2 No persons may present themselves. However a group of persons may present one of its
    members.
    Can. 77 § 1 Unless the law prescribes otherwise, one who has presented a person who is judged
    unsuitable, may within a month present another candidate, but once only.
    § 2 If before the appointment is made the person presented has withdrawn or has died, the one
    with the right of presentation may exercise this right again, within a month of receiving notice
    of the withdrawal or of the death.
    11
    Can. 78 A person who has not presented anyone within the canonical time prescribed by can.
    74 and can. 77, or who has twice presented a candidate judged to be unsuitable, lose the right
    of presentation for that case. The authority that is to appoint may then freely provide for the
    vacant office.
    Can. 79 The authority to whom, in accordance with the law, it belongs to appoint one who is
    presented, is to appoint the person lawfully presented whom he/she has judged suitable, and
    who has accepted. If a number lawfully presented are judged suitable, he/she is to appoint one
    of them.
    ARTICLE 3: ELECTION
    Can. 80 Unless it has been otherwise provided in the law, the provisions of the following
    canons are to be observed in canonical elections.
    Can. 81 Unless it is otherwise provided in the law or in the statutes of the college or group, if a
    college or a group of persons enjoys the right to elect to an office; the election is not to be
    deferred beyond three months, to be reckoned from the receipt of notification of the vacancy of
    the office. If the election does not take place within that time, the competent authority that has
    the right of confirming the election or the right to make provision otherwise is freely to provide
    for the vacant office.
    Can. 82 § 1 The one who presides over the college or group is to summon all those who belong
    to the college or group.
    § 2 If someone who should have been summoned was overlooked and was therefore absent, the
    election is valid. However, if that person insists and gives proof of being overlooked and of
    absence, the election, even if confirmed, must be rescinded by the competent authority,
    provided it is juridically established that the recourse was submitted within no more than three
    days of having received notification of the election.
    § 3 If more than one third of the voters were overlooked, the election is invalid by virtue of the
    law itself, unless all those overlooked were in fact present.
    Can. 83 § 1 When the summons has been lawfully made, those who are present on the day and
    in the place specified in the summons have the right to vote. Unless it is otherwise lawfully
    provided in the statutes, votes cast by letter or by proxy cannot be admitted.
    § 2 If an elector is present in the building in which the election is being held, but because of
    infirmity is unable to be present at the election, a written vote is to be sought from that person.
    Can. 84 Even if someone has a right to vote in his or her own name by reason of a number of
    titles, that person may cast only one vote.
    Can. 85 In order that an election be valid, no one may be allowed to vote who does not belong
    to the college or group.
    Can. 86 If the freedom of an election has in any way been in fact impeded, the election is
    12
    invalid by virtue of the law itself.
    Can. 87 § 1 The following are legally incapable of casting a vote:
    1 ° one incapable of a human act;
    2° one who is excommunicated;
    3° one who notoriously defected from communion with the Church.
    § 2 If any of the above persons is admitted, the vote cast is invalid. The election, however, is
    valid, unless it is established that, without this vote, the person elected would not have gained
    the requisite number of votes.
    Can. 88 § 1 For a vote to be valid, it must be:
    1 ° free; a vote is therefore invalid if, through grave fear or deceit, someone was directly or
    indirectly made to choose a certain person or several persons separately;
    2° secret, certain, absolute and determinate.
    § 2 Conditions attached to a vote before an election are to be considered non-existent.
    Can. 89 § 1 Before an election "begins, at least two electoral judges are to be appointed from
    among the college or group.
    § 2 The electoral judges are to collect the votes and, in the presence of the one who presides at
    the election, to check whether the number of votes corresponds to the number of electors; they
    are then to examine the votes and to announce how many each person has received.
    § 3 lf the number of votes exceeds the number of electors, the act is null.
    § 4 All the proceedings of an election are to be accurately recorded by the one who acts as
    notary. They are to be signed at least by that notary, by the person who presides and by the
    electoral judges, and they are to be carefully preserved in the archives.
    Can. 90 § 1 Unless the law or the statutes provide otherwise, an election can be made by
    compromise, that is the electors by unanimous and written consent transfer the right of election
    for this occasion to one or more suitable persons, whether they belong to the college or are
    outside it, who in virtue of this authority are to elect in the name of all.
    § 2 If the college or group consists solely of clerics, the persons to whom the power of election
    is transferred must be in sacred orders; otherwise the election is invalid.
    § 3 Those to whom the power of election is transferred must observe the provisions of law
    concerning an election and, for the validity of the election they must observe the conditions
    attached to the compromise, unless these conditions are contrary to the law. Conditions which
    are contrary to the law are to be regarded as non-existent.
    13
    Can. 91 A compromise ceases, and the right to vote reverts to those who transferred it, when:
    1 ° it is revoked by the college or group before it has been put into effect;
    2° a condition attached to the compromise has not been fulfilled;
    3° the election has been held, but invalidly.
    Can. 92 Unless it is otherwise provided in the law or the statutes, the person who has received
    the majority plus one vote is deemed elected and is to be proclaimed by the person who
    presides over the college or group.
    Can. 93 § 1 The election is to be notified immediately to the person elected who must, within
    eight days from the receipt of notification of the election, intimate to the person who presides
    aver the college or group whether or not he or she accepts the election; otherwise, the election
    has no effect.
    § 2 The person elected who has not accepted loses every right deriving from the election, nor is
    any right revived by subsequent acceptance; the person may, however, be elected again. The
    college or group must proceed to a new election within a month of being notified of nonacceptance.
    Can. 94 If the election does not require confirmation, by accepting the election the person
    elected immediately obtains the office with all its rights; otherwise, he or she acquires only a
    right to the office.
    Can. 95 § 1 If the election requires confirmation, the person elected must, either
    personally or through another, ask far confirmation by the competent authority within eight
    days of acceptance of the office otherwise that person is deprived of every right, unless he or
    she has established that there was just reason which prevented confirmation being sought.
    § 2 The competent authority cannot refuse confirmation if he has found the person elected
    suitable and the election has been carried out in accordance with the law.
    § 3 Confirmation must be given in writing.
    § 4 Before receiving notice of the confirmation, the person elected may not become involved in
    the administration of the office, neither in spiritual nor in material affairs; any acts possibly
    performed by that person are invalid.
    § 5 When confirmation has been notified, the person elected obtains full right to the office,
    unless the law provides otherwise.
    CHAPTER II: LOSS OF CHURCH OFFICE
    Can. 96 § 1 A Church office is lost on the expiry of a predetermined time; on reaching the age
    limit defined by law; by resignation; by transfer; by removal; by deprivation.
    14
    § 2 An office is not lost on the expiry, in whatever way, of the authority of the one by whom it
    was conferred, unless the law provides otherwise.
    § 3 The loss of an office, once it has taken effect, is to be notified as soon as possible to those
    who have any right in regard to the provision of the office.
    Can. 97 The title 'emeritus' may be conferred on one who loses office by reason of age, or of
    resignation which has been accepted.
    Can. 98 Loss of office by reason of the expiry of a predetermined time or of reaching the age
    limit has effect only from the moment that this is communicated in writing by the competent
    authority.
    ARTICLE 1: RESIGNATION
    Can. 99 Anyone who is capable of personal responsibility can resign from an office for a just
    reason.
    Can. 100 A resignation which is made as a result of grave fear unjustly inflicted, or of deceit,
    or of substantial error, or of simony, is invalid by virtue of the law itself.
    Can. 101 § 1 For a resignation to be valid, whether it requires acceptance or not; it must be
    made to the authority which is competent to provide for the office in question, and it must be
    made either in writing, or orally before two witnesses.
    § 2 The authority should not accept a resignation which is not based on a just and proportionate
    reason.
    § 3 A resignation which requires acceptance has no force unless it is accepted within three
    months. One which does not require acceptance takes effect when the person resigning
    communicates it in accordance with the law.
    § 4 Until a resignation takes effect, it can be revoked by the person resigning. Once it has taken
    effect, it cannot be revoked, but the person who resigned can obtain the office on the basis of
    another title.
    ARTICLE 2: TRANSFER
    Can. 102 § 1 A transfer can be made only by the person who has the right to provide both for
    the office which is lost and at the same time for the office which is being conferred.
    § 2 A grave reason is required if a transfer is made against the will of the holder of an office
    and, always without prejudice to the right to present reasons against the transfer, the procedure
    prescribed by law is to be observed.
    § 3 For a transfer to have effect, it must be notified in writing.
    Can. 103 §1 In the process of transfer, the first office is vacated by the taking possession of the
    other office, unless the law or the competent authority has prescribed otherwise.
    15
    § 2 The person transferred receives the remuneration attached to the previous office until the
    moment of obtaining canonical possession of the other office.
    ARTICLE 3: REMOVAL
    Can. 104 One is removed from office either by a decree of the competent authority lawfully
    issued, observing of course the rights possibly acquired from a contract, or by virtue of the law.
    Can. 105 § 1 No one should be removed from an office which is conferred on a person for an
    indeterminate time, except for grave reasons and in accordance with the procedure defined by
    law, with particular attention to can.727 § 1-7.
    § 2 This also applies to the removal from office before time of a person on whom, an office is
    conferred for a determinate time, without prejudice to can. 313 §3.
    § 3 When in accordance with the provisions of law an office is conferred upon someone at the
    prudent discretion of the competent authority, that person may, upon the judgment of the same
    authority, be removed from the office for a just reason.
    § 4 For a decree of removal to be effective, it must be notified in writing.
    Can. 106 If by a decree of the competent authority, and not by the law itself, someone is
    removed from an office on which that person's livelihood depends, the same authority is to
    ensure that the person's livelihood is secure for an appropriate time, unless this has been
    provided for in some other way.
    ARTICLE 4: DEPRIVATION
    Can. 107 § 1 Deprivation of office, that is, as a punishment for an offence, may be effected only
    in accordance with the law.
    § 2 Deprivation takes effect in accordance with the provisions of the canons concerning penal
    law.
    TITLE X: PRESCRIPTION
    Can. 108 Prescription, as a means of acquiring or of losing a subjective right, or as a means
    offering oneself from obligations, is, apart from the exceptions prescribed in the canons of this
    Code; accepted by the Church in the manner in which it is adopted in the civil legislation of
    each country.
    Can. 109 No prescription is valid unless it is based on good faith, not only in its beginning, but
    throughout the whole time required for the prescription.
    Can. 110 The following are not affected by prescription:
    1° rights and obligations which are of divine law, whether natural or positive;
    16
    2° rights which can be obtained only by special privilege;
    3° rights and obligations which bear directly on the spiritual life of Christ's faithful;
    4° the certain and undisputed boundaries of Church territories;
    5° Mass/Divine Liturgy offerings and obligations;
    6° the provision of a Church office which, in accordance with the law, requires the exercise of
    a sacred order;
    7° the right of visitation and the obligation of obedience, so that Christ's faithful could not be
    visited by a Church authority and would no longer be subject to any authority.
    TITLE XI: THE RECKONING OF TIME
    Can. 111 Unless the law provides otherwise, time is to be reckoned in accordance with the
    following canons.
    Can. 112 § 1 Continuous time means unbroken time.
    §2 Canonical time is time which a person can so use to exercise or to pursue a right that it does
    not run when one is unaware, or when one is unable to act.
    Can. 113 § 1 In law, a day is understood to be a space of twenty-four hours, to be reckoned
    continuously and, unless expressly provided otherwise, it begins at midnight; a week is a space
    of seven days a month is a space of thirty days, and a year a space of three hundred and sixtyfive
    days, unless it is stated that the month and the year are to be taken as in the calendar.
    § 2 If time is continuous, the month and the year are always to be taken as in the calendar.
    Can. 114§ 1 The first day is not to be counted in the total, unless its beginning coincides with
    the beginning of the day, or unless the law expressly provides otherwise.
    § 2 Unless the contrary is prescribed, the final day is to be reckoned within the total; if the total
    time is one or more months, one or more years, one or more weeks, it finishes on completion of
    the last day bearing the same number or, if the month does not have the same number, on the
    completion of the last day of that month.
    BOOK II: THE PEOPLE OF GOD
    PART I: CHRIST'S FAITHFUL
    Can. 115 § l Christ's faithful are those who, since they are incorporated into Christ through
    baptism, are constituted the people of God. For this reason they participate in their own way in
    the priestly, prophetic and kingly office of Christ. They are called, each according to his or her
    17
    particular condition, to exercise the mission which God entrusted to the Church to fulfill in the
    world.
    § 2 This Church, established and ordered in this world as a society and is governed by the
    Bishops, Clergy and Lay people.
    Can. 116 Those baptized are in full communion with the Church here on earth who are joined
    with Christ in his visible body, through the bonds of profession of faith, the sacraments and
    church governance.
    Can. 117 § 1 Catechumens are linked with the Church in a special way since, moved by the
    Holy Spirit, they are expressing an explicit desire to be incorporated in the Church. By this
    very desire, as well as by the life of faith, hope and charity which they lead, they are joined to
    the Church which already cherishes them as its own.
    § 2 The Church has a special care for catechumens. While it invites them to lead an evangelical
    life, and introduces them to the celebration of the sacred rites, it already accords them various
    prerogatives which are proper to Christians.
    Can. 118 § 1 By divine institution, among Christ's faithful there are in the Church sacred
    ministers, who in law are also called clerics the others are called lay people.
    § 2 Drawn from both groups are those of Christ's faithful who, professing the evangelical
    counsels through vows or other sacred bonds recognized and approved by the Church, are
    consecrated to God in their own special way and promote the salvific mission of the Church.
    TITLE I: THE OBLIGATIONS AND RIGHTS OF ALL CHRIST'S FAITHFUL
    Can. 119 Flowing from their rebirth in Christ, there is a genuine equality of dignity and action
    among all of Christ's faithful. Because of this equality they all contribute to the building up of
    the Body of Christ.
    Can. 120 § 1 Christ's faithful are bound to preserve their communion with the Church at all
    times, even in their external actions.
    § 2 They are to carry out with great diligence their responsibilities towards the Church to which
    by law they belong.
    Can. 121 All Christ's faithful must make a wholehearted effort to lead a holy life, and to
    promote the growth of the Church and its continual sanctification.
    Can. 122 All Christ's faithful have the obligation and the right to strive so that the divine
    message of salvation may more and more reach all people of all times and all places.
    Can. 123 § 1 Christ's faithful, conscious of their own responsibility, are bound to show
    Christian obedience as is appropriate without violating their conscience.
    § 2 Christ's faithful are at liberty to make known their needs, especially their spiritual needs,
    and their wishes to the clergy of the Church.
    18
    § 3 They have the right, indeed at times the duty to manifest to their Pastors their views on
    matters which concern the good of the Church. They have the right also to make their views
    known to others of Christ's faithful, but in doing so they must always respect the integrity of
    faith and morals, show due reverence to all other faithful and take into account both the
    common good and the dignity of individuals.
    Can. 124 Christ's faithful have the right to be assisted by their Pastors from the spiritual riches
    of the Church, especially by the word of God and the sacraments.
    Can. 125 Christ's faithful have the right to worship God according to the provisions of their
    own rite approved by the lawful Pastors of the Church; they also have the right to follow their
    own form of spiritual life, provided it is in accord with Church teaching.
    Can. 126 Christ's faithful may freely establish and direct associations which serve charitable or
    pious purposes or which foster the Christian vocation in the world, and they may hold meetings
    to pursue these purposes by common effort.
    Can. 127 Since they share the Church's mission, all Christ's faithful have the right to promote
    and support apostolic action, by their own initiative, undertaken according to their state and
    condition.
    Can. 128 Since Christ's faithful are called by baptism to lead a life in harmony with the gospel
    teaching, they have the right to a Christian education, which genuinely teaches them to strive
    for the maturity of the human person and at the same time to know and live the mystery of
    salvation.
    Can. 129 Those who are engaged in fields of sacred study have a just freedom to research
    matters in which they are expert and to express themselves concerning them.
    Can. 130 All Christ's faithful have the right to immunity from any kind of coercion in choosing
    a state in life.
    Can. 131 No one may unlawfully harm the good reputation which a person enjoys, or violate
    the right of every person to protect his or her privacy.
    Can. 132 § 1 Christ's faithful may lawfully vindicate and defend the rights they enjoy in the
    Church, before the competent forum in accordance with the law.
    § 2 If any members of Christ's faithful are summoned to trial by the competent authority, they
    have the right to be judged according to the provisions of the law, to be applied with equity.
    § 3 Christ's faithful have the right that no canonical penalties be inflicted upon them except in
    accordance with the law.
    Can. 133 § l Christ's faithful have the obligation to provide for the needs of the Church, so that
    the Church has available to it those things which are necessary for divine worship, for apostolic
    and charitable work.
    19
    § 2 They are also obliged to promote social justice and, mindful of the Lord's precept, to help
    the poor from their own resources.
    Can. 134 § 1 In exercising their rights, Christ's faithful, both individually and in associations,
    must take account of the common good of the Church, as well as the rights of others and their
    own duties to others.
    § 2 Church authority is entitled to regulate, in view of the common good, the exercise of rights
    which are proper to Christ's faithful.
    TITLE II: THE OBLIGATIONS AND RIGHTS OF THE LAY MEMBERS OF
    CHRIST'S FAITHFUL
    Can. 135 Lay members of Christ's faithful have the duties and rights enumerated in the canons
    of this title, in addition to those duties and rights which are common to all Christ's faithful and
    those stated in other canons.
    Can. 136 § 1 Since lay people, like all Christ's faithful, are deputed to the apostolate by baptism
    and confirmation, they are bound by the general obligation and they have the right, whether as
    individuals or in associations, to strive so that the divine message of salvation may be known
    and accepted by all people throughout the world. This obligation is all the more insistent in
    circumstances in which only through them are people able to hear the Gospel and to know
    Christ.
    §2 They have also, according to the condition of each, the special obligation to permeate and
    perfect the temporal order of things with the spirit of the Gospel. In this way, particularly in
    conducting secular business and exercising secular functions, they are to give witness to Christ
    through the concept of "What would Jesus do?”.
    Can. 137 § 1 Those who are married are bound by the special obligation, in accordance with
    their own vocation, to strive for the building up of the people of God through their marriage
    and family.
    § 2 Because they gave life to their children, parents have the most serious obligation and the
    right to educate them. It is therefore primarily the responsibility of Christian parents to ensure
    the Christian education of their children.
    Can. 138 To lay members of Christ's faithful belongs the right to have acknowledged as theirs
    that freedom in secular affairs which is common to all citizens. In using this freedom, however,
    they are to ensure that their actions are permeated with the spirit of the Gospel
    Can. 139 The Laity are called to assist in the governance of the church.
    Can. 140 § 1 Lay people have the duty and the right to acquire the knowledge of Christian
    teaching which is appropriate to each one's capacity and condition, so that they may be able to
    live according to this teaching, to proclaim it and if necessary to defend it, and may be capable
    of playing their part in the exercise of the apostolate.
    § 2 They also have the right to acquire that fuller knowledge of the sacred sciences which is
    20
    taught in Church universities or faculties or in institutes of religious sciences, attending lectures
    there and acquiring academic degrees.
    TITLE III: SACRED MINISTERS OR CLERICS
    CHAPTER I: THE FORMATION OF CLERICS
    Can. 141 It is the duty and the proper and exclusive right of the Church to train those who are
    deputed to sacred ministries.
    Can. 142 It is the duty of the whole Christian community to foster vocations so that the needs
    of the sacred ministry are sufficiently met in the entire Church. In particular, this duty binds
    Christian families, educators and, in a special way, priests, especially parish priests. Bishops,
    who must show the greatest concern to promote vocations, are to instruct the people entrusted
    to them on the importance of the sacred ministry and the need for ministers in the Church. They
    are to encourage and support initiatives to promote vocations.
    Can. 143 The John XXIII Theological Institute has been established for the training of clergy.
    Can. 144 In The John XXIII Theological Institute there is to be a dean who presides over it.
    Can. 145 § 1 The Bishop is to admit to The John XXIII Theological Institute only those whose
    human, moral, spiritual and intellectual gifts, as well as physical and psychological health and
    right intention, show that they are capable of dedicating themselves to the sacred ministries.
    § 2 Before they are accepted, they must submit documentation of their baptism and
    confirmation.
    Can. 146 In addition, The John XXIII Theological Institute is to have its own program
    approved by the Presiding Archbishop.
    Can. 147 § 1 The celebration of the Eucharist is to be the center of the whole life of the
    seminary, so that the students, participating in the very charity of Christ, may daily draw
    strength of soul for their apostolic labor and for their spiritual life particularly from this richest
    of sources.
    § 2 They are to be formed in the celebration of the liturgy of the hours, by which the ministers
    of God, in the name of the Church, intercede with Him for all the people and indeed for the
    whole world.
    § 3 Devotion to the Blessed Virgin Mary, including the rosary, mental prayer and other
    exercises of piety are to be encouraged, so that the students may acquire the spirit of prayer and
    be strengthened in their vocation.
    Can. 148 In the fulfillment of their duties, all must obey the dean, who is responsible for the
    day to day direction of The John XXIII Theological Institute.
    CHAPTER II: THE ENROLLMENT OR INCARDINATION OF CLERICS
    21
    Can. 149 Every cleric must be incardinated. Accordingly, autocephalous or 'wandering' clergy
    are in no way to be allowed.
    Can. 150 By the reception of the diaconate a person becomes a cleric, and is incardinated.
    Can. 151 § l To be validly incardinated in another church, a cleric who is already incardinated
    must obtain a letter of excardination signed by the Bishop, and in the same way a letter of
    incardination signed by the Bishop of the church in which she or he wishes to be incardinated.
    § 2 Excardination granted in this way does not take effect until incardination is obtained in the
    other particular Church.
    Can. 152 All incardinations and excardinations should be done in writing.
    Can. 153 A Bishop should not incardinate a cleric unless:
    1° the need or the advantage of the church requires it;
    2° he knows by a lawful document that excardination has been granted, and has also obtained
    from the excardinating Bishop, under secrecy if need be, appropriate testimonials concerning
    the cleric's life, behavior and studies;
    3° the cleric declares in writing to the same Bishop that he wishes to enter the service of the
    new church in accordance with the norms of law.
    Can. 154 Excardination can be lawfully granted only for a just reason.
    CHAPTER III: THE OBLIGATIONS AND RIGHTS OF CLERICS
    Can. 155 Clerics have a special obligation to show reverence and obedience to the Bishop.
    Can, 156 § 1 Since all clerics are working for the same purpose, namely the building up of the
    body of Christ, they are to be united with one another in the bond of brotherhood and prayer.
    They are to seek to cooperate with one another, in accordance with the provisions of law.
    § 2 Clerics are to acknowledge and promote the mission which the laity, each for his or her
    part, exercises in the Church and in the world.
    Can, 157 § 1 Clerics have a special obligation to seek holiness in their lives, because they are
    consecrated to God by a new title through the reception of orders, and are stewards of the
    mysteries of God in the service of the People of God.
    § 2 In order that they can pursue this perfection:
    1° they are in the first place faithfully and untiringly to fulfill the obligations of their pastoral
    ministry;
    2° they are to nourish their spiritual life at the twofold table of the sacred Scripture and the
    Eucharist; priests are therefore earnestly invited to offer the Eucharistic Sacrifice daily, and
    22
    deacons to participate daily in the offering;
    3° they are exhorted to engage regularly in mental prayer, to approach the sacrament of
    penance frequently, to honor the Virgin Mother of God with particular veneration, and to use
    other general and special means to holiness.
    Can. 158 Clerics should follow a simple way of life and avoid anything which smacks of
    worldliness.
    CHAPTER IV: LOSS OF THE CLERICAL STATE
    Can. 159 Sacred ordination once validly received never becomes invalid. A cleric, however,
    loses the clerical state:
    1° by a judgment of a court or an administrative decree, declaring the ordination invalid;
    2° by the penalty of dismissal lawfully imposed, with particular attention to can. 727 § 1-7.
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13638
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  orthodoxymoron Mon Jul 02, 2012 11:32 pm

    PART II: THE HIERARCHICAL CONSTITUTION OF THE CHURCH
    SECTION I: THE AUTHORITY OF THE CHURCH
    CHAPTER I: THE SYNOD OF BISHOPS
    Can. 160 The Synod of Bishops is the highest authority within the church. The Synod has,
    amongst other things, the following powers:
    § 1 To elect, transfer, promote and discipline Bishops;
    § 2 establish diocese and other administrative structures;
    § 3 serve as the supreme court for the church;
    § 4 conduct relations, communications and transactions with other churches.
    § 5 the relationship of the Synod of Bishops and with bishops of valid apostolic succession,
    especially the Bishop of Rome (Pope) and the Patriarchs of the churches of the East and West,
    is characterized as primus inter pares (“First among equals”)—it is a relationship of charity,
    mutual respect, compassion, and prayer.
    Can. 161 The Synod must meet yearly, or more frequently as necessity requires.
    Can. 162 The Synod may establish an Advisory Council to deal with the ordinary
    business of the church.
    Can. 163 Voting, unless specifically amended by law, will follow the general procedures
    outlines in Canon 47.
    23
    Can. 164 § 1 There should be a permanent Secretary general appointed by the Synod of
    Bishops to moderate meetings.
    § 2 A permanent record of the proceedings will be made and preserved.
    SECTION II: PARTICULAR CHURCHES AND THEIR GROUPINGS
    TITLE I: PARTICULAR CHURCHES AND THE AUTHORITY CONSTITUTED
    WITHIN THEM
    CHAPTER I: PARTICULAR CHURCHES
    Can. 165 Particular Churches, in which and from which the one and only catholic Church
    exists, are principally dioceses.
    Can. 166 A diocese is a portion of the people of God, which is entrusted to a Bishop to be
    nurtured by him, with the cooperation of the clergy and lay people, in such a way that,
    remaining close to its pastor and gathered by him through the Gospel and the Eucharist in the
    Holy Spirit, it constitutes a particular Church. In this Church, the one, holy, catholic and
    apostolic Church of Christ truly exists and functions.
    Can. 167 § 1 As a rule, that portion of the people of God which constitutes a diocese or other
    particular Church is to have a defined territory, so that it comprises all the faithful who live in
    that territory.
    § 2 If however, in the judgment of the Synod of Bishops in the Church, it is thought to be
    helpful, there may be established in a given territory particular Churches distinguished by the
    rite of the faithful or by some other similar quality.
    Can. 168 It is within the competence of the Synod of Bishops alone to establish particular
    Churches; once they are lawfully established the law itself gives them juridical personality.
    Can. 169 § l Each diocese or other particular Church is to be divided into distinct parts or
    parishes.
    § 2 To foster pastoral care by means of common action, several neighboring parishes can be
    joined together in special groups, such as vicariates/deaneries.
    CHAPTER II: BISHOPS
    ARTICLE 1: BISHOPS IN GENERAL
    Can. 170 § 1 By divine institution, Bishops succeed the Apostles through the Holy Spirit who
    is given to them. They are constituted Pastors in the Church, to be the teachers of doctrine and
    priests of sacred worship.
    § 2 By their episcopal consecration, Bishops receive, together with the office of sanctifying, the
    office also of teaching, which however, by their nature, can be exercised only in hierarchical
    communion with the Synod of Bishops and its members.
    24
    Can. 171 § 1 The Synod of Bishops freely appoints Bishops or confirms those lawfully elected.
    § 2 Bishops should be elected by the clergy and people that they are to serve.
    Can. 172 § 1 To be a suitable candidate for the episcopate, a person must:
    1° be outstanding in strong faith, good morals, piety, zeal for souls, wisdom, prudence and
    human virtues, and possess those other gifts which equip him to fulfill the office in question;
    2° be held in good esteem;
    3° be at least 35 years old;
    4° be a priest ordained for at least five years; unless dispensed by the Synod of Bishops by 2/3
    vote.
    § 2 In accordance with the most ancient of canons and traditions the definitive judgment on the
    suitability of the person to be promoted rests with the Synod of Bishops.
    Can. 173 Unless prevented by a lawful reason, one who is promoted to the episcopate, must
    receive episcopal consecration within three months of receiving the apostolic letters and in fact
    before he takes possession of his office.
    Can. 174 Before taking canonical possession of his office, he who has been promoted is to
    make the profession of faith and take the oath of fidelity to the Synod of Bishops and the
    people entrusted to his service, in accordance with the formula approved by the same Synod of
    Bishops.
    ARTICLE 2: DIOCESAN BISHOPS
    Can. 175 In the diocese entrusted to his care, the diocesan Bishop has all the ordinary, proper
    and immediate power required for the exercise of his pastoral office.
    Can. 176 § 1 A person who is promoted to the episcopate cannot become involved in the
    exercise of the office entrusted to him before he has taken canonical possession of the diocese.
    § 2 Unless he is lawfully impeded, one who is not already consecrated a Bishop and is now
    promoted to the office of diocesan Bishop, must take canonical possession of his diocese
    within four months of receiving the apostolic letters. If he is already consecrated, he must take
    possession within two months of receiving the apostolic letters.
    § 3 A Bishop takes canonical possession of his diocese when he shows the apostolic letters to
    the clergy and the people in the cathedral church.
    § 4 It is strongly recommended that the taking of canonical possession be performed with a
    liturgical act in the cathedral church, in the presence of the clergy and the people.
    Can. 177 § 1 In exercising his pastoral office, the diocesan Bishop is to be solicitous for all
    25
    Christ's faithful entrusted to his care, whatever their age, condition or nationality, whether they
    live in the territory or are visiting there. He is to show an apostolic spirit also to those who,
    because of their condition of life, are not sufficiently able to benefit from ordinary pastoral
    care, and to those who have lapsed from religious practice.
    § 2 If he has faithful of a different rite in his diocese, he is to provide for their spiritual needs
    either by means of priests or parishes of the same rite.
    § 3 He is to act with humanity and charity to those who are not in full communion with the
    Church he should also foster ecumenism.
    § 4 He is to consider the non-baptized as commended to him in the Lord, so that the charity of
    Christ, of which the Bishop must be a witness to all, may shine also on them.
    Can. 178 He is to have a special concern for the priests, to whom he is to listen as his helpers
    and counselors. He is to defend their rights and ensure that they fulfill the obligations proper to
    their state. He is to see that they have the means and the institutions needed for the
    development of their spiritual and intellectual life.
    Can. 179 He must in a very special way foster vocations to the various ministries and to
    consecrated life, having a special care for priestly and missionary vocations.
    Can. 180 § 1 The diocesan Bishop is bound to teach and illustrate to the faithful the truths of
    faith which are to be believed and applied to behavior. He is himself to preach frequently. He is
    also to ensure that the provisions of the canons on the ministry of the word especially on the
    homily and catechetical instruction are faithfully observed, so that the whole of Christian
    teaching is transmitted to all.
    § 2 By whatever means seem most appropriate, he is firmly to defend the integrity and unity of
    the faith to be believed. However, he is to acknowledge a just freedom in the further
    investigation of truths.
    Can. 181 Mindful that he is bound to give an example of holiness, charity, humility and
    simplicity of life, the diocesan Bishop is to seek in every way to promote the holiness of
    Christ's faithful according to the special vocation of each. Since he is the principal dispenser of
    the mysteries of God, he is to strive constantly that Christ's faithful entrusted to his care may
    grow in grace through the celebration of the sacraments, and may know and live the paschal
    mystery.
    Can. 182 §1 After he has taken possession of the diocese, the diocesan Bishop must apply the
    Mass/Divine Liturgy for the people entrusted to him on each Sunday and on each holyday of
    obligation in his region.
    § 2 The Bishop must himself celebrate and apply the Mass/Divine Liturgy for the people on the
    days mentioned in § 1; if, however, he is lawfully impeded from so doing, he is to have
    someone else do so on those days, or do so himself on other days.
    § 3 A Bishop who, in addition to his own, is given another diocese, even as administrator
    satisfies the obligation by applying one Mass/Divine Liturgy for all the people entrusted to
    26
    him.
    § 4 A Bishop who has not satisfied the obligation mentioned in §§ 1-3, is to apply as soon as
    possible as many Mass/Divine Liturgy for the people as he has omitted.
    Can. 183 He is frequently to preside at the Eucharistic celebration in the cathedral church or in
    some other church of his diocese, especially on holydays of obligation and on other
    solemnities.
    Can. 184 The diocesan Bishop may use pontificalia.
    Can. 185 The diocesan Bishop governs the particular Church entrusted to him with legislative,
    executive and judicial power, in accordance with the law.
    Can. 186 § 1 Since the Bishop must defend the unity of the universal Church, he is bound to
    foster the discipline which is common to the whole Church, and so press for the observance of
    all Church laws.
    § 2 He is to ensure that abuses do not creep into Church discipline, especially concerning the
    ministry of the word, the celebration of the sacraments and sacramentals, the worship of God
    and the cult of the saints, and the administration of goods.
    Can. 187 § 1 The Bishop is to foster various forms of the apostolate in his diocese and is to
    ensure that throughout the entire diocese, or in its particular districts, all works of the
    apostolate are coordinated under his direction, with due regard for the character of each
    apostolate.
    § 2 He is to insist on the faithful's obligation to exercise the apostolate according to the
    condition and talents of each. He is to urge them to take part in or assist various works of the
    apostolate, according to the needs of place and time.
    Can. 188 § 1 The diocesan Bishop is bound by the law of personal residence in his diocese,
    even if he has the coadjutor to the Presiding Archbishop.
    § 2 If the Bishop is unlawfully absent from the diocese for more than six months, the Vicar
    general or most senior priest is to notify the Synod of Bishops.
    Can. 189 Persons, catholic institutes, pious objects and places within the boundaries of the
    diocese, are subject to ordinary episcopal visitation.
    Can. 190 The Bishop is to endeavor to make his pastoral visitation with due diligence. He is to
    ensure that he is not a burden to anyone on the ground of undue expense.
    Can. 191 Diocesan Bishops are bound to submit to the Synod of Bishops a report on the state
    of the diocese entrusted to him, in the form and at the time determined by the Synod of
    Bishops.
    Can. 192 A diocesan Bishop may resign at any time by offering his resignation to the Synod of
    27
    Bishops.
    Can. 193 A Bishop whose resignation from office has been accepted acquires the title 'emeritus'
    of his diocese. If he so wishes, he may have a residence in the diocese unless, because of
    special circumstances in certain cases, the Synod of Bishops provides otherwise.
    ARTICLE 3: COADJUTOR AND AUXIUARY BISHOPS
    Can. 194 When the pastoral needs of the diocese require it, one or more auxiliary Bishops are
    to be appointed at the request of the diocesan Bishop. An auxiliary Bishop does not have the
    right of succession
    .
    Can. 195 § 1 The coadjutor Bishop takes possession of his office when he shows the apostolic
    letters of appointment to the diocesan Bishop, who makes a record of' the fact.
    § 2 An auxiliary Bishop takes possession of his office when he shows his apostolic letters of
    appointment to the diocesan Bishop who makes a record of the fact.
    §3 If the diocesan Bishop is wholly impeded, it is sufficient that either the coadjutor Bishop or
    the auxiliary Bishop show their apostolic letters of appointment to the Vicar general or most
    senior priest.
    Can. 196 § 1 The coadjutor Bishop and the auxiliary Bishop have the obligations and the rights
    which are determined by the provisions of the following canons and defined in their letters of
    appointment.
    § 2 The coadjutor Bishop, or the auxiliary Bishop assists the diocesan Bishop in the entire
    governance of the diocese, and takes his place when he is absent or impeded.
    Can. 197 The coadjutor Bishop, and likewise the auxiliary Bishop, is to be appointed a Vicar
    general by the diocesan Bishop. The diocesan Bishop is to entrust to him, in preference to
    others, those things which by law require a special mandate.
    Can. 198 § 1 For the greatest present and future good of the diocese, the diocesan Bishop, the
    coadjutor and the auxiliary Bishop, are to consult with each other on matters of greater
    importance.
    § 2 In assessing matters of greater importance, particularly those of a pastoral nature, the
    diocesan Bishop is to consult the auxiliary Bishop before all others.
    § 3 The coadjutor Bishop and the auxiliary Bishop, since they are called to share in the cares of
    the diocesan Bishop, should so exercise their office that they act and think in accord with him.
    Can. 199 § 1 As often as they are requested to do so by the diocesan Bishop, a coadjutor
    Bishop and an auxiliary Bishop who are not lawfully impeded, are obliged to perform those
    pontifical and other functions to which the diocesan Bishop is bound.
    § 2 Those episcopal rights and functions which the coadjutor can exercise are not habitually to
    be entrusted to another by the diocesan Bishop.
    28
    Can. 200 § 1 When the episcopal see falls vacant, the coadjutor immediately becomes the
    Bishop of the diocese for which he was appointed, provided he has lawfully taken possession.
    § 2 Unless the competent authority has provided otherwise, when the episcopal see is vacant
    and until the new Bishop takes possession of the see, the auxiliary Bishop retains all and only
    those powers and faculties which he had as Vicar general when the see was occupied.
    Can. 201 The coadjutor Bishop and the auxiliary Bishop are bound, like the diocesan Bishop,
    to reside in the diocese.
    Can. 202 The provisions of can. 192, concerning resignation from office, apply also to a
    coadjutor and an auxiliary Bishop.
    ARTICLE 2: THE VACANT SEE
    Can. 203 The episcopal see becomes vacant by the death of the diocesan Bishop, by his
    resignation accepted by the Synod of Bishops, by transfer, or by deprivation notified to the
    Bishop.
    Can. 204 Within two months of receiving certain notification of transfer, the Bishop must
    proceed to the diocese to which he has been transferred and take canonical possession of it. On
    the day on which he takes possession of the new diocese, the diocese from which he has been
    transferred becomes vacant.
    Can. 205 While the see is vacant and until the appointment of a new Bishop, the governance of
    the diocese devolves upon the auxiliary Bishop. If there are a number of auxiliary Bishops, it
    devolves upon the senior by promotion. If there is no auxiliary Bishop, it devolves upon the
    Vicar General. If there is no Vicar General then to the senior priest of the diocese who
    immediately becomes Vicar General by fact of this Law until a Bishop is appointed at which
    time he is to offer his resignation. Seniority is by date of Ordination to the Presbyterate.
    Can. 206 The auxiliary Bishop or, if there is none, the Vicar General or most senior priest,
    must as soon as possible notify the Synod of Bishops of the death of the Bishop.
    Can. 207 § 1 while the see is vacant, no innovation is to be made.
    § 2 Those who have the interim governance of the diocese are forbidden to do anything which
    could in any way prejudice the rights of the diocese or of the Bishop. Both they, and in like
    manner any other persons, are specifically forbidden to remove, destroy or in any way alter
    documents of the diocesan curia, either personally or through another.
    Can. 208 Removal of the Vicar General or senior priest who is governing a diocese until a new
    Bishop is appointed is reserved to the Synod of Bishops. Should he perchance resign, the
    resignation is to be submitted in authentic form to the next most senior priest who will
    immediately forward it to the Synod of Bishops.
    TITLE II: GROUPINGS OF PARTICULAR CHURCHES
    29
    CHAPTER I: CHURCH PROVINCES AND CHURCH REGIONS
    Can. 209 Neighboring particular Churches are to be grouped into Church provinces, with a
    certain defined territory. The purpose of this grouping is to promote, according to the
    circumstances of persons and place, a common pastoral action of various neighboring dioceses,
    and the more closely to foster relations between diocesan Bishops.
    Can. 210 It is the exclusive prerogative of the Synod of Bishops in the Church, after consulting
    the Bishops concerned, to establish, suppress or alter Church provinces.
    Can. 211 By virtue of the law, a Church province has juridical personality.
    CHAPTER II: METROPOLITANS
    Can. 212 The Church is presided over by a Metropolitan, who is the Presiding Archbishop of
    The American Catholic Church in the United States. The office of Metropolitan is linked to an
    episcopal see, determined or approved by the Synod of Bishops.
    Can. 213 § 1 Within the suffragan dioceses, the Metropolitan is competent:
    1° to see that faith and Church discipline are carefully observed and to notify the Synod of
    Bishops if there be any abuses;
    2° for a reason approved beforehand by the Synod of Bishops, to conduct a canonical visitation
    if the suffragan Bishop has neglected it;
    § 2 Where circumstances require it, the Synod of Bishops can give the Metropolitan special
    functions and power, to be determined in particular law.
    § 3 The Metropolitan has no other power of governance over suffragan dioceses. He can,
    however, celebrate sacred functions in all churches as if he were a Bishop in his own diocese,
    provided, if it is the cathedral church, the diocesan Bishop has been previously notified.
    Can. 214 § 1 The Metropolitan is obliged to wear a pallium.
    TITLE III: THE INTERNAL ORDERING OF PARTICULAR CHURCHES
    CHAPTER I: THE DIOCESAN SYNOD
    Can. 215 The diocesan synod is an assembly of clergy and other members of Christ's faithful of
    a particular Church which, for the good of the whole diocesan community, assists the diocesan
    Bishop, in accordance with the following canons.
    Can. 216 § 1 The diocesan synod is to be held in each particular Church when the diocesan
    Bishop judges that the circumstances suggest it.
    § 1 If a Bishop is responsible for a number of diocese, or has charge of one of his own and of
    another as Administrator, he may convene one diocesan synod for all the dioceses entrusted to
    him.
    30
    Can. 217 § 1 Only the diocesan Bishop can convene a diocesan synod. A person who has
    interim charge of a diocese cannot do so.
    § 2 The diocesan Bishop presides over the diocesan synod. He may however, delegate a Vicar
    general or another person either cleric or lay to fulfill this office at individual sessions of the
    synod.
    Can. 218 § 1 The following are to be summoned to the diocesan synod as members and they
    are obliged to participate in it:
    1° the coadjutor Bishop and the auxiliary Bishops;
    2° the Vicars general:
    3° the canons of the cathedral church;
    4° all clergy;
    5° lay members of Christ's faithful, in the manner and the number to be determined by the
    diocesan Bishop;
    § 2 If the diocesan Bishop considers it opportune, he may invite to the diocesan Synod as
    observers some ministers or members of Churches or ecclesial communities which are not in
    full communion with the church.
    Can. 219 All questions proposed are to be subject to the free discussion of the members in the
    sessions of the synod.
    Can. 220 The diocesan Bishop is the sole legislator in the diocesan synod. Other members of
    the synod have only a consultative vote. The diocesan Bishop alone signs the synodal
    declarations and decrees, and only by his authority may these be published.
    Can. 221 The diocesan Bishop is to communicate the text of the declarations and decrees of the
    synod to the Metropolitan and to Synod of Bishops.
    Can. 222 § 1 If he judges it prudent, the diocesan Bishop can suspend or dissolve the diocesan
    synod.
    § 2 Should the episcopal see become vacant the diocesan synod is by virtue of the law itself
    suspended, until such time as the diocesan Bishop who succeeds to the see decrees that it be
    continued or declares it terminated.
    CHAPTER II: THE DIOCESAN CURIA
    Can. 223 The diocesan curia is composed of those institutes and persons who assist the Bishop
    in governing the entire diocese, especially in directing pastoral action, in providing for the
    administration of the diocese, and in exercising judicial power.
    31
    Can. 224 The appointment of those who fulfill an office in the diocesan curia belongs to the
    diocesan Bishop.
    Can. 225 All who are admitted to an office in the curia must:
    10 promise to fulfill their office faithfully, as determined by law or by the Bishop;
    2° observe secrecy within the limits and according to the manner determined by law or by the
    Bishop.
    Can, 226 § 1 The diocesan Bishop must ensure that everything concerning the administration
    of the whole diocese is properly coordinated and is directed in the way that will best achieve
    the good of that portion of the people of God entrusted to his care.
    § 2 The diocesan Bishop has the responsibility of coordinating the pastoral action of the Vicars
    general. Where it is useful, he may appoint a Moderator of the curia. The Moderator is to
    coordinate activities concerning administrative matters and to ensure that the others who
    belong to the curia properly fulfill the offices entrusted to them.
    § 3 Unless in the Bishop's judgment local conditions suggest otherwise, the Vicar general is to
    be appointed Moderator of the curia or, if there are several Vicars general, one of them.
    § 4 Where the Bishop judges it useful for the better promotion of pastoral action he can
    establish an episcopal council comprising the Vicars general, clergy and laymen.
    Can. 227 Acts of the curia which of their nature are designed to have a juridical effect must, as
    a requirement for validity, be signed by the Ordinary from whom they emanate. They must also
    be signed by the chancellor of the curia or a notary. The chancellor is bound to notify the
    Moderator of the curia about these acts.
    ARTICLE 1: VICARS GENERAL AND EPISCOPAL VICARS
    Can, 228 § I In each diocese the diocesan Bishop is to appoint a Vicar general to assist him in
    the governance of the whole diocese. The Vicar general has ordinary power, in accordance with
    the following canons.
    § 2 As a general rule, one Vicar general is to be appointed, unless the size of the diocese, the
    number of inhabitants, or other pastoral reasons suggest otherwise.
    Can. 229 § 1 The Vicar general is freely appointed by the diocesan Bishop, and can be freely
    removed by him.
    § 2 If the Vicar general is absent or lawfully impeded, the diocesan Bishop can appoint another
    to take his place.
    Can. 230 The Vicar general should be a priest of not less than thirty years of age.
    Can. 231 In virtue of his office, the Vicar general has the same executive power throughout the
    whole diocese as that which belongs by law to the diocesan Bishop: that is, he can perform all
    32
    administrative acts, with the exception however of those which the Bishop has reserved to
    himself, or which by law require a special mandate of the Bishop.
    Can. 232 The Vicar general must give a report to the diocesan Bishop concerning more
    important matters, both those yet to be attended to and those already dealt with. They are never
    to act against the will and mind of the diocesan Bishop.
    Can. 233 § I The power of the Vicar general ceases when the period of the mandate expires, or
    by resignation. In addition it ceases when they are notified of their removal by the diocesan
    Bishop, or when the episcopal see falls vacant.
    § 2 When the office of the diocesan Bishop is suspended, the power of the Vicar general is
    suspended, unless they are themselves Bishops.
    ARTICLE 2: THE CHANCELLOR, OTHER NOTARIES AND THE ARCHIVES
    Can. 234 § 1 In each curia a chancellor is to be appointed, whose principal office, unless
    particular law states otherwise, is to ensure that the acts of the curia are drawn up and
    dispatched, and that they are kept safe in the archive of the curia.
    § 2 If it is considered necessary, the chancellor may be given an assistant, who is to be called
    the vice-chancellor.
    § 3 The chancellor and vice-chancellor are automatically notaries and secretaries of the curia.
    § 4 The Chancellor may be the same person as the Vicars General
    Can. 235 § 1 Besides the chancellor, other notaries may be appointed, whose writing or
    signature authenticates public documents. These notaries may be appointed for all acts, or for
    judicial acts alone, or only for acts concerning a particular issue or business.
    § 2 The chancellor and notaries must be of unblemished reputation and above suspicion.
    Can. 236 The office of notary involves:
    10 writing acts and documents concerning decrees, arrangements, obligations, and other matters
    which require their intervention;
    20 faithfully recording in writing what is done, and signing the document, with a note of the
    place, the day, the month and the year;
    30 while observing all that must be observed, showing acts or documents from the archives to
    those who lawfully request them, and verifying that copies conform to the original.
    Can. 237 The chancellor and the other notaries can be freely removed by the diocesan Bishop.
    Can. 238 § 1 All documents concerning the diocese or parishes must be kept with the greatest
    of care.
    33
    § 2 In each curia there is to be established in a safe place a diocesan archive where documents
    and writings concerning both the spiritual and the temporal affairs of the diocese are to be
    properly filed and carefully kept under lock and key.
    § 3 An inventory or catalogue is to be made of documents kept in the archive, with a short
    synopsis of each document.
    Can. 239 § 1 The archive must be locked, and only the Bishop and the chancellor are to have
    the key; no one may be allowed to enter unless with the permission of the Bishop, or with the
    permission of both the Moderator of the curia and the chancellor.
    § 2 Persons concerned have the right to receive, personally or by proxy, an authentic written or
    photo static copy of documents which are of their nature public and which concern their own
    personal status.
    Can. 240 It is not permitted to remove documents from the archive, except for a short time and
    with the permission of the Bishop or of both the Moderator of the curia and the chancellor.
    Can. 241 § 1 The diocesan Bishop is to ensure that the acts and documents of the archives of
    cathedral, collegiate, parochial and other churches in his territory are carefully kept and that
    two copies are made of inventories or catalogues. One of these copies is to remain in its own
    archive; the other is to be kept in the diocesan archive.
    § 2 The diocesan Bishop is to ensure that there is an historical archive in the diocese, and that
    documents which have an historical value are carefully kept in it and systematically filed.
    § 3 In order that the acts and documents mentioned in §§ 1 and 2 may be inspected or removed;
    the nouns laid down by the diocesan Bishop are to be observed.
    CHAPTER III: THE COUNCIL OF PRIESTS
    Can. 242 In each diocese there is to be established a council of priests, that is, a group of priests
    who represent the presbyterium and who are to be, as it were, the Bishop's senate. The council's
    role is to assist the Bishop, in accordance with the law, in the governance of the diocese, so that
    the pastoral welfare of that portion of the people of God entrusted to the Bishop may be most
    effectively promoted.
    Can. 243 The council of priests is to have its own statutes. These are to be approved by the
    diocesan Bishop.
    Can. 244 As far as the designation of the members of the council of priests is concerned:
    1° about half are to be freely elected by the priests themselves in accordance with the canons
    which follow and with the statutes;
    2° some priests must, in accordance with the statutes, be members ex officio, that is belong to
    the council by reason of the office they hold;
    3° the diocesan Bishop may freely appoint some others.
    34
    Can. 245 The following have the right to both an active and a passive voice in an election to the
    council of priests:
    § 1 all secular priests incardinated in the diocese;
    § 2 priests who are living in the diocese and exercise some useful office there, not incardinated
    in the diocese.
    Can, 246 The manner of electing the members of the council of priests is to be determined by
    the statutes, and in such a way that as far as possible the priests of the presbyterium are
    represented, with special regard to the diversity of ministries and to the various regions of the
    diocese.
    Can. 247 § 1 It is the prerogative of the diocesan Bishop to convene the council of priests, to
    preside over it, and to determine the matters to be discussed in it or to accept items proposed by
    the members.
    § 2 The council of priests has only a consultative vote. The diocesan Bishop is to consult it in
    matters of more serious moment, but he requires its consent only in the cases expressly defined
    in the law.
    § 3 The council of priests can never act without the diocesan Bishop. He alone can
    make public those things which have been decided in accordance with § 2.
    Can, 248 § 1 The members of the council of priests are to be designated for a period specified
    in the statutes, subject however to the condition that over a five year period the council is
    renewed in whole or in part.
    § 2 When the see is vacant, the council of priests lapses.
    §3 If the council of priests does not fulfill the office entrusted to it for the welfare of the
    diocese, or if it gravely abuses that office, it can be dissolved by the diocesan Bishop, after
    consultation with the Metropolitan or Synod of Bishops, in the case of a metropolitan see, the
    Bishop must first consult with the suffragan Bishop who is senior by promotion. Within a year,
    however, the diocesan Bishop must reconstitute the council
    CHAPTER IV; THE PASTORAL COUNCIL
    Can. 249 In each diocese, in so far as pastoral circumstances suggest a pastoral council is to be
    established. Its function, under the authority of the Bishop, is to study and weigh those matters
    which concern the pastoral works in the diocese, and to propose practical conclusions
    concerning them.
    Can. 250 § 1 A pastoral council is composed of members of Christ's faithful who are in full
    communion with the catholic Church: clerics, members of institutes of consecrated life, and
    especially lay people. They are designated in the manner determined by the diocesan Bishop.
    § 2 The members of Christ's faithful assigned to the pastoral council are to be selected in such a
    35
    way that the council truly reflects the entire portion of the people of God which constitutes the
    diocese, taking account of the different regions of the diocese, of social conditions and
    professions, and of the part played in the apostolate by the members, whether individually or in
    association with others.
    § 3 Only those members of Christ's faithful who are outstanding in firm faith, high moral
    standards and prudence are to be assigned to the pastoral council.
    Can. 251 § I The pastoral council is appointed for a determinate period, in accordance with the
    provisions of the statutes drawn up by the Bishop.
    § 2 When the see is vacant, the pastoral council lapses.
    Can. 252 § 1 The pastoral council has only a consultative vote. It is for the diocesan Bishop
    alone t6 convene it, according to the needs of the apostolate, and to preside over it. He alone
    has the right to make public the matters dealt with in the council.
    § 2 It is to be convened at least once a year.
    CHAPTER V: PARISHES, PARISH PRIESTS AND ASSISTANT PRIESTS
    Can. 253 § 1 A parish is a certain community of Christ's faithful stably established within a
    particular Church, whose pastoral care, under the authority of the diocesan Bishop, is entrusted
    to a parish priest as its proper pastor.
    § 2 The diocesan Bishop alone can establish suppress or alter parishes. He is not to establish,
    suppress or notably alter them unless he has consulted the council of priests and/or pastoral
    council.
    § 3 A lawfully established parish has juridical personality by virtue of the law itself.
    Can, 254 § 1 Where circumstances so require, the pastoral care of a parish, or of a number of
    parishes together, can be entrusted to several priests jointly, but with the stipulation that one of
    the priests is to be the moderator of the pastoral care to be exercised. This moderator is to direct
    the joint action and to be responsible for it to the Bishop.
    § 2 If, because of a shortage of priests, the diocesan Bishop has judged that a deacon, or some
    other person who is not a priest, or a community of persons, should be entrusted with a share in
    the exercise of the pastoral care of a parish, he is to appoint some priest who, with the powers
    and faculties of a parish priest, will direct the pastoral care.
    Can. 255 As a general rule, a parish is to be territorial, that is, it is to embrace all Christ's
    faithful of a given territory. Where it is useful however, personal parishes are to be established,
    determined by reason of the rite, language or nationality of the faithful of a certain territory, or
    on some other basis.
    Can. 256 The parish priest is the proper pastor of the parish entrusted to him. He exercises the
    pastoral care of the community entrusted to him under the authority of the diocesan Bishop,
    whose ministry of Christ he is called to share, so that for this community he may carry out the
    36
    offices of teaching and sanctifying with the cooperation of other priests or deacons and with the
    assistance of lay members of Christ's faithful, in accordance with the law.
    Can. 257 § 1 To be validly appointed a parish priest; one must be in the sacred order of
    priesthood.
    § 2 He is also to be outstanding in sound doctrine and uprightness of character, endowed with
    zeal for souls and other virtues, and possessed of those qualities which by law are required for
    the care of the parish in question.
    § 3 In order that one be appointed to the office of parish priest, his suitability must be clearly
    established, in a manner determined by the diocesan Bishop, even by examination.
    Can. 258 The appointment to the office of parish priest belongs to the Bishop, who should
    confer with parishioners as to their choice of priest.
    Can. 259 § 1 One who is promoted to exercise the pastoral care of a parish obtains this care and
    is bound to exercise it from the moment he takes possession.
    § 2 The Bishop or a priest delegated by him puts the parish priest into possession, in
    accordance with the procedure approved by particular law or by lawful custom. For a just
    reason, however, the same Bishop can dispense from this procedure, in which case the
    communication of the dispensation to the parish replaces the taking of possession.
    Can. 260 § 1 The parish priest has the obligation of ensuring that the word of God is
    proclaimed in its entirety to those living in the parish. He is therefore to see to it that the lay
    members of Christ's faithful are instructed in the truths of faith, especially by means of the
    homily on Sundays and holydays of obligation and by catechetical formation. He is to foster
    works which promote the spirit of the Gospel, including its relevance to social justice. He is to
    have a special care for the catholic education of children and young people. With the
    collaboration of the faithful, he is to make every effort to bring the gospel message to those
    also who have given up religious practice or who do not profess the true faith.
    § 2 The parish priest is to take care that the blessed Eucharist is the center of the parish
    assembly of the faithful. He is to strive to ensure that the faithful are nourished by the devout
    celebration of the sacraments, and in particular that they frequently approach the sacraments of
    the blessed Eucharist and penance. He is to strive to lead them to prayer, including prayer in
    their families, and to take a live and active part in the sacred liturgy. Under the authority of the
    diocesan Bishop, the parish priest must direct this liturgy in his own parish, and he is bound to
    be on guard against abuses.
    Can. 261 § 1 So that he may fulfill his office of pastor diligently, the parish priest is to strive to
    know the faithful entrusted to his care. He is therefore to visit their families, sharing in their
    cares and anxieties and, in a special way, their sorrows, comforting them in the Lord. If in
    certain matters they are found wanting, he is prudently to correct them. He is to help the sick
    and especially the dying in great charity, solicitously restoring them with the sacraments and
    commending their souls to God. He is to be especially diligent in seeking out the poor, the
    suffering, the lonely, those who are exiled from their homeland, and those burdened with
    special difficulties. He is to strive also to ensure that spouses and parents are sustained in the
    37
    fulfillment of their proper duties, and to foster the growth of Christian life in the family.
    § 2 The parish priest is to recognize and promote the specific role which the lay members of
    Christ's faithful have in the mission of the Church, fostering their associations which have
    religious purposes. He is to cooperate with his proper Bishop and with the presbyterium of the
    diocese. Moreover, he is to endeavor to ensure that the faithful are concerned for the
    community of the parish, that they feel themselves to be members both of the diocese and of
    the universal Church, and that they take part in and sustain works which promote this
    community.
    Can. 262 The functions especially entrusted to the parish priest are as follows:
    1° the administration of baptism;
    2° the administration of the sacrament of confirmation;
    3° the administration of Viaticum and of the anointing of the sick;
    4° the assistance at marriages and the nuptial blessing;
    5° the conducting of funerals;
    6° the blessing of the baptismal font at paschal time, the conduct of processions outside the
    church, and the giving of solemn blessings outside the church;
    7° the more solemn celebration of the Eucharist on Sundays and holydays of obligation.
    Can. 263 § 1 When he has taken possession of his parish, the parish priest is bound on each
    Sunday and holyday of obligation in his diocese to apply the Mass/Divine Liturgy for the
    people entrusted to him. If he is lawfully impeded from this celebration, he is to have someone
    else apply the Mass/Divine Liturgy on these days or apply it himself on other days.
    § 2 A parish priest who has the care of several parishes is bound to apply only one
    Mass/Divine Liturgy on the days mentioned in § 1, for all the people entrusted to him.
    § 3 A parish priest who has not discharged the obligations mentioned in §§ 1 and 2, is as soon
    as possible to apply for the people as many Mass/Divine Liturgies as he has omitted.
    Can. 264 § 1 In each parish there are to be parochial registers, that is, of baptisms, of marriages
    and of deaths, and any other registers prescribed by the Synod of Bishops or by the diocesan
    Bishop. The parish priest is to ensure that entries are accurately made and that the registers are
    carefully preserved.
    § 2 In the register of baptisms, a note is to be made of confirmation and of matters pertaining
    to the canonical status of the faithful by reason of marriage, and by reason of adoption, the
    reception of sacred order, the making of perpetual profession in a religious institute. These
    annotations are always to be reproduced on a baptismal certificate.
    § 3 Each parish is to have its own seal. Certificates concerning the canonical status of the
    38
    faithful, and all acts which can have juridical significance, are to be signed by the parish priest
    or his delegate and secured with the parochial seal.
    § 4 In each parish there is to be an archive, in which the parochial books are to be kept,
    together with episcopal letters and other documents which it may be necessary or useful to
    preserve. On the occasion of visitation or at some other opportune time, the diocesan Bishop or
    his delegate is to inspect all of these matters. The parish priest is to take care that they do not
    fall into unauthorized hands.
    § 5 Older parochial registers are also to be carefully safeguarded, in accordance with the
    provisions of particular law.
    Can. 265 § 1 If, after consulting the council of priests and/or pastoral council, the diocesan
    Bishop considers it opportune, a pastoral council is to be established in each parish. In this
    council, which is presided over by the parish priest, Christ's faithful, together with those who
    by virtue of their office are engaged in pastoral care in the parish, give their help in fostering
    pastoral action.
    § 2 The pastoral council has only a consultative vote and it is regulated by the norms laid
    down by the diocesan Bishop.
    Can. 266 § 1 A parish priest ceases to hold office by removal or transfer effected by the
    diocesan Bishop in accordance with the law; by his personal resignation, for a just reason,
    which for validity requires that it be accepted by the diocesan Bishop.
    § 2 A parish priest may resign at any time.
    Can. 267 § 1 Whenever it is necessary or opportune for the due pastoral care of the parish, one
    or more assistant priests can be joined with the parish priest. As cooperators with the parish
    priest and sharers in his concern, they are, by common counsel and effort with the parish priest
    and under his authority, to labor in the pastoral ministry.
    § 2 An assistant priest may be appointed either to help in exercising the entire pastoral
    ministry, whether in the whole parish or in a part of it or for a particular group of the faithful
    within it, or even to help in carrying out a specific ministry in a number of parishes at the same
    time.
    Can. 268 To be validly appointed an assistant priest; one must be in the sacred order of
    priesthood.
    Can. 269 The diocesan Bishop freely appoints an assistant priest; if he has judged it opportune,
    he will have consulted the parish priest or parish priests of the parishes to which the assistant is
    appointed.
    Can. 270 § 1 The obligations and rights of assistant priests are defined not only by the canons
    of this chapter, but also by the diocesan statutes, and by the letter of the diocesan Bishop; they
    are more specifically determined by the directions of the parish priest.
    § 2 Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the letter of the diocesan Bishop, the assistant
    39
    priest is by virtue of his office bound to help the parish priest in the entire parochial ministry,
    with the exception of the application of the Mass/Divine Liturgy for the people. Likewise, if
    the matter should arise in accordance with the law, he is bound to take the place of the parish
    priest.
    § 3 The assistant priest is to report regularly to the parish priest on pastoral initiatives both
    those planned and those already undertaken. In this way the parish priest and the assistant or
    assistants can by their joint efforts provide a pastoral care of the parish for which they are
    together answerable.
    Can. 271 An assistant priest may for a just reason be removed by the diocesan Bishop.
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13638
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  orthodoxymoron Mon Jul 02, 2012 11:36 pm

    PART III: INSTITUTES OF CONSECRATED LIFE AND SOCIETIES OF APOSTOLIC LIFE
    SECTION I: INSTITUTES OF CONSECRATED LIFE
    TITLE I: NORMS COMMON TO ALL INSTITUTES OF CONSECRATED LIFE
    Can. 272 § 1 Life consecrated through profession of the evangelical counsels is a stable form of
    living, in which the faithful follow Christ more closely under the action of the Holy Spirit, and
    are totally dedicated to God, who is supremely loved. By a new and special title they are
    dedicated to seek the perfection of charity in the service of God's Kingdom, for the honor of
    God, the building up of the Church and the salvation of the world. They are a splendid sign in
    the Church, as they foretell the heavenly glory.
    § 2 Christ's faithful freely assume this manner of life in institutes of consecrated life which are
    canonically established by the competent Church authority. By vows or by other sacred bonds,
    in accordance with the laws of their own institutes, they profess the evangelical counsels of
    chastity, poverty and obedience. Because of the charity to which these counsels lead, they are
    linked in a special way to the Church and its mystery.
    Can. 273 § 1 The state of persons who profess the evangelical counsels in these institutes
    belongs to the life and holiness of the Church. It is therefore to be fostered and promoted by
    everyone in the Church.
    § 2 Some of Christ's faithful are specially called by God to this state, so that they may benefit
    from a special gift in the life of the Church and contribute to its saving mission according to the
    purpose and spirit of each institute.
    Can. 274 The evangelical counsels, based on the teaching and example of Christ the Master,
    are a divine gift which the Church received from the Lord and which by His grace it preserves
    always.
    Can. 275 It is the prerogative of the Synod of Bishops interpret the evangelical counsels, to
    legislate for their practice and, by canonical approval, to constitute the stable forms of living
    which arise from them. The same authority has the responsibility to do what is in its power to
    ensure that institutes grow and flourish according to the spirit of their founders and to their
    40
    sound traditions.
    Can. 276 In the Church there can be many institutes of consecrated life, with gifts that differ
    according to the graces given them: they more closely follow Christ praying, or Christ
    proclaiming the Kingdom of God, or Christ doing good to people, or Christ in dialogue with
    the people of this world, but always Christ doing the will of the Father.
    Can. 277 The whole patrimony of an institute must be faithfully preserved by all. This
    patrimony is comprised of the intentions of the founders, of all that the competent Church
    authority has approved concerning the nature, purpose, spirit and character of the institute, and
    of its sound traditions.
    Can. 278 Provided the Synod of Bishops has been consulted, diocesan Bishops can, by formal
    decree establish institutes of consecrated life in their own territories.
    Can. 279 It is for the competent authority of the institute to divide the institute into parts, by
    whatever name these may be called, to establish new parts, or to unite or otherwise modify
    those in existence, in accordance with the constitutions.
    Can. 280 Changes in institutes of consecrated life which affect elements previously approved
    by the Synod of Bishops cannot be made without the permission of the same Synod.
    Can. 281 Only the Synod of Bishops can suppress an institute.
    Can. 282 The competent authority of an institute can suppress parts of the same institute.
    Can. 283 § 1 A true autonomy of life, especially of governance, is recognized for each institute.
    This autonomy means that each institute has its own discipline in the Church and can preserve
    whole and entire the patrimony described in can. 272.
    § 2 Local Ordinaries have the responsibility of preserving and safeguarding this autonomy.
    Can. 284 § 1 To protect more faithfully the vocation and identity of each institute, the
    fundamental code or constitutions of the institute are to contain basic norms about the
    governance of the institute, the discipline of the members, the admission and formation of
    members, and the proper object of their sacred bonds.
    § 2 This code is approved by the competent Church authority, and can be changed only with
    the consent of the same.
    Can. 285 The better to ensure the welfare of institutes and the needs of the apostolate, the
    Synod of Bishops, with a view to the common good, can withdraw institutes of consecrated life
    from the governance of local Ordinaries and subject them to himself alone, or to some other
    Church authority.
    Can. 286 § 1 To promote closer union between institutes and the Synod of Bishops, each
    supreme Moderator is to send a brief account of the state and life of the institute to the same
    Synod of Bishops, in the manner and at the time it lays down.
    41
    § 2 Moderators of each institute are to promote knowledge of the documents issued by the
    Synod of Bishops which affect the members entrusted to them, and are to ensure that these
    documents are observed.
    Can. 287 § 1 It is the Synod of Bishops that approves the constitutions, and confirms any
    changes lawfully introduced into them.
    § 2 The Presiding Archbishop can grant a dispensation from the constitutions in particular
    cases.
    Can. 288 Superiors and Chapters of institutes have that authority over the members who are
    defined in the universal law and in the constitutions.
    Can. 289 § 1 Every believer with a right intention and the qualities required by universal law
    and the institute's own law, and who is without impediment, may be admitted to an institute of
    consecrated life.
    § 2 No one may be admitted without suitable preparation.
    Can. 290 Each institute, taking account of its own special character and purposes, is to define
    in its constitutions the manner in which the evangelical counsels of chastity, poverty and
    obedience are to be observed in its way of life or not at all.
    Can. 291 The evangelical counsel of chastity, based upon the state of one’s life, is embraced
    for the sake of the Kingdom of heaven.
    Can. 292 The evangelical counsel of poverty, based upon the state on one’s life, is followed in
    imitation of Christ who for our sake was made poor when he was rich, entails a life which is
    poor in reality and in spirit, sober and industrious, and a stranger to earthly riches. It also
    involves dependence and limitation in the use and the disposition of goods, in accordance with
    each institute's own law.
    Can. 293 The evangelical counsel of obedience, undertaken in the spirit of faith and love in the
    following of Christ, who was obedient even unto death, obliges submission of one's will, but
    not one's conscience, to lawful Superiors, in accordance with each institute's own constitutions.
    Can. 294 The fraternal life proper to each institute unites all the members into, as it were, a
    special family in Christ. It is to be so defined that for all it proves of mutual assistance to fulfill
    their vocation. The fraternal union of the members, rooted and based in charity, is to be an
    example of universal reconciliation in Christ.
    Can. 295 § 1 Besides institutes of consecrated life, the Church recognizes the life of hermits or
    anchorites, in which Christ's faithful withdraw further from the world and devote their lives to
    the praise of God and the salvation of the world through the silence of solitude and through
    constant prayer and penance.
    § 2 Hermits are recognized by law as dedicated to God in consecrated life if, in the hands of the
    diocesan Bishop, they publicly profess, by a vow or some other sacred bond, some or all of the
    evangelical counsels, and then lead their particular form of life under the guidance of the
    42
    diocesan Bishop.
    Can. 296 § 1 The order of virgins is also to be added to these forms of consecrated life.
    Through their pledge to follow Christ more closely, virgins are consecrated to God, mystically
    espoused to Christ and dedicated to the service of the Church, when the diocesan Bishop
    consecrates them according to the approved liturgical rite.
    § 2 Virgins can be associated together to fulfill their pledge more faithfully, and to assist each
    other to serve the Church in a way that befits their state.
    Can. 297 Provisions concerning institutes of consecrated life and their members are equally
    valid in law for both sexes, unless it is otherwise clear from the context or from the nature of
    things.
    TITLE II: RELIGIOUS INSTITUTES
    Can. 298 § 1 Religious life, as a consecration of the whole person, manifests in the Church the
    marvelous marriage established by God as a sign of the world to come. Religious thus
    consummate a full gift of themselves as a sacrifice offered to God, so that their whole existence
    becomes a continuous worship of God in charity.
    § 2 A religious institute is a society in which, in accordance with their own law, the members
    pronounce public vows and live a fraternal life in common. The vows are either perpetual or
    temporary; if the latter, they are to be renewed when the time elapses.
    § 3 The public witness which religious are to give to Christ and the Church involves that
    separation from the world which is proper to the character and purpose of each institute.
    CHAPTER I: RELIGIOUS HOUSES AND THEIR ESTABLISHMENT AND
    SUPPRESSION
    Can. 299 A religious community may live in a lawfully constituted house, under the authority
    of a Superior designated according to the norms of law. Each house is to have at least an
    oratory, in which the Eucharist is celebrated and reserved, so that it may truly be the center of
    the community.
    Can. 300 § 1 A house of a religious institute is established, with the prior written consent of the
    diocesan Bishop, by the authority competent according to the constitutions.
    § 2 For the establishment of a monastery of cloistered nuns, the permission of the Synod of
    Bishops is also required.
    Can. 301 § 1 In establishing religious houses, the welfare of the Church and of the institute are
    to be kept in mind, and care must be taken to safeguard everything that is necessary for the
    members to lead their religious life in accordance with the purposes and spirit proper to the
    institute.
    § 2 No house is to be established unless it is prudently foreseen that the needs of the members
    can be suitably provided for.
    43
    Can. 302 The consent of the diocesan Bishop for the establishment of a religious house carries
    with it the right:
    1° to lead a life according to the character and purposes proper to the institute;
    2° to engage in the works which are proper to the institute, in accordance with the law, and
    subject to any conditions attached to the consent;
    3° for clerical religious institutes to have a church and to conduct the sacred ministries, with
    due observance of the law.
    Can. 303 The consent of the diocesan Bishop is required if a religious house is to be used for
    apostolic works other 1than those for which it was established. This permission is not required
    for a change which, while observing the laws of the foundation, concerns only internal
    governance and discipline.
    Can. 304 Monasteries of cloistered nuns which are associated with an institute of men, have
    their own rule of life and governance, in accordance with the constitutions. The mutual rights
    and obligations are to be defined in such a way that spiritual good may come from the
    association.
    Can. 305 If an autonomous monastery has no major Superior other than its own Moderator, and
    is not associated with any institute of religious in such a way that the Superior of that institute
    has over the monastery a real authority determined by the constitutions, it is entrusted, in
    accordance with the norms of law, to the special vigilance of the diocesan Bishop.
    Can. 306 § I After consultation with the diocesan Bishop, a supreme Moderator can suppress a
    lawfully established religious house, in accordance with the constitutions.
    § 2 The Synod of Bishops alone can suppress the sole house of an institute.
    § 3 The suppression of an autonomous monastery of cloistered nuns pertains to the Synod of
    Bishops.
    CHAPTER II: THE GOVERNANCE OF INSTITUTES
    ARTICLE 1: SUPERIORS AND COUNCILS
    Can. 307 Superiors are to fulfill their office and exercise their authority in accordance with the
    norms of the universal law and of their own law.
    Can. 308 The authority which Superiors receive from God through the ministry of the Church
    is to be exercised by them in a spirit of service. In fulfilling their office they are to be docile to
    the will of God, and are to govern those subject to them as children of God. By their reverence
    for the human person, they are to promote voluntary obedience. They are to listen willingly to
    their subjects and foster their cooperation for the good of the institute and the Church, without
    prejudice however to their authority to decide and to command what is to be done.
    44
    Can. 309 Superiors are to devote themselves to their office with diligence. Together with the
    members entrusted to them, they are to strive to build in Christ a fraternal community, in which
    God is sought and loved above all. They are therefore frequently to nourish their members:
    with the food of God's word and lead them to the celebration of the liturgy. They are to be an
    example to the members in cultivating virtue and in observing the laws and traditions proper to
    the institute. They are to give the members opportune assistance in their personal needs. They
    are to be solicitous in caring for and visiting the sick; they are to chide the restless, console the
    fainthearted and be patient with all.
    Can. 310 A province is a union of several houses which, under one superior, constitutes an
    immediate part of the same institute, and is canonically established by lawful authority.
    Can. 311 The supreme Moderator has authority over all provinces, houses and members of the
    institute, to be exercised in accordance with the institute's own law. Other Superiors have
    authority within the limits of their office.
    Can. 312 To be validly appointed or elected to the office of Superior, members must have been
    perpetually or definitively professed for an appropriate period of time, to be determined by
    their own law or, for major Superiors, by the constitutions.
    Can. 313 § 1 Superiors are to be constituted for a certain and appropriate period of time,
    according to the nature and needs of the institute unless the constitutions establish otherwise for
    the supreme Moderator and for Superiors of an autonomous house.
    § 2 An institute’s own law is to make suitable provisions so that Superiors constituted for a
    defined time do not continue in offices of governance for too long a period of time without an
    interval.
    § 3 During their period in office, however, Superiors may be removed or transferred to another
    office, for reasons prescribed in the institute's own law.
    Can. 314 The supreme Moderator of the institute is to be designated by canonical election, in
    accordance with the constitutions.
    § 2 The Archbishop presides at the election of the Superior of the autonomous monastery and
    at the election of the supreme Moderator of an institute of diocesan right.
    § 3 Other Superiors are to be constituted in accordance with the constitutions, but in such a way
    that if they are elected, they require the confirmation of the competent major Superior; if they
    are appointed by the Superior; the appointment is to be preceded by suitable consultation.
    Can. 315 Superiors in conferring offices, and members in electing to office, are to observe the
    norms of the institute's own law, avoiding any abuse or preference of persons. They are to have
    nothing but God and the good of the institute before their eyes, and appoint or elect those
    whom, in the Lord, they know to be worthy and fitting. In elections, besides, they are to avoid
    directly or indirectly lobbying for votes, either for themselves or for others.
    Can. 316 § 1 Superiors are to have their own council, in accordance with the constitutions, and
    they must make use of it in the exercise of their office.
    45
    §2 Apart from the cases prescribed in this code of canon law, an institute's own law is to
    determine the cases in which the validity of an act depends upon consent or advice being
    sought.
    Can. 317 § 1 Superiors who are designated for this office by the institute's own law are at
    stated times to visit the houses and the members entrusted to them, in accordance with the
    norms of the same law.
    §2 The diocesan Bishop has the right and the duty to visit the following, even in respect of
    religious discipline:
    1° the autonomous monasteries;
    2° the individual houses of an institute of diocesan right situated in his territory.
    § 3 The members are to act with confidence towards the visitator, to whom when lawfully
    questioning they are bound to reply truthfully and with charity. It is not lawful for anyone in
    any way to divert the members from this obligation or otherwise to hinder the scope of the
    visitation.
    Can. 318 Superiors are to reside each in his or her own house, and they are not to leave it
    except in accordance with the institute's own law.
    Can. 319 § 1 While safeguarding the discipline of the institute, Superiors are to acknowledge
    the freedom due to the members concerning the sacrament of penance and the direction of
    conscience.
    § 2 Superiors are to take care, in accordance with the institute's own law, that the members
    have suitable confessors available, to whom they may confess frequently.
    § 3 In monasteries of cloistered nuns, in houses of formation, and in large lay communities,
    there are to be ordinary confessors, approved by the local Ordinary after consultation with the
    community. There is however, no obligation to approach these confessors.
    § 4 Superiors are not to hear the confessions of their subjects unless the member is in imminent
    fear of death.
    § 5 The members are to approach their superiors with trust and be able to open their minds
    freely and spontaneously to them. Superiors, however, are forbidden in any way to induce the
    members to make a manifestation of conscience to themselves.
    ARTICLE 2: CHAPTERS
    Can. 320 § 1 In an institute the general chapter has supreme authority in accordance with the
    constitutions. It is to be composed in such a way that it represents the whole institute and
    becomes a true sign of its unity in charity. Its principal functions are to protect the patrimony of
    the institute mentioned in can. 578 and to foster appropriate renewal in accord with that
    patrimony. It also elects the supreme Moderator, deals with matters of greater importance, and
    46
    issues norms which all are bound to obey.
    § 2 The composition of the general chapter and the limits of its powers are to be defined in the
    constitutions. The institute's own law is to determine in further detail the order to be observed
    in the celebration of the chapter, especially regarding elections and the matters to be treated.
    § 3 According to the norms determined in the institute's own law, not only provinces and local
    communities, but also any individual member may freely submit their wishes and suggestions
    to the general chapter.
    Can. 321 The institute's own law is to determine in greater detail matters concerning other
    chapters and other similar assemblies of the institute, that is, concerning their nature, authority,
    composition, procedure and time of celebration.
    Can. 322 § 1 Participatory and consultative bodies are faithfully to carry out the task entrusted
    to them, in accordance with the universal law and the institute's own law. In their own way they
    are to express the care and participation of all the members for the good of the whole institute
    or community.
    § 2 In establishing and utilizing these means of participation and consultation, a wise
    discernment is to be observed, and the way in which they operate is to be in conformity with
    the character and purpose of the institute.
    CHAPTER III: THE ADMISSION OF CANDIDATES AND THE FORMATION OF
    MEMBERS
    ARTICLE 1: ADMISSION TO THE NOVITIATE
    Can. 323 The right to admit candidates to the novitiate belongs to the major Superiors, in
    accordance with the norms of the institute's own law.
    Can. 324 Superiors are to exercise a vigilant care to admit only those who, besides being of
    required age, are healthy, have a suitable disposition, and have sufficient maturity to undertake
    the life which is proper to the institute.
    Can. 325 Superiors are not to admit secular clerics to the novitiate without consulting their
    proper Ordinary; or those who have debts which they are unable to meet.
    Can. 326 Before candidates are admitted to the novitiate they must produce proof of baptism
    and confirmation, and of their free status.
    ARTICLE 2: THE NOVITIATE AND THE FORMATION OF NOVICES
    Can. 327 The purpose of the novitiate, by which life in an institute begins, is to give the
    novices a greater understanding of their divine vocation, and of their vocation to that institute.
    During the novitiate the novices are to experience the manner of life of the institute and form
    their minds and hearts in its spirit. At the same time their resolution and suitability are to be
    tested.
    47
    Can. 328 The establishment, transfer and suppression of a novitiate house are to take place by a
    written decree of the supreme Moderator of the institute, given with the consent of the council.
    Can. 329 § 1 The object of the novitiate demands that novices be formed under the supervision
    of the director of novices, in a manner of formation to be defined by the institute's own law.
    § 2 The governance of the novices is reserved to the director of novices alone, under the
    authority of the major Superiors.
    Can. 330 § 1 The director of novices is to be a member of the institute who has taken perpetual
    vows and has been lawfully designated.
    § 2 If need be, directors of novices may be given assistants, who are subject to them in regard
    to the governance of the novitiate and the manner of formation.
    §3 Those in charge of the formation of novices are to be members who have been carefully
    prepared so that they may discharge their office fruitfully and in a stable fashion.
    Can. 331 § 1 It is the responsibility of the directors of novices and their assistants to discern
    and test the vocation of the novices, and gradually to form them to lead the life of perfection
    which is proper to the institute.
    § 2 Novices are to be led to develop human and Christian virtues. Through prayer and selfdenial
    they are to be introduced to a fuller way of perfection. They are to be instructed in
    contemplating the mystery of salvation, and in reading and meditating on the sacred Scriptures.
    Their preparation is to enable them to develop their worship of God in the sacred liturgy. They
    are to learn how to lead a life consecrated to God and their neighbor in Christ. They are to learn
    about the character and spirit of the institute, its purpose and discipline, its history and life, and
    be imbued with a love.
    § 3 Novices, conscious of their own responsibility, are to cooperate actively with the director of
    novices, so that they may faithfully respond to the grace of their divine vocation.
    § 4 By the example of their lives and by prayer, the members of the institute are to ensure that
    they do their part in assisting the work of formation of the novices.
    Can. 332 § 1 A novice may freely leave the institute. The competent authority of the institute
    may also dismiss a novice.
    § 2 On the completion of the novitiate, a novice, if judged suitable, is to be admitted to
    temporary profession; otherwise the novice is to be dismissed. If a doubt exists concerning
    suitability, the time of probation may be prolonged by the major Superior, in accordance with
    the institute's own law, but for a period not exceeding six months.
    ARTICLE 3: RELIGIOUS PROFESSION
    Can. 333 By religious profession members make a public vow to observe one or more of the
    three evangelical counsels. Through the ministry of the Church they are consecrated to God,
    48
    and are incorporated into the institute, with the rights and duties defined by law.
    Can. 334 Temporary profession is to be made for the period defined by the institute's own law.
    This period may not be less than three years nor longer than six years.
    Can. 335 § I When the period of time for which the profession was made has been completed,
    a religious who freely asks, and is judged suitable, is to be admitted to a renewal of profession
    or to perpetual profession.
    § 2 If it seems opportune, the period of temporary profession can be extended by the competent
    Superior in accordance with the institute's own law. The total time during which the member is
    bound by temporary vows may not, however, extend beyond nine years.
    § 3 Those who have been Solemnly or Perpetually professed in a valid religious community in
    the Roman or other jurisdiction with Apostolic Succession may be received into Solemn or
    Perpetual profession in The American Catholic Church in the United States religious
    community without the need to make a formal novitiate or simple/temporary profession. This
    may only be granted by consent of the Major Superior of the particular institute and the
    Archbishop.
    ARTICLE 4: THE FORMATION OF RELIGIOUS
    Can. 336 § l After first profession, the formation of all members in each institute is to be
    completed, so that they may lead the life proper to the institute more fully, and fulfill its
    mission more effectively.
    § 2 The institute's own law is, therefore, to define the nature and duration of this formation. In
    this, the needs of the Church and the conditions of people and times are to be kept in mind,
    insofar as this is required by the purpose and the character of the institute.
    § 3 The formation of members who are being prepared for sacred orders is governed by law
    and the institute's own program of studies.
    Can. 337 § 1 Formation is to be systematic, adapted to the capacity of the members, spiritual
    and apostolic, both doctrinal and practical. Suitable church and civil degrees are to be obtained
    as opportunity offers.
    § 2 During the period of formation members are not to be given offices and undertakings which
    hinder their formation.
    Can. 338 Religious are to be diligent in continuing their spiritual, doctrinal and practical
    formation throughout their lives. Superiors are to ensure that they have the assistance and the
    time to do this.
    CHAPTER IV: THE OBLIGATIONS AND RIGHTS OF INSTITUTES AND OF THEIR
    MEMBERS
    Can. 339 Religious are to find their supreme rule of life in the following of Christ as proposed
    in the Gospel and as expressed in the constitutions of their own institute.
    49
    Can. 340 § 1 The first and principal duty of all religious is to be the contemplation of things
    divine and constant union with God in prayer.
    § 2 Each day the members are to make every effort to participate in the Eucharistic sacrifice,
    receive the most holy Body of Christ and adore the Lord himself present in the Sacrament.
    § 3 They are to devote themselves to reading the sacred Scriptures and to mental prayer. In
    accordance with the provisions of their own law, they are to celebrate the liturgy of the hours
    worthily. They are also to perform other exercises of piety.
    § 4 They are to have a special devotion to the Virgin Mother of God, the example and
    protectoress of all consecrated life, including by way of the rosary.
    § 5 They are faithfully to observe the period of annual retreat.
    Can. 341 Religious are earnestly to strive for the conversion of soul to God.
    Can. 342 § 1 As a sign of their consecration and as a witness to their membership, religious are
    to wear the habit of their institute, determined in accordance with the institute's own law.
    §2 Religious of a clerical institute who do not have a special habit are to wear clerical dress.
    CHAPTER V: THE APOSTOLATE OF INSTITUTES
    Can. 343 The apostolate of all religious consists primarily in the witness of their consecrated
    life, which they are bound to foster through prayer and penance.
    Can. 344 Institutes which are wholly directed to contemplation always have an outstanding part
    in the mystical Body of Christ. They offer to God an exceptional sacrifice of praise. They
    embellish the people of God with very rich fruits of holiness, move them by their example, and
    give them increase by a hidden apostolic fruitfulness.
    Can. 345 § I Apostolic action is of the very nature of institutes dedicated to apostolic works.
    The whole life of the members is, therefore, to be imbued with an apostolic spirit, and the
    whole of their apostolic action is to be animated by a religious spirit.
    §2 Apostolic action is always to proceed from intimate union with God, and is to confirm and
    foster this union.
    §3 Apostolic action exercised in the name of the Church and by its command is to be
    performed in communion with the Church.
    Can. 346 Lay institutes of men and women participate in the pastoral mission of the Church
    through the spiritual and corporal works of mercy, performing very many different services for
    people. They are therefore to remain faithful to the grace of their vocation.
    Can. 347 § l Superiors and members are faithfully to hold fast to the mission and works which
    are proper to their institute. According to the needs of time and place, however, they are
    50
    prudently to adapt them, making use of new and appropriate means.
    § 2 Institutes which have associations of Christ's faithful joined to them are to have a special
    care that these associations are imbued with the genuine spirit of their family.
    Can. 348 § 1 In matters concerning the care of souls, the public exercise of divine worship and
    other works of the apostolate, religious are subject to the authority of the Bishops, whom they
    are bound to treat with sincere obedience and reverence.
    § 2 In the exercise of an apostolate towards persons outside the institute, religious are also
    subject to their own Superiors and must remain faithful to the discipline of the institute. If the
    need arises, Bishops themselves are not to fail to insist on this obligation.
    § 3 In directing the apostolic works of religious, diocesan Bishops and religious Superiors must
    proceed by way of mutual consultation.
    Can. 349 Organized cooperation is to be fostered among different institutes, and between them
    and the secular clergy. Under the direction of the Bishop, there is to be a coordination of all
    apostolic works and actions, with due respect for the character and purpose of each institute
    and the laws of its foundation.
    Can. 350 § 1 Works which the diocesan Bishop entrusts to religious are under the authority and
    direction of the Bishop.
    § 2 In these cases a written agreement is to be made between the diocesan Bishop and the
    competent Superior of the institute. This agreement must expressly and accurately define,
    among other things, the work to be done, the members to be assigned to it and the financial
    arrangements.
    Can. 351 § 1 If an Church office in a diocese is to be conferred on a member of a religious
    institute, the religious is appointed by the diocesan Bishop on presentation by, or at least with
    the consent of the competent Superior.
    § 2 The religious can be removed from the office at the discretion of the authority who made
    the appointment, with prior notice being given to the religious Superior; or by the religious
    Superior, with prior notice being given to the appointing authority. Neither requires the other's
    consent, especially in the immediate application of can. 727 § 1-7.
    Can. 352 § 1 Either personally or through a delegate, the diocesan Bishop can visit churches or
    oratories to which Christ's faithful have habitual access, schools other than those open only to
    the institute's own members, and other works of religion and charity entrusted to religious,
    whether these works be spiritual or temporal. He can do this at the time of pastoral visitation,
    or in a case of necessity.
    § 2 If the diocesan Bishop becomes aware of abuses, and a warning to the religious Superior
    having been in vain, he can deal with the matter after consultation with the Synod of Bishops.
    CHAPTER VI: THE SEPARATION OF MEMBERS FROM THE INSTITUTE
    51
    ARTICLE 1: TRANSFER TO ANOTHER INSTITUTE
    Can. 353 § 1 Perpetually professed members cannot transfer from their own religious institute
    to another, except by permission of the supreme Moderators of both institutes, given with the
    consent of their respective councils.
    § 2 On completion of a probationary period of at least three years, the member can be admitted
    to perpetual profession in the new institute, except when can. 335 § 3 applies.
    § 3 For a religious to transfer from one autonomous monastery to another monastery of the
    same institute, federation or confederation, the consent of the major Superior of both
    monasteries and of the chapter of the receiving monastery is required and is sufficient, unless
    the institute's own law has established further conditions. A new profession is not required.
    § 4 The institute's own law is to determine the time and manner of the probation which must
    precede the member's profession in the new institute.
    Can. 354 § 1 Until profession is made in the new institute, the rights and obligations of the
    member in the previous institute are suspended, but the vows remain. From the beginning of
    probation, the member is bound to observe the laws of the new institute.
    § 2 By profession in the new institute the member is incorporated into it, and the earlier vows,
    rights and obligations cease.
    ARTICLE 2: DEPARTURE FROM THE INSTITUTE
    Can. 355 With the consent of his or her council, the supreme Moderator can for a grave reason
    grant a release to a perpetually professed member for a period not exceeding three years. In the
    case of a cleric, the release requires the prior consent of the Ordinary of the place where the
    clerics must reside.
    Can. 356 § l A person who, on completion of the time of temporary profession, wishes to leave
    the institute, is free to do so.
    § 2 A person who, during the time of temporary profession, for a grave reason asks to leave the
    institute, can obtain a release to leave by the Major Superior.
    Can. 357 The competent major Superior, after consulting his or her council, can for just reasons
    exclude a member from making further profession on the completion of temporary profession.
    Can. 358 § 1 A person who lawfully leaves the institute after completing the novitiate or after
    profession, can be re-admitted by the supreme Moderator, with the consent of his or her
    council, without the obligation of repeating the novitiate. The same Moderator is to determine
    an appropriate probation prior to temporary profession, and the length of time in vows before
    making perpetual profession.
    § 2 The Superior of an autonomous monastery, acting with the consent of his or her council,
    has the same faculty.
    52
    Can. 359 A perpetually professed religious is not to seek a release to leave the institute, except
    for very grave reasons, weighed before the Lord. The petition is to be presented to the supreme
    Moderator of the institute, who will forward it to the Synod of Bishops with his or her own
    opinion and that of the council.
    Can. 360 A release to leave the institute, which is lawfully granted by Synod of Bishops and
    notified to the member, by virtue of the law itself carries with it, unless it has been rejected by,
    the member in the act of notification, a dispensation from the vows and from all obligations
    arising from profession.
    ARTICLE 3: THE DISMISSAL OF MEMBERS
    Can. 361 § 1 A member is to be considered automatically dismissed if he or she has
    notoriously defected from the catholic faith;
    § 2 In these cases the major Superior with his or her council must, after collecting the evidence,
    without delay make a declaration of the fact, so that the dismissal is juridically established.
    Can. 362 § 1 A member must be dismissed for the offences mentioned in can 697-699 unless
    that dismissal is not absolutely necessary; and that sufficient provision can be made in some
    other way for the amendment of the member, the restoration of justice and the reparation of
    scandal.
    § 2 In these cases the major Superior is to collect the evidence concerning the facts and the
    imputability of the offence. The accusation and the evidence are then to be presented to the
    member, who shall be given the opportunity for defense. All the acts, signed by the major
    Superior and the notary, are to be forwarded, together with the written and signed replies of the
    member, to the supreme Moderator.
    Can. 363 § 1 A member can be dismissed for other causes, provided they are grave, external,
    imputable and juridically proven. Among such causes are: habitual neglect of the obligations of
    consecrated life; repeated violations of the sacred bonds; obstinate disobedience to the lawful
    orders of Superiors in grave matters; grave scandal arising from the culpable behavior of the
    member; obstinate attachment to, or diffusion of, teachings condemned by the Church; public
    adherence to materialistic or atheistic ideologies; other reasons of similar gravity which are
    perhaps defined in the institute's own law, especially violation of can. 697 § 1-7.
    § 2 A member in temporary vows can be dismissed even for less grave reasons determined in
    the institute's own law.
    Can. 364 § 1 In the cases mentioned in can. 363, if the major Superior, after consulting his or
    her council, judges that the process of dismissal should be commenced:
    1° the major Superior is to collect or complete the evidence;
    2° the major Superior is to warn the member in writing, or before two witnesses, with an
    explicit caution that dismissal will follow unless the member reforms. The reasons for
    dismissal are to be clearly expressed and the member is to be given every opportunity for
    53
    defense. If the warning has no effect, another warning is to be given after an interval of at least
    fifteen days;
    3° if this latter warning is also ineffectual, and the major Superior with his or her council
    judges that there is sufficient proof of incorrigibility, and that the defense by the member is
    insufficient, after fifteen days from the last warning have passed in vain all the acts, signed by
    the major Superior and the notary, are to be forwarded, together with the signed replies of the
    member, to the supreme Moderator.
    Can. 365 § 1 The supreme Moderator and his or her council are to proceed in collegial fashion
    in accurately weighing the evidence, the arguments, and the defense. For validity, the council
    must comprise at least four members. If by a secret vote it is decided to dismiss the religious, a
    decree of dismissal is to be drawn up, which for validity must express at least in summary form
    the reasons in law and in fact.
    § 2 In the autonomous monasteries the judgment about dismissal belongs to the diocesan
    Bishop. The Superior is to submit the acts to him after they have been
    reviewed by the council.
    Can. 366 The decree of dismissal has no effect unless it is confirmed by the Synod of Bishops,
    to whom the decree and all the acts are to be forwarded. If the matter concerns an institute of
    diocesan right, the confirmation belongs to the Bishop in whose diocese is located the house: to
    which the religious belongs. For validity the decree must indicate the right of the person
    dismissed to have recourse to the competent authority within ten days of receiving notification
    of the decree. The recourse has a suspensive effect.
    Can. 367 In a case of grave external scandal, or of extremely grave and imminent harm to the
    institute, or a violation of can. 697 § 3-8, a member can be expelled forthwith by the major
    Superior. If there is danger in delay, this can be done by the local Superior with the consent of
    his or her council. The major Superior, if need be, is to introduce a process of dismissal in
    accordance with the norms of law, or refer the matter to the Synod of Bishops.
    TITLE III: SECULAR INSTITUTES
    Can. 368 A secular institute is an institute of consecrated life in which Christ's faithful, living
    in the world, strive for the perfection of charity and endeavor to contribute to the sanctification
    of the world, especially from within.
    Can. 369 Without prejudice to the provisions of the law concerning institutes of consecrated
    life, consecration as a member of a secular institute does not change the member's canonical
    status among the people of God, be it lay or clerical.
    Can. 370 § 1 Members of these institutes express and exercise their special consecration in
    apostolic activity. Like a leaven, they endeavor to permeate everything with an evangelical
    spirit for the strengthening and growth of the Body of Christ.
    § 2 Lay members participate in the evangelizing mission of the Church in the world and from
    within the world. They do this by their witness of Christian life and of fidelity to their
    consecration, and by the assistance they give in directing temporal affairs to God and in
    54
    animating the world by the power of the Gospel. They also offer their cooperation to serve the
    community in accordance with the secular manner of life proper to them.
    § 3 Clerical members, by the witness of their consecrated life, especially in the presbyterium,
    support their colleagues by a distinctive apostolic charity, and in the people of God they further
    the sanctification of the world by their sacred ministry.
    Can. 371 Members are to live their lives in the ordinary conditions of the world, either alone, in
    their families or in fraternal groups, in accordance with the constitutions.
    Can. 372 § 1 Clerical members incardinated in a diocese are subject to the diocesan Bishop,
    except for whatever concerns the consecrated life of their own institutes.
    § 2 Those who are incardinated in the institute, and who are appointed to works proper to the
    institute or to the governance of the institute, are subject to the Bishop in the same way as
    religious.
    Can. 373 § 1 All members are to take an active part in the life of the institute, in accordance
    with the institute's own law.
    § 2 Members of the same institute are to preserve a rapport with one another, carefully
    fostering a unity of spirit and a genuine fraternity.
    Can. 374 § l The constitutions are to determine the institute's own form of governance. They
    are to define the period of time for which Moderators exercise their office and the manner in
    which they are to be designated.
    § 2 No one is to be designated supreme Moderator unless definitively incorporated into the
    institute.
    § 3 Those entrusted with the governance of the institute are to ensure that its unity of spirit is
    maintained, and that the active participation of the members is developed.
    Can. 375 § 1 Members are to respond faithfully to their vocation, and their apostolic action is
    to proceed from their union with Christ. They are therefore to devote themselves assiduously to
    prayer and engage in a suitable way in the reading of the sacred Scriptures. They should make
    an annual retreat and perform other spiritual exercises in accordance with their own law.
    § 2 The celebration of the Eucharist, daily where possible, is to be the source and strength of
    their whole consecrated life.
    § 3 They are to be free to obtain the necessary spiritual direction. Should they so desire, they
    may seek such counsel even from their Moderators.
    Can. 376 The right of admitting a person to the institute, or to probation, or to the taking of
    sacred bonds, both temporary and perpetual or definitive, belongs to the major Moderators with
    their council, in accordance with the constitutions.
    Can. 377 § 1 The initial probation is to be so arranged that the candidates can better recognize
    55
    their divine vocation and their vocation to that institute, and be trained in the spirit and manner
    of life of the institute.
    § 2 Candidates are to be properly formed to live a life according to the evangelical counsels.
    They are to be taught how to translate this life completely into their apostolate; applying those
    forms of evangelization which best correspond to the purpose, spirit and character of the
    institute.
    § 3 The constitutions are to define the manner and time of the probation to be made before the
    first sacred bonds are undertaken in the institute; this time is to be not less than two years.
    Can. 378 § l When the time of the initial probation has been completed, a candidate who is
    judged suitable is either to undertake the one or more of the evangelical counsels, sealed with a
    sacred bond, or to leave the institute.
    § 2 This first incorporation is to be temporary, in accordance with the constitutions, but is to be
    for not less than five years.
    § 3 When this period of incorporation has been completed, a member who is judged suitable is
    to be admitted to perpetual, or definitive incorporation, that is, by temporary bonds always to
    be renewed.
    § 4 Definitive incorporation is equivalent to perpetual incorporation in respect of defined
    juridical effects, which are to be established in the constitutions.
    Can. 379 § 1 After the first acceptance of the sacred bonds, formation is to continue without
    interruption in accordance with the constitutions.
    § 2 Members are to be formed simultaneously in matters human and divine. The Moderators of
    the institute are to have a serious concern for the continued spiritual formation of the members.
    Can. 380 The institute can associate with itself, by some form of bond determined in the
    constitutions, other members of Christ's faithful who seek evangelical perfection according to
    the spirit of the institute and who share in its mission.
    Can. 381 § 1 When the time of temporary incorporation is completed, the member can freely
    leave the institute, or can for a just cause be excluded from renewing the sacred bonds by the
    major Moderator, after consultation with his or her council.
    § 2 A temporarily incorporated member who freely requests it, can for a grave reason be
    granted a release to leave the institute by the supreme Moderator, with the consent of the
    council.
    Can. 382 § 1 A perpetually incorporated member who wishes to leave the institute must, after
    seriously weighing the matter before the Lord, petition the Synod of Bishops through the
    supreme Moderator for release.
    § 2 For a cleric who is incardinated in the institute must seek incardination with a bishop in
    accordance with law.
    56
    Can. 383 When a release to leave the institute has been lawfully granted, all bonds, rights and
    obligations deriving from incorporation cease.
    Can. 384 A member is dismissed from the institute in accordance with the norms of can. 361
    through 367. The constitutions are also to determine other reasons for dismissal, provided they
    are proportionately grave, external, imputable and juridically proven. The procedure
    established in can. 361-367 is to be observed.
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13638
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  orthodoxymoron Mon Jul 02, 2012 11:46 pm

    BOOK III
    The Teaching Office of The Church
    Can. 385 § 1 It is the obligation and inherent right of the Church, independent of any human
    authority, to preach the Gospel to all peoples.
    § 2 The Church has the right always and everywhere to proclaim moral principles, even in
    respect of the social order, and to make judgments about any human matter in so far as this is
    required by fundamental human rights or the salvation of souls.
    Can. 386 § 1 All are bound to seek the truth in the matters which concern God and his Church;
    when they have found it, then by divine law they are bound, and they have the right, to
    embrace and keep it.
    § 2 It is never lawful for anyone to force others to embrace matters of faith against their
    conscience.
    Can. 387 Those things are to be believed by divine and catholic faith which are contained in the
    word of God as it has been written or handed down by tradition, which is, in the single deposit
    of faith entrusted to the Church.
    Can. 388 Heresy is the obstinate denial or doubt, after baptism, of a truth which must be
    believed by divine and catholic faith. Apostasy is the total repudiation of the Christian faith.
    Schism is the withdrawal from communion with the Synod of Bishops and/or members of the
    Church.
    TITLE I: THE MINISTRY OF THE DIVINE WORD
    Can. 389 § 1 The office of preaching the Gospel to the whole Church has been committed to all
    the faithful but, principally to Bishops.
    § 2 For the particular Churches entrusted to them, that office is exercised by the individual
    Bishops, who are the moderators of the entire ministry of the word in their Churches.
    Can. 390 It belongs to priests, as co-operators of the Bishops, to proclaim the Gospel of God.
    For the people entrusted to their care, this task rests especially on parish priests, and on other
    priests entrusted with the care of souls. Deacons also are to serve the people of God in the
    57
    ministry of the word, in union with the Bishop and his presbyterium.
    Can. 391 By reason of their consecration to God, members of institutes of consecrated life bear
    particular witness to the Gospel, and so are fittingly called upon by the Bishop to help in
    proclaiming the Gospel.
    Can. 392 The lay members of Christ's faithful, by reason of their baptism and confirmation, are
    witnesses to the good news of the Gospel, by their words and by the example of their Christian
    life. They are also called upon to cooperate with Bishops and priests in the exercise of the
    ministry of the word.
    Can. 393 The mystery of Christ is to be faithfully and fully presented in the ministry of the
    word, which must be founded upon sacred Scripture, Tradition, liturgy and the teaching and
    life of the Church.
    Can. 394 While pride of place must always be given to preaching and catechetical instruction,
    all the available means of proclaiming Christian doctrine are to be used: the exposition of
    doctrine in schools, in institutes of higher learning, at conferences and meetings of all kinds;
    public declarations by lawful authority on the occasion of certain events; the printed word and
    other means of social communication.
    CHAPTER I: PREACHING THE WORD OF GOD
    Can. 395 The people of God are first united through the word of the living God, and are fully
    entitled to seek this word from their priests. For this reason sacred ministers are to consider the
    office of preaching as of great importance, since proclaiming the Gospel of God to all is among
    their principal duties.
    Can. 396Bishops, priests and deacons have the right to preach the word of God everywhere.
    Can. 397 The laity may preach in a church or oratory if in certain circumstances it is necessary.
    Can. 398 § 1 The most important form of preaching is the homily. In the course of the liturgical
    year, the mysteries of faith and the rules of Christian living are to be expounded in the homily
    from the sacred text.
    § 2 At all Mass/Divine Liturgies on Sundays and holydays of obligation, celebrated with a
    congregation, there is to be a homily and, except for a grave reason, this may not be omitted.
    § 3 It is strongly recommended that, if a sufficient number of people are present, there be a
    homily at weekday Mass/Divine Liturgies also, especially during Advent and Lent, or on a
    feast day or an occasion of grief.
    § 4 It is the responsibility of the parish priest or the Pastor of a church to ensure that these
    provisions are carefully observed.
    Can. 399 § 1 Those who announce the word of God to Christ's faithful are first and foremost to
    set out those things which it is necessary to believe and to practice for the glory of God and the
    salvation of all.
    58
    § 2 They are also to explain to the faithful the teaching of the Church concerning the dignity
    and freedom of the human person; the unity, stability and duties of the family; people's social
    obligations and the ordering of temporal affairs according to the plan established by God.
    Can. 400 Christian teaching is to be explained in a manner that is suited to the condition of the
    hearers and adapted to the circumstances of the times.
    Can. 401 At certain times, according to the regulations of the diocesan Bishop, parish priests
    are to arrange for sermons in the form of retreats and missions, as they are called, or in other
    forms adapted to requirements.
    Can. 402 Pastors of souls, especially Bishops and parish priests, are to be solicitous that the
    word of God is preached to those also of the faithful who, because of the circumstances of their
    lives, cannot sufficiently avail themselves of the ordinary pastoral care or are even totally
    deprived of it.
    Can. 403 In the exercise of the office of preaching everyone is to observe the norms laid down
    by the Bishop of the diocese.
    CHAPTER II: CATECHETICAL FORMATION
    Can. 404 It is pastors of souls especially who have the serious duty of attending to the
    catechesis of the Christian people, so that, through doctrinal formation and the experience of
    the Christian life, the living faith of the people may be manifest and active.
    Can. 405 § 1 The care for catechesis, under the direction of lawful Church authority, extends to
    all members of the Church, to each according to his or her role.
    § 2 Before all others, parents are bound to form their children, by word and example, in faith
    and in Christian living. The same obligation binds godparents and those who take the place of
    parents.
    Can. 406 It is the responsibility of diocesan Bishops to issue norms concerning catechetical
    matters; to ensure that appropriate means of catechesis are available, even by preparing a
    catechism, if this seems opportune; to foster and to coordinate catechetical initiatives.
    Can. 407 By virtue of his office, the parish priest is bound to ensure the catechetical formation
    of adults, young people and children. To this end, he is to avail himself of the help of clerics
    attached to the parish, as well as of members of institutes of consecrated life and of societies of
    apostolic life, being mindful of the character of each institute; and the assistance of lay
    members of Christ's faithful, especially catechists.
    Can. 408 In a special way, the parish priest is to ensure, in accordance with the norms laid
    down by the diocesan Bishop, that:
    1° an adequate catechesis is given for the celebration of the sacraments;
    2° children are properly prepared for first confession and first holy communion, and for the
    59
    sacrament of confirmation, by means of catechetical formation over an appropriate period of
    time;
    3° children, after they have made their first holy communion, are given a richer and deeper
    catechetical formation;
    4 ° as far as their condition allows, catechetical formation is given to the mentally and
    physically handicapped;
    5° the faith of young people and of adults is strengthened, enlightened and developed by
    various catechetical methods and initiatives.
    Can. 409 Religious Superiors and Superiors of societies of apostolic life are to ensure that
    catechetical formation is diligently given in their churches and schools, and in other works in
    any way entrusted to their care.
    Can. 410 Catechetical formation is to be given by employing all those aids, educational
    resources and means of communication which seem the more effective in securing that the
    faithful, according to their character capability, age and circumstances of life, may be more
    fully steeped in catholic teaching and prepared to put it into practice.
    Can. 411 Local Ordinaries are to ensure that catechists are duly trained to carry out their office
    properly.
    TITLE II: THE MISSIONARY ACTIVITY OF THE CHURCH
    Can. 412 Because the whole Church is of its nature missionary and the work of evangelization
    is to be considered a fundamental duty of the people of God, all Christ's faithful must be
    conscious of the responsibility to play their part in missionary activity.
    Can. 413 § 1 Catechists are to be given a role in missionary work. These are lay members of
    Christ's faithful who have received proper formation and are outstanding in their living of the
    Christian life. Under the direction of missionaries, they are to present the Gospel teaching and
    engage in liturgical worship and in works of charity.
    § 2 Catechists are to receive their formation in schools founded for this purpose. If there are no
    such schools, they are to be formed under the direction of a competent person.
    Can. 414 Missionary activity properly so called, whereby the Church is founded amongst
    peoples or groups where it has not taken root before, is performed principally by the Church
    sending heralds of the Gospel, until such time as the new Churches are fully constituted, that is,
    have their own resources and sufficient means, so that they themselves can carry on the work
    of evangelization.
    Can. 415§ 1 Those who have expressed the wish to embrace faith in Christ, and who have
    completed the period of their preliminary catechumenate, are to be admitted to the
    catechumenate proper in a liturgical ceremony; and their names are to be inscribed in the book
    which is kept for this purpose.
    60
    § 2 By formation and their first steps in Christian living, catechumens are to be initiated into the
    mysteries of salvation, and introduced into the life of faith, liturgy and charity of the people of
    God, as well as into the apostolate.
    Can. 416 By means of appropriate formation, neophytes are to be led to a deeper knowledge of
    the Gospel truths, and to the fulfillment of the duties undertaken in baptism. They are also to be
    imbued with a sincere love of Christ and his Church.
    TITLE III: CATHOLIC EDUCATION
    Can. 417 Parents, and those who take their place, have both the obligation and the right to
    educate their children. Catholic parents have also the duty and the right to choose those means
    and institutes which, in their local circumstances, can best promote the catholic education of
    their children.
    Can. 418 § 1 The Church has in a special way the duty and the right of educating, for it has a
    divine mission of helping all to arrive at the fullness of Christian life.
    § 2 Pastors of souls have the duty of making all possible arrangements so that all the faithful
    may avail themselves of a catholic education.
    Can. 419 Education must pay regard to the formation of the whole person, so that all may attain
    their eternal destiny and at the same time promote the common good of society. Children and
    young persons are therefore to be cared for in such a way that their physical, moral and
    intellectual talents may develop in a harmonious manner, so that they may attain a greater sense
    of responsibility and a right use of freedom, and be formed to take an active part in social life.
    Can. 420 The Church has the right to establish and to govern educational facilities required to
    teach the faith.
    TITLE IV: THE PROFESSION OF FAITH
    Can. 421 The following are personally bound to make a profession of faith, according to the
    formula approved by the Synod of Bishops:
    1° in the presence of the Archbishop or his delegate: all who, with a deliberative or a
    consultative vote, take part in the synod of Bishops, or a diocesan synod; in the presence of the
    councilor synod: the Archbishop himself.
    2° in the presence of a delegate of the Synod of Bishops: all who are promoted to the
    episcopate;
    3° in the presence of the local Ordinary or his delegate: parish priests; the dean, professors of
    theology and philosophy at the John XXIII Theological Institute, at the beginning of their term
    of office; and those who are to be promoted to the order of diaconate;
    BOOK IV
    61
    The Sanctifying Office of The Church
    Can. 422 § 1 The Church carries out its office of sanctifying in a special way in the sacred
    liturgy, which is an exercise of the priestly office of Jesus Christ. In the liturgy, by the use of
    signs perceptible to the senses, our sanctification is symbolized and, in a manner appropriate to
    each sign, is brought about. Through the liturgy a complete public worship is offered to God by
    the head and members of the mystical body of Christ.
    § 2 This worship takes place when it is offered in the name of the Church, by persons lawfully
    deputed and through actions approved by Church authority.
    Can. 423 § I The sanctifying office is exercised principally by Bishops, who are the high
    priests, the principal dispensers of the mysteries of God and the moderators, promoters and
    guardians of the entire liturgical life in the Churches entrusted to their care.
    § 2 This office is also exercised by priests. They, too, share in the priesthood of Christ and, as
    his ministers under the authority of the Bishop, are consecrated to celebrate divine worship and
    to sanctify the people.
    § 3 Deacons have a share in the celebration of divine worship in accordance with the provisions
    of law.
    § 4 The other members of Christ's faithful have their own part in this sanctifying office, each in
    his or her own way actively sharing in liturgical celebrations, particularly in the Eucharist.
    Parents have a special share in this office when they live their married lives in a Christian spirit
    and provide for the Christian education of their children.
    Can. 424 Since Christian worship, in which the common priesthood of Christ's faithful is
    exercised, must proceed from and rest upon faith, sacred ministers are to strive diligently to
    arouse and enlighten this faith, especially by the ministry of the word by which faith is born
    and nourished.
    Can. 425 § I Liturgical actions are not private but are celebrations of the Church itself as the
    'sacrament of unity', that is, the holy people united and ordered under the Bishops.
    Accordingly, they concern the whole body of the Church, making it known and influencing it.
    They affect individual members of the Church in ways that vary according to orders, role and
    actual participation.
    § 2 Since liturgical matters by their very nature call for a community celebration, they are, as
    far as possible, to be celebrated in the presence of Christ's faithful and with their active
    participation.
    Can. 426 The ordering and guidance of the sacred liturgy depends solely upon the authority of
    the Church, namely, that of the Synod of Bishops and, as provided by law, that of the diocesan
    Bishop.
    Can. 427 § I The Church carries out its sanctifying office by other means also, that is by prayer,
    in which it asks God to make Christ's faithful holy in the truth, and by works of penance and
    62
    charity, which play a large part in establishing and strengthening in souls the Kingdom of
    Christ; and so contribute to the salvation of the world.
    § 2 Local Ordinaries are to ensure that the prayers and the pious and sacred practices of the
    Christian people are in full harmony with the laws of the Church.
    PART I: THE SACRAMENTS
    Can. 428 The sacraments of the New Testament were instituted by Christ the Lord and
    entrusted to the Church. As actions of Christ and of the Church, they are signs and means by
    which faith is expressed and strengthened, worship is offered to God and our sanctification is
    brought about. Thus they contribute in the most effective manner to establishing, strengthening
    and manifesting Church communion. Accordingly, in the celebration of the sacraments both the
    sacred ministers and all the other members of Christ's faithful must show great reverence and
    due care.
    Can. 429 Since the sacraments are the same throughout the universal Church, and belong to the
    divine deposit of faith, only the Synod of Bishops in the Church can approve or define what is
    needed for their validity.
    Can. 430 A person who has not received baptism cannot validly be admitted to the other
    sacraments.
    Can. 431 § 1 Sacred ministers may not deny the sacraments to those who opportunely ask for
    them and are properly disposed from receiving them.
    §2 According to their respective offices in the Church, both pastors of souls and all other
    members of Christ's faithful have a duty to ensure that those who ask for the sacraments are
    prepared for their reception. This should be done through proper evangelization and
    catechetical instruction, in accordance with the norms laid down by the competent authority.
    Can. 432 § 1 Because they imprint an indelible character, the sacraments of baptism,
    confirmation and holy orders cannot be repeated.
    § 2 If after diligent inquiry a prudent doubt remains as to whether the sacraments mentioned in
    § 1 have been conferred at all, or conferred validly, they are to be conferred conditionally (subconditione).
    Can. 433 § l The liturgical books, approved by the competent authority, are to be faithfully
    followed in the celebration of the sacraments. Accordingly, no one may on a personal initiative
    add to or omit or alter anything in those books.
    § 2 The ministers are to celebrate the sacraments according to their own rite.
    Can. 434 The parish priest is to obtain the holy oils from his own Bishop and keep them
    carefully in fitting custody.
    Can. 435 For the administration of the sacraments the minister may not ask for kind of
    remuneration or gift.
    63
    TITLE I: BAPTISM
    Can. 436 Baptism, the gateway to the sacraments, is necessary for salvation, either by actual
    reception or at least by desire. By it people are freed from sins, are born again as children of
    God and, made like to Christ by an indelible character, are incorporated into the Church. It is
    validly conferred only by a washing in real water with the proper form of words.
    CHAPTER I: THE CELEBRATION OF BAPTISM
    Can. 437 Baptism is administered according to the rite prescribed in the approved liturgical
    books, except in a case of urgent necessity when only those elements which are required for the
    validity of the sacrament must be observed.
    Can. 438 The celebration of baptism should be properly prepared. Accordingly:
    l0 an adult who intends to receive baptism is to be admitted to the catechumenate and, as far as
    possible, brought through the various stages to sacramental initiation.
    20 the parents of a child who is to be baptized, and those who are to undertake the office of
    sponsors, are to be suitably instructed on the meaning of this sacrament and the obligations
    attaching to it. The parish priest is to see to it that either he or others duly prepare the parents,
    by means of pastoral advice and indeed by prayer together; a number of families might be
    brought together for this purpose and, where possible, each family visited.
    Can. 439 § 1 The provisions of the canons on adult baptism apply to all those who, being no
    longer infants, have reached the use of reason.
    § 2 One who is incapable of personal responsibility is regarded as an infant even in regard to
    baptism.
    Can. 440 Apart from a case of necessity, the water to be used in conferring baptism is to be
    blessed, in accordance with the provisions of the liturgical books.
    Can. 441Baptism is to be conferred either by immersion or by infusion.
    Can. 442 Baptism may be celebrated on any day.
    Can. 443 § 1 Apart from a case of necessity, the proper place for baptism is a church, in an
    oratory, or in a home.
    § 2 As a rule and unless a just reason suggests otherwise, an adult is to be baptized in his or her
    proper parish church, and an infant in the proper parish church of the parents.
    CHAPTER II: THE MINISTER OF BAPTISM
    Can. 444 § 1 The ordinary minister of baptism is a Bishop, a priest or a deacon.
    § 2 The Extraordinary minister of baptism is any person who has the requisite intention. Pastors
    64
    of souls, especially parish priests, are to be diligent in ensuring that Christ's faithful are taught
    the correct way to baptize.
    CHAPTER III: THE PERSONS TO BE BAPTIZED
    Can.445 Every unbaptized person, and only such a person, can be baptized.
    Can. 446 § 1 To be admitted to baptism, an adult must have manifested the intention to receive
    baptism, must be adequately instructed in the truths of the faith and in the duties of a Christian,
    and tested in the Christian life over the course of the catechumenate. The person must
    moreover be urged to have sorrow for personal sins.
    § 2 An adult in danger of death may be baptized.
    Can. 447 Unless there is a grave reason to the contrary, immediately after receiving baptism an
    adult is to be confirmed, to participate in the celebration of the Eucharist and to receive holy
    communion.
    Can. 448 § 1 If the infant is in danger of death, it is to be baptized without any delay.
    Can. 449 § 1 For an infant to be baptized lawfully it is required:
    10 that the parents, or at least one of them, or the person who lawfully holds their place, give
    their consent;
    2° that there be a well-founded hope that the child will be brought up in the faith.
    § 2 An infant of catholic parents, indeed even of non-Catholic parents, may in danger of death
    be baptized even if the parents are opposed to it.
    Can. 450 § 1 If there is doubt as to whether a person was baptized or whether a baptism was
    conferred validly, and after serious inquiry this doubt persists, the person is to be baptized
    conditionally.
    § 2 Those baptized in a non-Catholic ecclesial community are not to be baptized conditionally
    unless there is a serious reason for doubting the validity of their baptism, on the ground of the
    matter or the form of words used in the baptism, or of the intention of the adult being baptized
    or of that of the baptizing minister.
    § 3 If in the cases mentioned in §§ 1 and 2 a doubt remains about the conferring of the baptism
    or its validity, baptism is not to be conferred until the doctrine of the sacrament of baptism is
    explained to the person to be baptized, if that person is an adult. Moreover, the reasons for
    doubting the validity of the earlier baptism should be given to the person or, where an infant is
    concerned, to the parents.
    Can. 451 An abandoned infant or a foundling is to be baptized.
    Can. 452 Aborted fetuses, if they are alive, are to be baptized, in so far as this is possible.
    65
    CHAPTER I: PROOF AND REGISTRATION OF BAPTISM
    Can. 453 Whoever administers baptism is to take care that if there is not a sponsor present,
    there is at least one witness who can prove that the baptism was conferred.
    Can. 454 To prove that baptism has been conferred, if there is no conflict of interest, it is
    sufficient to have either one unexceptionable witness or, if the baptism was conferred upon an
    adult, the sworn testimony of the baptized person.
    Can. 455 § 1 The parish priest of the place in which the baptism was conferred must carefully
    and without delay record in the register of baptism the names of the baptized, the minister, the
    parents, the sponsors and, if there were such, the witnesses, and the place and date of baptism.
    He must also enter the date and place of birth. A copy of this information must be submitted to
    the Office of the Archbishop within five days of the celebration of this sacrament.
    § 2 In the case of a child of an unmarried mother, the mother's name is to be entered if her
    maternity is publicly known or if, either in writing or before two witnesses, she freely asks that
    this be done. Similarly, the name of the father is to be entered, if his paternity is established
    either by some public document or by his own declaration in the presence of the parish priest
    and two witnesses. In all other cases, the name of the baptized person is to be registered,
    without any indication of the name of the father or of the parents.
    § 3 In the case of an adopted child, the names of the adopting parents are to be registered.
    Can. 456 If baptism was administered neither by the parish priest nor in his presence, the
    minister of baptism, whoever that was, must notify the parish priest of the parish in which the
    baptism was administered, and so that he may register the baptism in accordance with can. 455
    § 1.
    TITLE II: THE SACRAMENT OF CONFIRMATION
    Can. 457 The sacrament of confirmation confers an indelible character. By it the baptized
    complete their path of Christian initiation. They are enriched with the gift of the Holy Spirit,
    and are more closely linked to the Church. They are made strong and more firmly obliged by
    word and deed to witness to Christ and to spread and defend the faith.
    CHAPTER I: THE CELEBRATION OF CONFIRMATION
    Can. 458 § 1 The sacrament of confirmation is conferred by anointing with chrism on the
    forehead in a laying on of hands, and by the words prescribed in the approved liturgical books.
    § 2 The chrism to be used in the sacrament of confirmation must have been consecrated by a
    Bishop.
    Can. 459 It is desirable that the sacrament of confirmation be celebrated in a church and indeed
    during Mass/Divine Liturgy. However, for a just and reasonable cause it may be celebrated
    apart from Mass/Divine Liturgy and in any fitting place.
    CHAPTER II: THE MINISTER OF CONFIRMATION
    66
    Can. 460 The ordinary ministers of confirmation is a Bishop or priest.
    Can. 461 § 1 The diocesan Bishop is bound to ensure that the sacrament of confirmation is
    conferred upon his subjects who duly and reasonably request it.
    CHAPTER III: THE PERSONS TO BE CONFIRMED
    Can. 462 Every baptized person who is not confirmed, and only such a person, is capable of
    receiving confirmation.
    Can. 463 The sacrament of confirmation is to be conferred on the adult faithful immediately
    after baptism or any other time afterwards.
    CHAPTER IV: SPONSORS
    Can. 464 When the sacrament of confirmation is not done immediately after baptism the person
    to be confirmed is to have a sponsor. The sponsor's function is to take care that the person
    confirmed behaves as a true witness of Christ and faithfully fulfils the duties inherent in this
    sacrament.
    Can. 465 It is desirable that the sponsor chosen be the one who undertook this role at baptism.
    .
    CHAPTER V: PROOF AND REGISTRATION OF CONFIRMATION
    Can. 466 The names of those confirmed, the minister, the parents, the sponsors and the place
    and date of the confirmation are to be recorded in the confirmation register of the parish, and a
    copy submitted to the Office of the Archbishop within five days of the celebration of this
    sacrament.
    TITLE III: THE BLESSED EUCHARIST
    Can. 467 The most venerable sacrament is the blessed Eucharist, in which Christ the Lord
    himself is contained, offered and received, and by which the Church continually lives and
    grows. The Eucharistic Sacrifice, the memorial of the death and resurrection of the Lord, in
    which the Sacrifice of the cross is forever perpetuated, is the summit and the source of all
    worship and Christian life. By means of it the unity of God's people is signified and brought
    about, and the building up of the body of Christ is perfected. The other sacraments and all the
    apostolic works of Christ are bound up with, and directed to, the blessed Eucharist.
    Can. 468 Christ's faithful are to hold the blessed Eucharist in the highest honor. They should
    take an active part in the celebration of the most august Sacrifice of the Mass/Divine Liturgy;
    they should receive the sacrament with great devotion and frequently, and should reverence it
    with the greatest adoration. In explaining the doctrine of this sacrament, pastors of souls are
    assiduously to instruct the faithful about their obligation in this regard.
    CHAPTER I: THE CELEBRATION OF THE EUCHARIST
    Can. 469 § 1 The celebration of the Eucharist is an action of Christ himself and of the Church.
    67
    In it Christ the Lord, through the ministry of the priest, offers himself, substantially present
    under the appearances of bread and wine, to God the Father, and gives himself as spiritual
    nourishment to the faithful who are associated with him in his offering.
    § 2 In the Eucharistic assembly the people of God are called together under the presidency of
    the Bishop or of a priest, who acts in the person of Christ. All the faithful present, whether
    clerics or lay people, unite to participate in their own way, according to their various orders and
    liturgical roles.
    § 3 The Eucharistic celebration is to be so ordered that all the participants derive from it the
    many fruits for which Christ the Lord instituted the Eucharistic Sacrifice.
    ARTICLE 1: THE MINISTER OF THE BLESSED EUCHARIST
    Can. 470 § 1 The only minister who, in the person of Christ, can bring into being the sacrament
    of the Eucharist, is a validly ordained bishop or priest.
    § 2 Any priest who is not debarred by canon law may lawfully celebrate the Eucharist,
    provided the provisions of the following canons are observed.
    Can. 471 A bishop or priest is entitled to offer Mass/Divine Liturgy for anyone, living or dead.
    Can. 472 Unless the benefit of Christ's faithful requires or suggests otherwise, bishops and
    priests may concelebrate the Eucharist; they are, however, fully entitled to celebrate the
    Eucharist individually.
    Can. 473 A priest is to be permitted to celebrate the Eucharist, even if he is not known to the
    pastor of the church, provided either that he presents commendatory letters, not more than a
    year old, from his own Ordinary or Superior, or that it can be prudently judged that he is not
    debarred from celebrating.
    Can. 474 Remembering always that in the mystery of the Eucharistic Sacrifice the work of
    redemption is continually being carried out, bishops and priests are to celebrate frequently.
    Indeed, daily celebration is earnestly recommended, because, even if it should not be possible
    to have the faithful present, it is an action of Christ and of the Church in which bishops and
    priests fulfill their principal role.
    Can. 475 A bishop or priest may celebrate the Eucharistic Sacrifice with or without others
    faithful present.
    Can. 476 In the celebration of the Eucharist, deacons and lay persons should not say the
    prayers, especially the Eucharistic prayer, nor to perform the actions which are proper to the
    celebrating bishop or priest.
    Can. 477 A bishop or priest is not to omit dutifully to prepare himself by prayer before the
    celebration of the Eucharist, nor afterwards to omit to make thanksgiving to God.
    Can. 478 § 1 The ordinary minister of holy communion is a Bishop, a priest or a deacon.
    68
    Can. 479 The duty to bring the blessed Eucharist to the sick as Viaticum belongs to the parish
    priest, to assistant priests, to chaplains and, in respect of all who are in the house, to the
    community Superior in clerical religious institutes or societies of apostolic life.
    ARTICLE 2: PARTICIPATION IN THE BLESSED EUCHARIST
    Can. 480 Anyone may be admitted to Holy Communion.
    Can. 481 It is most strongly recommended that the faithful receive Holy Communion in the
    course of a Eucharistic celebration. If, however, for good reason they ask for it apart from the
    Mass/Divine Liturgy, it is to be administered to them, observing the liturgical rites.
    Can. 482 All faithful should receive Holy Communion as often as possible.
    Can. 483 Christ's faithful who are in danger of death, from whatever cause, are to be
    strengthened by Holy Communion as Viaticum.
    Can. 484 Holy Viaticum for the sick is not to be unduly delayed. Those who have the care of
    souls are to take assiduous care that the sick are strengthened by it while they are in full
    possession of their faculties.
    ARTICLE 3: THE RITES AND CEREMONIES OF THE EUCHARISTIC
    CELEBRATION
    Can. 485 § 1 the most holy Sacrifice of the Eucharist must be celebrated in bread, and in wine
    to which a small quantity of water is to be added.
    § 2 the bread must be wheaten only, and recently made, so that there is no danger of corruption.
    § 3 The wine must be natural, made from grapes of the vine, and not corrupt.
    Can. 486 Holy communion may be given under the species of bread alone or, under both
    species or, in case of necessity, even under the species of wine alone.
    Can. 487 In the Eucharistic celebration, in accordance with the ancient tradition of the Church,
    the bishop or priest is to use unleavened bread wherever he celebrates Mass in the western
    tradition and leavened bread in the eastern Divine Liturgy.
    Can. 488 It is absolutely impossible, even in urgent and extreme necessity, to consecrate one
    element without the other, or even to consecrate both outside the Eucharistic celebration.
    Can. 489 In celebrating and administering the Eucharist, bishops, priests and deacons are to
    wear the sacred vestments prescribed by the rubrics.
    ARTICLE 4: THE TIME AND PLACE OF THE EUCHARISTIC CELEBRATION
    Can. 490 The celebration and distribution of the Eucharist may take place on any day and at
    any hour, except those which are excluded by the liturgical laws.
    69
    Can. 491 § I The Eucharistic celebration is to be carried out in a sacred place, unless in a
    particular case necessity requires otherwise; in which case the celebration must be in a fitting
    place.
    § 2 The Eucharistic Sacrifice must be carried out at an altar/antimension that is properly
    consecrated. Outside a sacred place an appropriate table may be used, but always with a
    corporal.
    CHAPTER II: THE RESERVATON AND VENERATION OF THE BLESSED
    EUCHARIST
    Can. 492 § 1 The blessed Eucharist:
    1° must be reserved in the cathedral church or its equivalent, in every parish church, and in the
    church or oratory attached to the house of a religious institute or society of apostolic life.
    2° may be reserved in a Bishop's chapel and, by permission of the local Ordinary, in other
    churches, oratories and chapels.
    § 2 In sacred places where the blessed Eucharist is reserved there must always be someone who
    is responsible for it, and as far as possible a priest is to celebrate Mass/Divine Liturgy there at
    least twice a month.
    Can. 493 In a house of a religious institute or other house of piety, the blessed Eucharist is to
    be reserved only in the church or principal oratory attached to the house. For a just reason,
    however, the Ordinary can permit it to be reserved also in another oratory of the same house.
    Can. 494 Unless there is a grave reason to the contrary, a church in which the blessed
    Eucharist is reserved is to be open to the faithful for at least some hours every day, so that they
    can pray before the blessed Sacrament.
    Can. 495 § 1 The blessed Eucharist is to be reserved habitually in only one tabernacle of a
    church or oratory.
    § 2 The tabernacle in which the blessed Eucharist is reserved should be sited in a distinguished
    place in the church or oratory, a place which is conspicuous, suitably adorned and conducive to
    prayer.
    § 3 For a grave reason, especially at night, it is permitted to reserve the blessed Eucharist in
    some other safer place, provided it is fitting.
    § 4 The person in charge of a church or oratory is to see to it that the key of the tabernacle in
    which the blessed Eucharist is reserved, is in maximum safe keeping.
    Can. 496 Consecrated hosts, in a quantity sufficient for the needs of the faithful, are to be kept
    in a pyx or ciborium, and are to be renewed frequently, the older hosts having been dilly
    consumed.
    70
    Can. 497 A special lamp is to bum continuously before the tabernacle in which the blessed
    Eucharist is reserved, to indicate and to honor the presence of Christ.
    Can. 498 § 1 In churches or oratories which are allowed to reserve the blessed Eucharist, there
    may be exposition, either with the pyx or with the monstrance, in accordance with the norms
    prescribed in the liturgical books.
    § 2 Exposition of the Blessed Sacrament may not take place while Mass/Divine Liturgy is
    being celebrated in the same area of the church or oratory.
    Can. 499 It is recommended that in these churches or oratories, there is to be each year a
    solemn exposition of the Blessed Sacrament for an appropriate, even if not for a continuous
    time, so that the local community may more attentively meditate on and adore the Eucharistic
    mystery. This exposition is to take place only if a fitting attendance of the faithful is foreseen,
    and the prescribed norms are observed.
    Can. 500 § 1 Wherever in the judgment of the diocesan Bishop it can be done, a procession
    through the streets is to be held, especially on the solemnity of the Body and Blood of Christ,
    as a public witness of veneration of the blessed Eucharist.
    § 2 It is for the diocesan Bishop to establish such regulations about processions as will provide
    for participation in them and for their being carried out in a dignified manner.
    TITLE IV: THE SACRAMENT OF PENANCE
    Can. 501 In the sacrament of penance the faithful who confess their sins to a bishop or priest,
    are sorry for those sins and have a purpose of amendment, receive from God, through the
    absolution given by that bishop or priest, forgiveness of sins they have committed after
    baptism, and at the same time they are reconciled with the Church, which by sinning they
    wounded.
    CHAPTER I: THE CELEBRATION OF THE SACRAMENT
    Can. 502 Individual confession and general absolution is to be made available to the faithful.
    Can. 503 General absolution, especially when granted during the Introductory Rite of the Mass,
    is the ordinary means by which a member of the faithful who is conscious of grave sin is
    reconciled with God and with the Church.
    Can. 504 Bishops and Priests are obliged to hear private confessions if a person requests it.
    CHAPTER II: THE MINISTER OF THE SACRAMENT OF PENANCE
    Can. 505 Only a bishop or a priest are the ministers of the sacrament of penance.
    Can. 506 The faculty habitually to hear confessions is inherent in ordination to the priesthood.
    Can. 507 Any bishop or priest can validly and lawfully absolve any penitents anywhere and at
    anytime.
    71
    Can. 508 The absolution of a partner in a sin against the sixth commandment of the Decalogue
    is invalid, except in danger of death.
    Can. 509 If the confessor is in no doubt about the penitent's disposition and the penitent asks
    for absolution, it is not to be denied or delayed.
    Can. 510 The confessor may impose salutary and appropriate penances, in proportion to the
    kind and number of sins confessed, taking into account, however, and the condition of the
    penitent. The penitent is bound personally to fulfill these penances.
    Can. 511 § 1 The sacramental seal is inviolable. Accordingly, it is absolutely forbidden for a
    confessor in any way to betray the penitent, for any reason whatsoever, whether by word or in
    any other fashion.
    § 2 An interpreter, if there is one, is also obliged to observe this secret with the same penalty,
    as are all others who in any way whatever have come to a knowledge of sins from a confession.
    Can. 512 § 1 The confessor is absolutely forbidden to use knowledge acquired in confession to
    the detriment of the penitent, even when all danger of disclosure is excluded.
    § 2 A person who is in authority may not in any way, for the purpose of external governance,
    use knowledge about sins which has at any time come to him from the hearing of confession.
    Can. 513 The director and assistant director of novices, and the dean of the John XXIII
    Theological Institute, are not to hear the sacramental confessions of their students resident in
    the same house, unless in individual instances the students of their own accord request it.
    Can. 514 § 1 All to whom by virtue of office the care of souls is committed are bound to
    provide for the hearing of the confessions of the faithful entrusted to them, who reasonably
    request confession, and they are to provide these faithful with an opportunity to make
    individual confession on days and at times arranged to suit them.
    § 2 In an urgent necessity, every confessor is bound to hear the confessions of Christ's faithful,
    and in danger of death every bishop or priest is so obliged.
    CHAPTER III: THE PENITENT
    Can. 515 In order that the faithful may receive the saving remedy of the sacrament of penance,
    they must be so disposed that, repudiating the sins they have committed and having the purpose
    of amending their lives, they turn back to God.
    Can. 516 The faithful are bound to confess to God, in kind and in number, all grave sins
    committed after baptism, of which after careful examination of conscience they are aware,
    which have not yet been directly pardoned by the keys of the Church, and which have not been
    confessed in an individual confession.
    Can. 517 All Christ's faithful are free to confess their sins to lawfully approved confessors of
    their own choice.
    72
    TITLE V: THE SACRAMENT OF ANOINTING OF THE SICK
    Can. 518 The anointing of the sick, by which the Church commends to the suffering and
    glorified Lord the faithful who are dangerously ill so that he may support and save them, is
    conferred by anointing them with oil and pronouncing the words prescribed in the liturgical
    books.
    CHAPTER I: THE CELEBRATION OF THE SACRAMENT
    Can. 519 The oil to be used in the anointing of the sick can be blessed not only by a Bishop but
    also by any priest, when necessity demands it, but only in the actual celebration of the
    sacrament.
    Can. 520 § 1 The anointings are to be carried out accurately, with the words and in the order
    and manner prescribed in the liturgical books. In a case of necessity, however, a single
    anointing on the forehead, or even on another part of the body, is sufficient while the full
    formula is recited.
    §2 The minister is to anoint with his own hand, unless a grave reason indicates the use of an
    instrument.
    Can. 521 Pastors of souls and those who are close to the sick are to ensure that the sick are
    helped by this sacrament in good time.
    Can. 522 The communal celebration of anointing of the sick, for a number of the sick together,
    who have been appropriately prepared and are rightly disposed, may be held in accordance with
    the regulations of the diocesan Bishop.
    CHAPTER II: THE MINISTER OF ANOINTING OF THE SICK
    Can. 523 § 1 Every bishop or priest, can validly administer the anointing of the sick.
    § 2 All priests to whom has been committed the care of souls, have the obligation and the right
    to administer the anointing of the sick to those of the faithful entrusted to their pastoral care.
    § 3 Any priest may carry the holy oil with him, so that in a case of necessity he can administer
    the sacrament of anointing of the sick.
    CHAPTER III: THOSE TO BE ANOINTED
    Can. 524 § 1 The anointing of the sick can be administered to anyone.
    § 2 This sacrament can be repeated if the sick person, having recovered, again becomes
    seriously ill or if, in the same illness, the danger becomes more serious.
    Can. 525 This sacrament may also be administered to the faithful at their request who are not
    "ill" in the conventional sense of the word.
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13638
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  orthodoxymoron Mon Jul 02, 2012 11:47 pm

    TITLE VI: ORDERS
    Can. 526 By divine institution some among Christ's faithful are, through the sacrament of
    order, marked with an indelible character and are thus constituted sacred ministers.
    Can. 527 § 1 The orders are the episcopate, the priesthood and the diaconate.
    § 2 They are conferred by the imposition of hands and the prayer of consecration which the
    liturgical books prescribe for each grade.
    CHAPTER I: THE CELEBRATION OF ORDINATION AND THE MINISTER
    Can. 528 An ordination is to be celebrated during Mass/Divine Liturgy, on a Sunday or
    holyday of obligation. For pastoral reasons, however, it may take place on other days also.
    Can. 529 § 1 An ordination is normally to be celebrated in the cathedral church. For pastoral
    reasons, however, it may be celebrated in another church, oratory, or other dignified setting.
    § 2 Clerics and other members of Christ's faithful are to be invited to attend an ordination, so
    that the greatest possible number may be present at the celebration.
    Can. 530 The minister of sacred ordination is a consecrated Bishop.
    Can. 531 No Bishop is permitted to consecrate anyone as Bishop, unless it is first established
    that a proper mandate has been issued by the Synod of Bishops.
    Can. 532 Each candidate should be ordained to the priesthood or to the diaconate by the
    Archbishop or his Episcopal delegates.
    Can. 533 A Bishop may not confer orders outside his own jurisdiction except with the
    permission of the diocesan Bishop.
    CHAPTER IT: THOSE TO BE ORDAINED
    Can. 534 Individuals called to orders by the Church will be inclusive.
    Candidates for Holy Orders will not be judged on gender, marital status, or sexual orientation.
    Can. 535 § 1 In order lawfully to confer the orders of priesthood or diaconate, it must have
    been established, in accordance with the proofs laid down by law, that in the judgment of the
    proper Bishop, the candidate possesses the requisite qualities, that he is free of any irregularity
    or impediment, and that he has fulfilled the requirements set out in can. 542-45. Moreover, the
    documents mentioned in can. 554 must be to hand, and the investigation mentioned in can. 555
    must have been carried out.
    § 2 It is further required that, in the judgment of the same lawful Superior, the candidate is
    considered beneficial to the ministry of the Church.
    § 3 A Bishop ordaining his own subject who is destined for the service of another diocese,
    must be certain that the ordinand will in fact be attached to that other diocese.
    74
    ARTICLE 1: THE REQUIREMENTS IN THOSE TO BE ORDAINED
    Can. 536 For a person to be ordained, he must enjoy the requisite freedom. It is absolutely
    wrong to compel anyone, in any way or for any reason whatsoever, to receive orders, or to turn
    away from orders anyone who is canonically suitable.
    Can. 537 Aspirants to the diaconate and the priesthood are to be formed by careful preparation
    in accordance with the law.
    Can. 538 The diocesan Bishop must ensure that before they are promoted to any order,
    candidates are properly instructed concerning the order itself and its obligations.
    Can. 539 Only those are to be promoted to orders who, in the prudent judgment of the proper
    Bishop, all things considered, have sound faith, are motivated by the right intention, are
    endowed with the requisite knowledge, enjoy a good reputation, and have moral probity,
    proven virtue and the other physical and psychological qualities appropriate to the order to be
    received.
    Can. 540 The proper Bishop may, but only for a canonical reason, even one which is occult,
    forbid admission to the priesthood to deacons subject to them who were destined for the
    priesthood, without prejudice to recourse in accordance with the law.
    Can. 541 The priesthood may be conferred only upon those who possess a sufficient maturity.
    An interval of at least six months between the diaconate and the priesthood should normally be
    been observed.
    ARTICLE 2: PREREQUISITES FOR ORDINATION
    Can. 542 Only one who has received the sacrament of sacred confirmation may lawfully be
    promoted to orders.
    Can. 543 Before anyone may be promoted to the diaconate, he must have received the all
    minor orders/ministries, and have exercised them for an appropriate time.
    Can. 544 For a candidate to be promoted to the order of diaconate or priesthood, he must
    submit to the proper Bishop a declaration written in his own hand and signed by him, in which
    he attests that he will spontaneously and freely receive the sacred order and will devote himself
    permanently to the Church ministry, asking at the same time that he be admitted to receive the
    order.
    Can. 545 All who are to be promoted to any order should make a retreat.
    ARTICLE 3: IRREGULARITIES AND OTHER IMPEDIMENTS
    Can. 546 Those bound by an impediment are to be barred from the reception of orders. An
    impediment may be simple; or it may be perpetual, in which case it is called an irregularity. No
    impediment is contracted which is not contained in the following canons.
    75
    Can. 547 The following persons are irregular for the reception of orders:
    10 one who suffers from any form of insanity, or from any other psychological infirmity,
    because of which he is, after experts have been consulted, judged incapable of being able to
    fulfill the ministry;
    20 one who has committed the offence of apostasy, heresy or schism;
    30 one who has committed willful homicide, or one who has actually procured an abortion, and
    all who have positively cooperated;
    40 one who has gravely and maliciously mutilated himself or another, or who has attempted
    suicide;
    50 one who has carried out an act of order which is reserved to those in the order of the
    episcopate or priesthood, while himself either not possessing that order or being barred from its
    exercise by some canonical penalty, declared or imposed.
    Can. 548 Christ's faithful are bound to reveal, before ordination, to the Ordinary or to the parish
    priest, such impediments to sacred orders as they may know about.
    Can. 549 § 1 The following are irregular for the exercise of orders already received:
    10 one who, while bound by an impediment to the reception of orders, unlawfully received
    orders;
    20 one who suffers from insanity or from some other psychological infirmity.
    Can. 550 Ignorance of irregularities and impediments does not exempt from them.
    Can. 551 Irregularities and impediments are multiplied if they arise from different causes, not
    however from the repetition of the same cause, unless it is a question of the irregularity arising
    from the commission of willful homicide or from having actually procured an abortion.
    Can. 552 § 1 If the fact on which they are based has belief brought to the judicial forum,
    dispensation from all irregularities is reserved to the Synod of Bishops alone.
    § 2 Dispensation from the following irregularities and impediments to the reception of orders is
    also reserved to the Synod of Bishops:
    10 irregularities arising from the offences mentioned in can. 547, nn. 2 and 3, if they are public;
    20 an irregularity arising from the offence, whether public or occult, mentioned in can. 547, n.
    4;
    30 the impediment mentioned in can. 547, n. 1
    § 3 To the Synod of Bishops is also reserved the dispensation from the irregularities for the
    exercise of an order received mentioned in can. 547, n.3 but only in public cases, and in n. 4 of
    76
    the same canon even in occult cases.
    § 4 The Ordinary can dispense from irregularities and impediments not reserved to the Synod
    of Bishops.
    Can. 553 A general dispensation from irregularities and impediments to the reception of orders
    is valid for all orders.
    ARTICLE 4: DOCUMENTS REQUIRED AND THE INVESTIGATION
    Can. 554 For a person to be promoted to sacred orders, the following documents are required:
    lO a certificate of studies duly completed;
    20 for those to be ordained to the priesthood, a certificate of the reception of the diaconate.
    30 for those to be promoted to the diaconate, certificates of the reception of baptism, of
    confirmation and of the ministries mentioned in can. 543, and a certificate that the declaration
    mentioned in can. 544 has been made, if an ordinand to be promoted to the diaconate is
    married, a certificate of his marriage and testimony of his wife's consent.
    Can, 555 In the investigation of the requisite qualities of one who is to be ordained, the
    following provisions are to be observed.
    10 there is to be a certificate from the dean of the John XXIII Theological Institute, concerning
    the qualities required in the candidate for the reception of the order, namely sound doctrine,
    genuine piety, good moral behavior, fitness for the exercise of the ministry, likewise, after
    proper investigation, a certificate of the candidate's state of physical and psychological health;
    20 the diocesan Bishop may, in order properly to complete the investigation, use other means
    which, taking into account the circumstances of time and place, may seem useful, such as
    testimonial letters, public notices or other sources of information.
    Can. 556 For a Bishop to proceed to an ordination which he is to confer by his own right, he
    must be satisfied that the documents mentioned in can. 554 are at hand and that, as a result of
    the investigations prescribed by law, the suitability of the candidate has been positively
    established.
    Can. 557 If, not withstanding all this, the Bishop has definite reasons for doubting that the
    candidate is suitable to receive orders, he is not to promote him.
    CHAPTER III: THE REGISTRATION AND EVIDENCE OF ORDINATION
    Can. 558 § 1 After an ordination, the names of the individuals ordained, the name of the
    ordaining minister, and the place and date of ordination are to be entered in a special register in
    the Office of the Archbishop which is to be carefully kept in the curia of the place of
    ordination. All the documents of each ordination are to be accurately preserved.
    § 2 The ordaining Bishop is to give to each person ordained an authentic certificate of the
    77
    ordination received.
    TITLE VII: MARRIAGE
    Can. 559 § 1 The marriage covenant, by which two people establish between themselves a
    partnership of their whole life, and which of its own very nature is ordered to the well-being of
    the spouses.
    § 2 Consequently, a valid marriage covenant cannot exist between baptized persons without its
    being by that very fact a sacrament.
    Can. 560 The essential properties of marriage are unity and indissolubility; in Christian
    marriage they acquire a distinctive firmness by reason of the sacrament.
    Can. 561 § 1 A marriage is brought into being by the lawfully manifested consent of persons
    who are legally capable.
    § 2 Matrimonial consent is an act of will by which two people by an irrevocable covenant
    mutually give and accept one another for the purpose of establishing a marriage.
    CHAPTER I: PASTORAL CARE AND THE PREREQUISITES FOR THE CELEBRATION
    OF MARRIAGE
    Can. 562 Pastors of souls are obliged to ensure that their own church community provides for
    Christ's faithful the assistance by which the married state is preserved in its Christian character
    and develops in perfection. This assistance is to be given principally:
    10 by preaching, by catechetical instruction adapted to children, young people and adults, so
    that Christ's faithful are instructed in the meaning of Christian marriage and in the role of
    Christian spouses and parents;
    20 by personal preparation for entering marriage, so that the spouses are disposed to the
    holiness and the obligations of their new state;
    30 by the fruitful celebration of the marriage liturgy, so that it clearly emerges that the spouses
    manifest, and participate in, the mystery of the unity and love between Christ and the Church;
    40 by the help given to those who have entered marriage, so that by faithfully observing and
    protecting their covenant, they may day by day achieve a holier and a fuller family life.
    CHAPTER II: MATRIMONIAL CONSENT
    Can. 563 The following are incapable of contracting marriage:
    10 those who lack sufficient use of reason;
    20 those who suffer from a grave lack of discretionary judgment concerning the essential
    matrimonial rights and obligations to be mutually given and accepted;
    78
    30 those who, because of causes of a psychological nature, are unable to assume the essential
    obligations of marriage.
    Can. 564 § I Error about a person renders a marriage invalid.
    § 2 Error about a quality of the person even though it be the reason for the contract, does not
    render a marriage invalid unless this quality is directly and principally intended.
    Can. 565 A person contracts invalidly who enters marriage through an act of deceit,
    perpetrated in order to secure consent, concerning some quality of the other party, which of its
    very nature can seriously disrupt the partnership.
    Can. 566 Provided it does not determine the will, error concerning the unity or the
    indissolubility or the sacramental dignity of marriage does not annul matrimonial consent.
    Can. 567 Knowledge of or opinion about the nullity of a marriage does not necessarily exclude
    matrimonial consent.
    Can. 568 § 1 The internal consent of the mind is presumed to conform to the words or the signs
    used in the celebration of a marriage.
    § 2 If, however, either or both of the parties should by a positive act of will exclude marriage
    itself or any essential element of marriage or any essential property, such party contracts
    invalidly.
    Can. 569 § 1 Marriage cannot be validly contracted subject to a condition concerning the
    future.
    § 2 Marriage entered into subject to a condition concerning the past or the present is valid or
    not, according as whatever RS the basis of the condition exists or not.
    Can. 570 A marriage is invalid which was entered into by reason of force or of grave fear
    imposed from outside, even if not purposely, from which the person has no escape other than
    by choosing marriage.
    Can. 571 § 1 To contract marriage validly it is necessary that the contracting parties be present
    together.
    § 2 The spouses are to express their matrimonial consent in words; if, however, they
    cannot speak, then by equivalent signs.
    Can. 572 Marriage can be contracted through an interpreter, but the parish priest may not assist
    at such a marriage unless he is certain of the trustworthiness of the interpreter.
    Can. 573 Even if a marriage has been entered into invalidly by reason of an impediment or
    defect of form, the consent given is presumed to persist until its withdrawal has been
    established.
    79
    CHAPTER III: THE EFFECTS OF MARRIAGE
    Can. 574 From a valid marriage there arises between the spouses a bond which of its own
    nature is permanent and exclusive. Moreover, in Christian marriage the spouses are by a special
    sacrament strengthened and, as it were, consecrated for the duties and the dignity of their state.
    Can. 575 Each spouse has an equal obligation and right to whatever pertains to the partnership.
    Can. 576 Parents have the most grave obligation and the primary right to do all in their power
    to ensure their children's physical, social, cultural, moral and religious upbringing.
    PART II: THE OTHER ACTS OF DIVINE WORSHIP
    TITLE I: SACRAMENTALS
    Can. 577 Sacramentals are sacred signs which in a sense imitate the sacraments. They signify
    certain effects, especially spiritual ones, and they achieve these effects. through the intercession
    of the Church.
    Can. 578 The minister of the sacramentals is a cleric who has the requisite power. In
    accordance with the liturgical books and subject to the judgment of the local Ordinary, certain
    sacramentals can also be administered by lay people who possess the appropriate qualities.
    Can. 579 § 1 Consecrations and dedications can be validly carried out by those who are
    invested with the episcopal character, and by priests who are permitted to do so by law or by
    legitimate grant.
    § 2 Any priest can impart blessings, except for those reserved to Bishops.
    § 3 A deacon can impart only those blessings which are expressly permitted to him by law.
    Can. 580 While blessings are to be imparted primarily to Catholics; they may be given also to
    catechumens and non-Catholics.
    Can. 581 Sacred objects, set aside for divine worship by dedication or blessing, are to be
    treated with reverence. They are not to be made over to secular or inappropriate use, even
    though they may belong to private persons.
    TITLE II: THE LITURGY OF THE HOURS
    Can. 582 In fulfillment of the priestly office of Christ, the Church celebrates the liturgy of the
    hours, wherein it listens to God speaking to his people and recalls the mystery of salvation. In
    this way, the Church praises God without ceasing, in song and prayer, and it intercedes with
    him for the salvation of the whole world.
    Can. 583 § 1 Clerics are encouraged to recite the liturgy of the hours.
    § 2 Others also of Christ's faithful are earnestly invited, according to circumstances, to take
    part in the liturgy of the hours as an action of the Church.
    80
    Can. 584 In carrying out the liturgy of the hours, each particular hour is, as far as possible, to
    be recited at the time assigned to it.
    TITLE III: CHURCH FUNERALS
    Can. 585 § l Christ's faithful who have died are to be given a Church funeral according to the
    norms of law.
    § 2 Church funerals are to be celebrated according to the norms of the liturgical books. In these
    funeral rites the Church prays for the spiritual support of the dead, it honors their bodies, and at
    the same time it brings to the living the comfort of hope.
    CHAPTER I: THE CELEBRATION OF FUNERALS
    Can. 586 The funeral of any deceased member of the faithful should normally be celebrated in
    the church of that person's proper parish. However, the funeral may be celebrated anywhere,
    within discretion, according to the needs and circumstances of the family.
    Can. 587 The poor are not deprived of proper funeral rites.
    Can. 588 After the burial an entry is to be made in the register of the dead, in accordance with
    particular law.
    TITLE IV: THE CULT OF THE SAINTS, OF SACRED IMAGES AND OF RELICS
    Can. 589 To foster the sanctification of the people of God, the Church commends to the
    special and filial veneration of Christ's faithful the Blessed Mary ever Virgin, the Mother of
    God, whom Christ constituted the Mother of all. The Church also promotes the true and
    authentic cult of the other Saints, by whose example the faithful are edified and by whose
    intercession they are supported.
    Can. 590 It is absolutely forbidden to sell sacred relics or blessed objects.
    PART III: SACRED PLACES AND TIMES
    TITLE I: SACRED PLACES
    Can. 591 Sacred places are those which are assigned to divine worship or to the burial of the
    faithful by the dedication or blessing which the liturgical books prescribe for this purpose.
    Can. 592 Sacred places are blessed by the Ordinary, but the blessing of churches is reserved to
    the diocesan Bishop. Both may, however, delegate another priest for the purpose.
    Can. 593 A document is to be drawn up to record the dedication or blessing of a church, or the
    blessing of a cemetery. One copy is to be kept in the diocesan curia, the other in the archive of
    the church.
    Can. 594 In a sacred place only those things are to be permitted which serve to exercise or
    81
    promote worship, piety and religion. Anything out of harmony with the holiness of the place is
    forbidden. The Ordinary may however, for individual cases, permit other uses, provided they
    are not contrary to the sacred character of the place.
    Can. 595 Sacred places are desecrated by acts done in them which are gravely injurious and
    give scandal to the faithful when, in the judgment of the local Ordinary, these acts are so
    serious and so contrary to the sacred character of the place that worship may not be held there
    until the harm is repaired by means of the penitential rite which is prescribed in the liturgical
    books.
    Can. 596 Sacred places lose their dedication or blessing if they have been in great measure
    destroyed, or if they have been permanently made over to secular usage, whether by decree of
    the competent Ordinary or simply in fact.
    CHAPTER I: CHURCHES
    Can. 597 The term church means a sacred building intended for divine worship, to which the
    faithful have right of access for the exercise, especially the public exercise, of divine worship.
    Can. 598 § l No church is to be built without the express and written consent of the diocesan
    Bishop.
    § 2 The diocesan Bishop is not to give his consent until he decides that the new church can
    serve the good of souls and that the necessary means will be available to build the church and
    to provide for divine worship.
    § 3 Even though they have received the diocesan Bishop's consent to establish a new house in
    a diocese or city, religious institutes must obtain the same Bishop's permission before they may
    build a church in a specific and determined place.
    Can. 599 § 1 As soon as possible after completion of the building the new church is to be
    dedicated or at least blessed, following the laws of the sacred liturgy.
    § 2 Churches, especially cathedrals and parish churches, are to be dedicated by a solemn rite.
    Can. 600 Each church is to have its own title.
    Can. 601 Entry to a church at the hours of sacred functions is to be open to all people and free
    of charge.
    CHAPTER II: ORATORIES AND PRIVATE CHAPELS
    Can. 602 An oratory means a place which, by permission of the Ordinary, is set aside for
    divine worship, for the convenience of some community or group of the faithful who assemble
    there, to which however other members of the faithful may, with the consent of the competent
    Superior, have access.
    Can. 603 The term private chapel means a place which, is set aside for divine worship, for the
    convenience of one or more individuals.
    82
    Can. 604 All religious celebrations/sacramental acts may be carried out in an oratory or chapel.
    Can. 605 It is appropriate that oratories and private chapels be blessed according to the rite
    prescribed in the liturgical books. They must, however, be reserved for divine worship only and
    be freed from all domestic use.
    CHAPTER III: ALTAR/ANTIMENSIONS
    Can. 606 § 1 The altar on which the Eucharistic Sacrifice is celebrated is termed fixed if it is
    so constructed that it is attached to the floor and therefore cannot be moved; it is termed
    movable, if it can be removed.
    § 2 It is proper that in every church there should be a fixed altar. In other places which are
    intended for the celebration of sacred functions, the altar may be either fixed or movable.
    Can. 607 § l Fixed altar are to be dedicated/consecrated, movable ones either dedicated or
    blessed, according to the rites prescribed in the liturgical books.
    § 2 The ancient tradition of placing relics of Martyrs or of other Saints within a fixed altar is to
    be retained, in accordance with the rites prescribed in the liturgical books.
    Can. 608 An altar, whether fixed or movable, is to be reserved for divine worship alone, to the
    exclusion of any secular usage.
    CHAPTER IV: CEMETERIES
    Can. 609 § 1 Where possible, the Church is to have its own cemeteries, or at least an area in
    public cemeteries which is duly blessed and reserved for the deceased faithful.
    § 2 If, however, this is not possible, then individual graves are to be blessed in due form on
    each occasion.
    TITLE II: SACRED TIMES
    Can. 610 § l The calendar of Saints and holydays are followed according to traditional settings.
    § 2 Diocesan Bishops can proclaim special holydays or days of penance for their own dioceses
    or territories, but only for individual occasions.
    Can. 611 Without prejudice to the right of diocesan Bishops, a parish priest, in individual
    cases, for a just reason and in accordance with the prescriptions of the diocesan Bishop, can
    give a dispensation from the obligation of observing a holyday or day of penance, or commute
    the obligation into some other pious works.
    CHAPTER I: FEAST DAYS
    Can. 612 § 1 he Lord's Day, on which the paschal mystery is celebrated, is by apostolic
    tradition to be observed in the universal Church as the primary holyday of obligation.
    83
    Can. 613 On Sundays and other holydays of obligation, the faithful are obliged to assist at
    Mass/Divine Liturgy. They are also to abstain from such work or business that would inhibit
    the worship to be given to God, the joy proper to the Lord's Day, or the due relaxation of mind
    and body.
    Can. 614 § 1 The obligation of assisting at Mass/Divine Liturgy is satisfied wherever
    Mass/Divine Liturgy is celebrated in a rite either on a holyday itself or on the evening of the
    previous day.
    § 2 If it is impossible to assist at a Eucharistic celebration, either because no sacred minister is
    available or for some other grave reason, the faithful are strongly recommended to take part in
    a liturgy of the Word, if there be such in the parish church or some other sacred place, which is
    celebrated in accordance with the provisions laid down by the diocesan Bishop; or to spend an
    appropriate time in prayer, whether personally or as a family or, as occasion presents, in a
    group of families.
    CHAPTER II: DAYS OF PENANCE
    Can. 615 All Christ's faithful are obliged by divine law, each in their own way, to do penance.
    However, so that all may be joined together in a certain common practice of penance, days of
    penance are prescribed. On these days the faithful are in a special manner to devote themselves
    to prayer, to engage in works of piety and charity, and to deny themselves, by fulfilling their
    obligations more faithfully and especially by observing the fast and abstinence which the
    following canons prescribe.
    Can. 616 The days and times of penance for the church are the season of Lent.
    Can. 617. Abstinence and fasting are to be observed on Ash Wednesday and Good Friday, as
    well as other occasions designated by the Synod of Bishops.
    Can. 618 The law of abstinence binds those who have completed their fourteenth year. The law
    of fasting binds those who have attained their majority, until the beginning of their sixtieth
    year. Pastors of souls and parents are to ensure that even those who by reason of their age are
    not bound by the law of fasting and abstinence, are taught the true meaning of penance.
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13638
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  orthodoxymoron Mon Jul 02, 2012 11:49 pm

    BOOK V: THE TEMPORAL GOODS OF THE CHURCH
    THE TEMPORAL GOODS OF THE CHURCH
    Can. 619 § 1. To pursue its proper purposes, the American Catholic Church in the United
    States by innate right is able to acquire, retain, administer, and alienate temporal goods
    independently from civil power.
    § 2. The proper purposes are principally: to order divine worship, and other ministers, and to
    exercise works of the sacred apostolate and of charity, especially toward the needy.
    84
    Can. 620 The American Catholic Church in the United States, the dioceses, as well as any
    other juridical person, public or private, are subjects capable of acquiring, retaining,
    administering, and alienating temporal goods according to the norm of law.
    Can. 621 Under the supreme authority of the Synod of Bishops, ownership of goods belongs to
    that juridical person which has acquired them legitimately.
    Can. 622 § 1. All temporal goods which belong to The American Catholic Church in the
    United States, or other public juridical persons in the Church are ecclesiastical goods and are
    governed by the following canons and their own statutes.
    §2. The temporal goods of a private juridical person are governed by its own statutes but not by
    these canons unless other provision is expressly made.
    Can. 623 In the following canons, the term Church signifies not only The American Catholic
    Church in the United States, but also any public juridical person in the Church unless it is
    otherwise apparent from the context or the nature of the matter.
    TITLE I
    THE ACQUISITION OF GOODS
    Can. 624 The Church can acquire temporal goods by every just means of natural or positive
    law permitted to others.
    Can. 625 The Christian faithful are free to give temporal goods for the benefit of the Church.
    Can. 626 § 1. Unless the contrary is established, offerings given to superiors or administrators
    of any ecclesiastical juridical person, even a private one, are presumed given to the juridical
    person itself.
    §2. Offerings given by the faithful for a certain purpose can be applied only for that same
    purpose.
    TITLE II
    THE ADMINISTRATION OF GOODS
    Can. 627 By virtue of there primacy of governance, the Synod of Bishops is the supreme
    administrator and steward of all ecclesiastical goods.
    Can. 628 With due regard for rights, legitimate customs, and circumstances, ordinaries are to
    take care of the ordering of the entire matter of the administration of ecclesiastical goods by
    issuing special instructions within the limits of universal and particular law.
    Can. 629 The diocesan bishop must hear the finance council and college of consultors to place
    acts of administration which are more important in light of the economic condition of the
    diocese. In addition to the cases specially expressed in universal law or the charter of a
    foundation, however, he needs the consent of the finance council and of the college of
    85
    consultors to place acts of extraordinary administration. It is for the Synod of Bishops to define
    which acts are to be considered of extraordinary administration.
    Can. 630 § 1. The administration of ecclesiastical goods pertains to the one who immediately
    governs the person to which the goods belong unless particular law, statutes, or legitimate
    custom determine otherwise and without prejudice to the right of the ordinary to intervene in
    case of negligence by an administrator.
    §2. In the administration of the goods of a public juridical person which does not have its own
    administrators by law, the charter of the foundation, or its own statutes, the ordinary to whom it
    is subject is to appoint suitable persons for three years; the same persons can be reappointed by
    the ordinary.
    Can. 631 Each juridical person is to have its own finance council or at least two counselors
    who, according to the norm of the statutes, are to assist the administrator in fulfilling his or her
    function.
    Can. 632 Without prejudice to the prescripts of the statutes, administrators invalidly place acts
    which exceed the limits and manner of ordinary administration unless they have first obtained a
    written faculty from the ordinary.
    Can. 633 All clerics or lay persons who take part in the administration of ecclesiastical goods
    by a legitimate title are bound to fulfill their functions in the name of the Church according to
    the norm of law.
    Can. 634 Before administrators begin their function:
    10 they must take an oath before the Archbishop or his delegate that they will administer well
    and faithfully;
    20 they are to prepare and sign an accurate and clear inventory of immovable property, movable
    objects, whether precious or of some cultural value, or other goods, with their description and
    appraisal; any inventory already done is to be reviewed;
    30 one copy of this inventory is to be preserved in the archive of the administration and another
    in the archive of the curia; any change which the patrimony happens to undergo is to be noted
    in each copy.
    Can. 635 § 1. All administrators are bound to fulfill their function with the diligence of a good
    householder.
    § 2. Consequently they must:
    10 exercise vigilance so that the goods entrusted to their care are in no way lost or damaged,
    taking out insurance policies for this purpose insofar as necessary;
    20 take care that the ownership of ecclesiastical goods is protected by civilly valid methods;
    30 observe the prescripts of both canon and civil law or those imposed by a founder, a donor, or
    86
    legitimate authority, and especially be on guard so that no damage comes to the Church from
    the non-observance of civil laws;
    40 collect the return of goods and the income accurately and on time, protect what is collected,
    and use them according to the intention of the founder or legitimate norms;
    50 pay at the stated time the interest due on a loan or mortgage and take care that the capital
    debt itself is repaid in a timely manner;
    60 with the consent of the ordinary, invest the money which is left over after expenses and can
    be usefully set aside for the purposes of the juridical person;
    70 keep well organized books of receipts and expenditures;
    80 draw up a report of the administration at the end of each year;
    90 organize correctly and protect in a suitable and proper archive the documents and records on
    which the property rights of the Church or the institute are based, and deposit authentic copies
    of them in the archive of the curia when it can be done conveniently.
    § 3. It is strongly recommended that administrators prepare budgets of incomes and
    expenditures each year; it is left to particular law, however, to require them and to determine
    more precisely the ways in which they are to be presented.
    Can. 636 Administrators of goods:
    10 in the employment of workers are to observe meticulously also the civil laws concerning
    labor and social policy, according to the principles handed on by the Church;
    20 are to pay a just and decent wage to employees so that they are able to provide fittingly for
    their own needs and those of their dependents.
    Can. 637 § 1. Both clerical and lay administrators of any ecclesiastical goods whatever which
    have not been legitimately exempted from the power of governance of the diocesan bishop are
    bound by their office to present an annual report to the local ordinary who is to present it for
    examination by the finance council; any contrary custom is reprobated.
    § 2. According to norms to be determined by particular law, administrators are to render an
    account to the faithful concerning the goods offered by the faithful to the Church.
    Can. 638 Administrators are neither to initiate nor to contest litigation in a civil forum in the
    name of a public juridical person, or The American Catholic Church in the United States,
    unless they have obtained the written permission of their own ordinary.
    Can. 639 Even if not bound to administration by the title of an ecclesiastical office,
    administrators cannot relinquish their function on their own initiative; if the Church is harmed
    from an arbitrary withdrawal, moreover, they are bound to restitution.
    TITLE III
    87
    CONTRACTS AND ESPECIALLY ALIENATION
    Can. 640 The general and particular provisions which the civil law in a territory has
    established for contracts and their disposition are to be observed with the same effects in canon
    law insofar as the matters are subject to the power of governance of the Church unless the
    provisions are contrary to divine law or canon.
    Can. 641 The permission of the authority competent according to the norm of law is required
    for the valid alienation of goods which constitute by legitimate designation the stable
    patrimony of a public juridical person and whose value exceeds the sum defined by law.
    Can. 642 § 1. The permission of the Synod of Bishops is also required for the valid alienation
    of goods whose value exceeds the maximum amount, goods given to the Church by vow, or
    goods precious for artistic or historical reasons.
    § 2. If the asset to be alienated is divisible, the parts already alienated must be mentioned when
    seeking permission for the alienation; otherwise the permission is invalid.
    § 3. Those who by advice or consent must take part in alienating goods are not to offer advice
    or consent unless they have first been thoroughly informed both of the economic state of the
    juridical person whose goods are proposed for alienation and of previous alienations.
    Can. 643 § 1. The alienation of goods whose value exceeds the defined minimum amount also
    requires the following:
    10 a just cause, such as urgent necessity, evident advantage, piety, charity, or some other grave
    pastoral reason;
    20 a written appraisal by experts of the asset to be alienated.
    § 2. Other precautions prescribed by legitimate authority are also to be observed to avoid harm
    to the Church.
    Can. 644 § 1. An asset ordinarily must not be alienated for a price less than that indicated in
    the appraisal.
    § 2. The money received from the alienation is either to be invested carefully for the advantage
    of the Church or to be expended prudently according to the purposes of the alienation.
    Can. 645 Whenever ecclesiastical goods have been alienated without the required canonical
    formalities but the alienation is valid civilly, it is for the competent authority, after having
    considered everything thoroughly, to decide whether and what type of action, namely, personal
    or real, is to be instituted by whom and against whom in order to vindicate the rights of the
    Church.
    Can. 646 Attentive to local circumstances, it is for the Synod of Bishops to establish norms for
    the leasing of Church goods, especially regarding the permission to be obtained from
    competent ecclesiastical authority.
    88
    Can. 647 Unless an asset is of little value, ecclesiastical goods are not to be sold or leased to
    the administrators of these goods or to their relatives up to the fourth degree of consanguinity
    or affinity without the special written permission of competent authority.
    TITLE IV
    PIOUS WILLS IN GENERAL AND PIOUS FOUNDATIONS
    Can. 648 § 1. A person who by natural law and canon law is able freely to dispose of his or her
    goods can bestow goods for pious causes either through an act inter vivos or through an act
    mortis causa.
    § 2. In dispositions mortis causa for the good of the Church, the formalities of civil law are to
    be observed if possible; if they have been omitted, the heirs must be admonished regarding the
    obligation, to which they are bound, of fulfilling the intention of the testator.
    Can. 649 The legitimately accepted wills of the faithful who give or leave their resources for
    pious causes, whether through an act inter vivos or through an act mortis causa, are to be
    fulfilled most diligently even regarding the manner of administration and distribution of goods.
    Can. 650 § 1. The ordinary is the executor of all pious wills whether mortis causa or inter
    vivos.
    § 2. By this right, the ordinary can and must exercise vigilance, even through visitation, so that
    pious wills are fulfilled, and other executors are bound to render him an account after they have
    performed their function.
    § 3. Stipulations contrary to this right of an ordinary attached to last wills and testaments are to
    be considered non-existent.
    Can. 651 § 1. A person who has accepted goods in trust for pious causes either through an act
    inter vivos or by a last will and testament must inform the ordinary of the trust and indicate to
    him all its movable and immovable goods with the obligations attached to them. If the donor
    has expressly and entirely prohibited this, however, the person is not to accept the trust.
    § 2. The ordinary must demand that goods held in trust are safeguarded and also exercise
    vigilance for the execution of the pious will.
    § 3. When goods held in trust have been entrusted to a member of a religious institute or
    society of apostolic life and if the goods have also been designated for some place or diocese or
    for the assistance of their inhabitants or pious causes, the ordinary mentioned in §§ 1 and 2 is
    the local ordinary; otherwise, it is the major superior in a clerical institute of pontifical right
    and in clerical societies of apostolic life of pontifical right or the proper ordinary of the member
    in other religious institutes.
    Can. 652 § 1. For a juridical person to be able to accept a foundation validly, the written
    permission of the ordinary is required. He is not to grant this permission before he has
    legitimately determined that the juridical person can satisfy both the new obligation to be
    89
    undertaken and those already undertaken; most especially he is to be on guard so that the
    revenues completely respond to the attached obligations, according to the practice of each place
    or region.
    § 2. Particular law is to define additional conditions for the establishment and acceptance of
    foundations.
    Can. 653 Money and movable goods assigned to an endowment are to be deposited
    immediately in a safe place approved by the ordinary so that the money or value of the
    movable goods is protected; as soon as possible, these are to be invested cautiously and
    usefully for the benefit of the foundation, with express and specific mention made of the
    obligation; this investment is to be made according to the prudent judgment of the ordinary,
    after he has heard those concerned and his own finance council.
    Can. 654 § 1. Foundations, even if made orally, are to be put in writing.
    § 2. One copy of the charter is to be preserved safely in the archive of the curia and another
    copy in the archive of the juridical person to which the foundation belongs.
    Can. 655 § 1. A list of the obligations incumbent upon pious foundations is to be composed and
    displayed in an accessible place so that the obligations to be fulfilled are not forgotten.
    § 2. A book is to be maintained and kept by the pastor or rector in which the individual
    obligations, their fulfillment, and the offerings are noted.
    Can. 656 § 1. The ordinary, only for a just and necessary cause, can reduce, moderate, or
    commute the wills of the faithful for pious causes if the founder has expressly entrusted this
    power to him.
    § 2. If through no fault of the administrators the fulfillment of the imposed obligations has
    become impossible because of diminished revenues or some other cause, the ordinary can
    equitably lessen these obligations, after having heard those concerned and his own finance
    council and with the intention of the founder preserved as much as possible.
    § 3. In other cases, recourse is to be made to the Synod of Bishops.
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13638
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  orthodoxymoron Mon Jul 02, 2012 11:52 pm

    BOOK VI: SANCTIONS IN THE CHURCH
    PART I: OFFENCES AND PUNISHMENTS IN GENERAL
    TITLE I: THE PUNISHMENT OF OFFENSES
    IN GENERAL
    Can. 657 The Church has its own inherent right to constrain with penal sanctions Christ's
    faithful who commit offences.
    90
    Can. 658 § 1 The penal sanctions in the Church are:
    10 medicinal penalties or censures, which are listed in can. 674-676;
    20 expiatory penalties, mentioned in Can. 679;
    § 2 The law may determine other expiatory penalties which deprive a member of Christ's
    faithful of some spiritual or temporal good, and are consistent with the Church's supernatural
    purpose, the salvation of souls.
    § 3 Use is also made of penal remedies and penances: the former primarily to prevent offences,
    the latter rather to substitute for or to augment a penalty.
    TITLE II: PENAL LAW AND PENAL PRECEPT
    Can. 659 § 1 If a law is changed after an offence has been committed; the law more favorable
    to the offender is to be applied.
    § 2 If a later law removes a law, or at least a penalty, the penalty immediately lapses.
    Can. 660 A penalty is for the most part ferendae sententiae, that is, not binding upon the
    offender until it has been imposed. It is, however, latae sententiae, so that it is incurred
    automatically upon the commission of an offence, if a law or precept expressly lays this down.
    Can. 661 § 1 Whoever has legislative power can also make penal laws. A legislator can,
    however, by laws of his own, reinforce with a fitting penalty a divine law or a Church law of a
    higher authority, observing the limits of his competence in respect of territory of persons.
    § 2 A law can either itself determine the penalty or leave its determination to the prudent
    decision of a judge.
    Can. 662 Penalties are to be established only in so far as they are really necessary for the better
    maintenance of Church discipline, and never to impede the salvation of souls.
    Can. 663 A legislator is not to threaten latae sententiae penalties, except perhaps for some
    outstanding and malicious offences which may be either more grave by reason of scandal or
    such that they cannot be effectively punished by ferendae sententiae penalties. He is not,
    however, to constitute censures, especially excommunication, except with the greatest
    moderation, and only for the more grave offences. The reconciliation of the offender is the only
    motivation for such an action, and punitive effect is never to be desired or pursued.
    Can. 664 § 1 To the extent to which a legislator can impose precepts by virtue of the power of
    governance in the external forum, to that extent can he also by precept threaten a determined
    penalty, other than a perpetual expiatory penalty.
    § 2 A precept to which a penalty is attached is not to be issued unless the matter has been very
    carefully considered.
    TITLE III: THOSE WHO ARE LIABLE TO PENAL SANCTIONS
    91
    Can. 665 § 1 No one can be punished for the commission of an external violation of a law or
    precept unless it is gravely imputable by reason of malice or of culpability.
    § 2 A person who deliberately violated a law or precept is bound by the penalty prescribed in
    that law or precept. If, however, the violation was due to the omission of due diligence, the
    person is not punished unless the law or precept provides otherwise.
    § 3 Where there has been an external violation, imputability is presumed, unless it appears
    otherwise.
    Can. 666 Those who habitually lack the use of reason, even though they appeared sane when
    they violated a law or precept, are deemed incapable of committing an offence.
    Can. 667 No one is liable to a penalty who, when violating a law or precept:
    1° has not completed the sixteenth year of age;
    2° was, without fault, ignorant of violating the law or precept; inadvertence and error are
    equivalent to ignorance.
    30 acted under physical force, or under the impetus of a chance occurrence which the person
    could not foresee or if foreseen could not avoid;
    4° acted under the compulsion of grave fear, even if only relative, or by reason of necessity or
    grave inconvenience, unless, however, the act is intrinsically evil or tends to be harmful to
    souls;
    5° acted, within the limits of due moderation, in lawful self-defense or defense of another
    against an unjust aggressor;
    6° lacked the use of reason, without prejudice to the provisions of can. 668, §1, n. 2 and 669;
    7° thought, through no personal fault, that some one of the circumstances existed which are
    mentioned in nn. 4 or 5.
    Can. 668 § 1 The perpetrator of a violation is not exempted from penalty, but the penalty
    prescribed in the law or precept must be diminished, or a penance substituted in its place, if the
    offence was committed by:
    I° one who had only an imperfect use of reason;
    2° one who was lacking the use of reason because of culpable drunkenness or other mental
    disturbance of a similar kind;
    3° one who acted in the heat of passion which, while serious, nevertheless did not precede or
    hinder all mental deliberation and consent of the will, provided that the passion itself had not
    been deliberately stimulated or nourished:
    92
    4° a minor who has completed the sixteenth year of age;
    5° one who was compelled by grave fear, even if only relative, or by reason of necessity or
    grave inconvenience, if the act is intrinsically evil or tends to be harmful to souls;
    6° one who acted in lawful self-defense or defense of another against an unjust aggressor, but
    did not observe due moderation;
    7° one who acted against another person who was gravely and unjustly provocative;
    go one who erroneously, but culpably, thought that some one of the circumstances existed
    which are mentioned in Can. 637, nn. 4 or 5;
    9° one who through no personal fault was unaware that a penalty was attached to the law or
    precept;
    10° one who acted without full imputability provided it remained grave.
    § 2 A judge can do the same if there is any other circumstance present which would reduce the
    gravity of the offence.
    § 3 In the circumstances mentioned in §l, the offender is not bound by a latae sententiae
    penalty.
    Can. 669 Ignorance which is crass or faked can never be taken into account when applying the
    provisions of can. 667 and 668. Likewise, drunkenness or other mental disturbances cannot be
    taken into account if these have been deliberately sought so as to commit the offence or to
    excuse it; nor can passion which has been deliberately stimulated or nourished.
    Can. 670 § 1 A judge may inflict a more serious punishment than that prescribed in the law or
    precept when:
    1° a person, after being condemned, or after the penalty has been declared, continues so to
    offend that obstinate ill-will may prudently be concluded from the circumstances;
    2° a person who is established in some position of dignity, or who has abused a position of
    authority or an office, in order to commit a crime;
    3° an offender, who, after a penalty for a culpable offence was constituted, foresaw the event
    but nevertheless omitted to take the precautions to avoid it which any careful person would
    have taken.
    § 2 In the cases mentioned in 1, if the penalty constituted is latae sententiae, another penalty or
    a penance may be added.
    Can. 671 § l One who in furtherance of an offence did something or failed to do something but
    then, involuntarily, did not complete the offence, is not bound by the penalty prescribed for the
    completed offence, unless the law or a precept provides otherwise.
    § 2 If the acts or the omissions of their nature lead to the carrying out of the offence, the person
    93
    responsible maybe subjected to a penance or to a penal remedy, unless he or she had
    spontaneously desisted from the offence which had been initiated. However, if scandal or other
    serious harm or danger has resulted, the perpetrator, even though spontaneously desisting, may
    be punished by a just penalty, but of a lesser kind than that determined for the completed crime.
    Can. 672 § 1 Where a number of persons conspire together to commit an offence, and
    accomplices are not expressly mentioned in the law or precept, if ferendae sententiae penalties
    were constituted for the principal offender, then the others are subject to the same penalties or
    to other penalties of the same or a lesser gravity.
    § 2 In the case of a latae sententiae penalty attached to an offence, accomplices, even though
    not mentioned in the law or precept, incur the same penalty if, without their assistance, the
    crime would not have been committed, and if the penalty is of such a nature as to be able to
    affect them; otherwise, they can be punished with ferendae sententiae penalties.
    Can. 673 An offence which consists in a declaration or in some other manifestation of doctrine
    or knowledge, is not to be regarded as effected if no one actually perceives the declaration or
    manifestation.
    TITLE IV: PENALTIES AND OTHER PUNISHMENTS
    CHAPTER I: CENSURES
    Can. 674 § 1 An excommunicated person is forbidden:
    I° to have any ministerial part in the celebration of the Sacrifice of the Eucharist or in any
    other ceremonies of public worship;
    2° to celebrate the sacraments or sacramentals and to receive the sacraments;
    3 ° to exercise any Church offices, ministries, functions or acts of governance.
    § 2 If the excommunication has been imposed or declared, the offender:
    1° proposing to act in defiance of the provision of § 1, n. 1 is to be removed, or else the
    liturgical action is to be suspended, unless there is a grave reason to the contrary ;
    2° invalidly exercises any acts of governance which, in accordance with §l, n.3, are unlawful;
    3° is forbidden to benefit from privileges already granted;
    4° cannot validly assume any dignity, office or other function in the Church;
    5° loses the title to the benefits of any dignity, office, function or pension held in the Church.
    Can. 675 One who is under interdict is obliged by the prohibition of Can. 644 § 1, no. I and 2
    if the interdict was imposed or declared, the provision of Can. 644 §2, n. 1 is to be observed.
    Can. 676 § I Suspension, which can affect only clerics, prohibits:
    94
    1° all or some of the acts of the power of order;
    2° all or some of the acts of the power of governance;
    3° the exercise of all or some of the rights or functions attaching to an office.
    § 2 In a law or a precept it may be prescribed that, after a judgment which imposes or declares
    the penalty, a suspended person cannot validly perform acts of the power of governance.
    § 3 The prohibition never affects:
    1° any offices or power of governance which are not within the control of the Superior who
    establishes the penalty;
    2° a right of residence which the offender may have by virtue of office;
    3° the right to administer goods which may belong to an office held by the person suspended,
    if the penalty is latae sententiae.
    § 4 A suspension prohibiting the receipt of benefits, stipends, pensions or other such things,
    carries with it the obligation of restitution of whatever has been unlawfully received, even
    though this was in good faith.
    Can. 677 § 1 The extent of a suspension within the limits laid down in the preceding canon, is
    defined either by the law or precept, or by the judgment or decree whereby the penalty is
    imposed.
    § 2 A law, but not a precept, can establish a latae sententiae suspension without an added
    determination or limitation; such a penalty has all the effects enumerated in Can. 675 §l.
    Can. 678 If a censure prohibits the celebration of the sacraments or sacramentals or the
    exercise of a power of governance, the prohibition is suspended whenever this is necessary to
    provide for the faithful who are in danger of death. If a latae sententiae censure has not been
    declared, the prohibition is also suspended whenever one of the faithful requests a sacrament or
    sacramental or an act of the power of governance; for any just reason it is lawful to make such
    a request.
    CHAPTER II: EXPIATORY PENALTIES
    Can. 679 § 1 Expiatory penalties can affect the offender either forever or for a determinate or
    an indeterminate period. Apart from others which the law may perhaps establish, these
    penalties are as follows:
    1° a prohibition against residence, or an order to reside, in a certain place or territory;
    2° deprivation of power, office, function, right, privilege, faculty, favor, title or insignia, even
    of a merely honorary nature;
    95
    3° a prohibition on the exercise of those things enumerated in n. 2, or a prohibition on their
    exercise inside or outside a certain place; such a prohibition is never under pain of nullity;
    4° a penal transfer to another office;
    5° dismissal from the clerical state.
    § 2 Only those expiatory penalties may be latae sententiae which are enumerated in §l, n. 3.
    Can. 680 § 1 A prohibition against residing in a certain place or territory can affect both clerics
    and religious. An order to reside in a certain place can affect secular clerics and, within the
    limits of their constitutions, religious.
    § 2 An order imposing residence in a certain place or territory must have the consent of the
    Ordinary of that place, unless there is question of a house set up for penance or rehabilitation of
    clerics, including extradiocesans.
    Can. 681 § 1 The deprivations and prohibitions enumerated in Can. 679 § 1, un. 2 and 3 never
    affect powers, offices, functions, rights, privileges, faculties, favors, titles or insignia, which are
    not within the control of the Superior who establishes the penalty.
    § 2 There can be no deprivation of the power of order, but only a prohibition against the
    exercise of it or of some of its acts; neither can there be a deprivation of academic degrees.
    §3 The norm laid down for censures in Can. 678 is to be observed in regard to the prohibitions
    mentioned in Can. 648 § 1, n. 3.
    CHAPTER III: PENAL REMEDIES AND PENANCES
    Can. 682 § 1 When someone is in a proximate occasion of committing an offence or when,
    after an investigation, there is a serious suspicion that an offence has been committed, the
    Ordinary either personally or through another can give that person warning.
    § 2 In the case of behavior which gives rise to scandal or serious disturbance of public order,
    the Ordinary can also correct the person, in a way appropriate to the particular conditions of the
    person and of what has been done.
    Can. 683 § 1 A penance, which is imposed in the external forum, is the performance of some
    work of religion or piety or charity.
    § 2 A public penance is never to be imposed for an occult transgression.
    § 3 According to his prudent judgment, the Ordinary may add penances to the penal remedy of
    warning or correction.
    TITLE V: THE APPLICATION OF PENALTIES
    Can. 684 The Ordinary is to start a judicial or an administrative procedure for the imposition
    or the declaration of penalties only when he perceives that neither by fraternal correction or
    96
    reproof, nor by any methods of pastoral care, can the scandal be sufficiently repaired, justice
    restored and the offender reformed.
    Can. 685 § 1 Whenever there are just reasons against the use of a judicial procedure, a penalty
    can be imposed or declared by means of an extra-judicial decree; in every case, penal remedies
    and penances may be applied by a decree.
    § 2 Perpetual penalties cannot be imposed or declared by means of a decree; nor can penalties
    which the law or precept establishing them forbids to be applied by decree.
    §3. What the law or decree says of a judge in regard to the imposition or declaration of a
    penalty in a trial, is to be applied also to a Superior who imposes or declares a penalty by an
    extra-judicial decree unless it is otherwise clear, or unless there is question of provisions which
    concern only procedural matters.
    Can. 686 If a law or precept gives the judge the power to apply or not to apply a penalty; the
    judge may also, according to his own conscience and prudence, modify the penalty or in its
    place impose a penance. The judge must keep in mind the supreme law of the Church—the
    salvation of souls—and the goal of any judicial action to call the offender to conversion of life,
    reconciliation with the faithful, and the embrace of charitable forgiveness for the offense
    committed.
    Can. 687 Even though the law may use obligatory words, the judge may, according to his own
    conscience and prudence:
    1° defer the imposition of the penalty to a more opportune time, if it is foreseen that greater
    evils may arise from a too hasty punishment of the offender;
    2° abstain from imposing the penalty or substitute a milder penalty or a penance, if the
    offender has repented and repaired the scandal, or if the offender has been or foreseeably will
    be sufficiently punished by the civil authority;
    3° may suspend the obligation of observing an expiatory penalty, if the person is a firstoffender
    after a hitherto blameless life, and there is no urgent need to repair scandal; this is,
    however, to be done in such a way that if the person again commits an offence within a time
    laid down by the judge, then that person must pay the penalty for both offences, unless in the
    meanwhile the time for prescription of a penal action in respect of the former offence has
    expired.
    Can. 688 Whenever the offender had only an imperfect use of reason, or committed the
    offence out of fear or necessity or in the heat of passion or with a mind disturbed by
    drunkenness or a similar cause, the judge can refrain from inflicting any punishment if he
    considers that the person's reform may be better accomplished in some other way.
    Can. 689 Whenever the offender has committed a number of offences and the sum of penalties
    which should be imposed seems excessive, it is left to the prudent decision of the judge to
    moderate the penalties in an equitable fashion.
    Can. 690 § 1 A censure cannot validly be imposed unless the offender has beforehand received
    97
    at least three warnings to purge the contempt, and has been allowed suitable time to do so.
    § 2 The offender is said to have purged the contempt if he or she has truly repented of the
    offence and has made, or at least seriously promised to make, reparation for the damage and
    scandal.
    Can. 691 When the person has been found not guilty of an accusation, or where no penalty has
    been imposed, the Ordinary may provide for the person's welfare or for the common good by
    opportune warnings or other solicitous means, and even, if the case calls for it, by the use of
    penal remedies.
    Can. 692 If a penalty is indeterminate, and if the law does not provide otherwise, the judge is
    not to impose graver penalties, especially censures, unless the seriousness of the case really
    demands it. He may not impose penalties which are perpetual.
    Can. 693 A penalty binds an offender everywhere, even when the one who established or
    imposed it has ceased from office, unless it is otherwise expressly provided.
    Can. 694 § 1 If a penalty prohibits the reception of the sacraments or sacramentals, the
    prohibition is suspended for as long as the offender is in danger of death.
    § 2 The obligation of observing a latae sententiae penalty which has not been declared, and is
    not notorious in the place where the offender actually is, is suspended either in whole or in part
    to the extent that the offender cannot observe it without the danger of grave scandal or loss of
    good name.
    Can. 695 An appeal or recourse against judgments of a court or against decrees which impose
    or declare any penalty, has a suspensive effect.
    TITLE VI: THE CESSATION OF PENALTIES
    Can. 696 § 1 Besides those who are enumerated in can. 697--698, all who can dispense from a
    law which is supported by a penalty, can also remit the penalty itself.
    § 2 Moreover, a law or precept which establishes a penalty can also grant to others the power
    of remitting the penalty.
    § 3 If the Synod of Bishops has reserved the remission of a penalty to itself or to others, the
    reservation is to be strictly interpreted and in accordance with the supreme law of the Church,
    absolution and the remission of the penalty shall be quickly and immediately granted to the
    penitent offender.
    Can. 697 § 1 Provided it is not reserved to the Synod of Bishops, a penalty which is established
    by law and has been imposed or declared, can be remitted by the following:
    10 the Ordinary who initiated the judicial proceedings to impose or declare the penalty, or who
    by a decree, either personally or through another, imposed or declared it;
    2° the Ordinary of the place where the offender actually is, after consulting the Ordinary
    98
    mentioned in n. 1, unless because of extraordinary circumstances this is impossible.
    § 2 Provided it is not reserved to the Synod of Bishops, a latae sententiae penalty established by
    law but not yet declared, can be remitted by the Ordinary in respect of his subjects and of those
    actually in his territory or of those who committed the offence in his territory. Moreover, any
    Bishop can do this, but only in the course of sacramental confession.
    § 3 During a grave illness, or in danger of death, any priest may grant sacramental absolution
    from sin and all ecclesiastical penalties.
    Can. 698 § 1 A ferendae or a latae sententiae penalty established in a precept not issued by the
    Synod of Bishops, can be remitted by the following:
    1° the Ordinary of the place where the offender actually is;
    2° if the penalty has been imposed or declared, the Ordinary who initiated the judicial
    proceedings to impose or declare the penalty, or who by a decree, either personally or through
    another, imposed or declared it.
    § 2 Before the remission is granted, the author of the precept is to be consulted, unless because
    of extraordinary circumstance this is impossible.
    Can. 699 If one is bound by a number of penalties, a remission is valid only for those penalties
    expressed in it. A general remission, however, removes all penalties, except those which in the
    petition have been concealed in bad faith.
    Can. 700 The remission of a penalty extorted by grave fear is invalid
    Can. 701 § 1 A remission can be granted even to a person who is not present, or conditionally.
    § 2 A remission in the external forum is to be granted in writing, unless a grave reason suggests
    otherwise.
    § 3 Care is to be taken that the petition for remission or the remission itself is not made public,
    except insofar as this would either be useful for the protection of the good name of the
    offender, or be necessary to repair scandal.
    Can. 702 A criminal action is extinguished by prescription after three years.
    PART II: PENALTIES FOR PARTICULAR OFFENCES
    TITLE I: OFFENCES AGAINST RELIGION AND THE UNITY OF THE CHURCH
    Can. 703 § 1 An apostate from the faith, a heretic or a schismatic incurs a latae sententiae
    excommunication, and may be punished with just penalties.
    § 2 If the person is a cleric, other penalties may be added, not excluding dismissal from the
    clerical state.
    99
    Can. 704 One who is guilty of prohibited participation in religious rites is to be punished with
    a just penalty.
    Can. 705 One who throws away the consecrated species or, for a sacrilegious purpose, takes
    them away or keeps them, incurs a latae sententiae excommunication reserved to the Synod of
    Bishops; a cleric, moreover, may be punished with some other penalty, not excluding dismissal
    from the clerical state.
    Can. 706 A person, who, in asserting or promising something before a Church authority,
    commits perjury, is to be punished with a just penalty.
    TITLE II: OFFENCES AGAINST CHURCH AUTHORITIES AND THE FREEDOM
    OF THE CHURCH
    Can. 707 § 1 A person who uses physical force against the Synod of Bishops incurs a latae
    sententiae excommunication reserved to the Synod of Bishops; if the offender is a cleric,
    another penalty, not excluding dismissal from the clerical state, may be added according to the
    gravity of the crime.
    § 2 One who does this against a Bishop incurs a latae sententiae interdict and, if a cleric, he
    incurs also a latae sententiae suspension.
    § 3 A person who uses physical force against a cleric or religious out of contempt for the faith,
    or the Church, or Church authority or the ministry, is to be punished with a just penalty.
    Can. 708 A person who publicly incites his or her subjects to hatred or animosity against the
    Synod of Bishops or the Ordinary because of some act of Church authority or ministry, or who
    provokes the subjects to disobedience against them, is to be punished by interdict or other just
    penalties.
    Can. 709 A person who joins an association which plots against the Church is to be punished
    with a just penalty one who promotes or takes office in such an association is to be punished
    with an interdict.
    Can. 710 Those who hinder the freedom of the ministry or of an election or of the exercise of
    Church power, or the lawful use of sacred or other Church goods, or who intimidate either an
    elector or one who is elected or one who exercises Church power or ministry, may be punished
    with a just penalty.
    Can. 711 A person who profanes a sacred object, moveable or immovable, is to be punished
    with a just penalty.
    Can. 712 A person who without the prescribed permission alienates Church goods, is to be
    punished with a just penalty.
    TITLE III: USURPATION OF CHURCH OFFICES AND OFFENCES COMMITTED
    IN THEIR EXERCISE
    100
    Can. 713 The following incur a latae sententiae interdict or, if a cleric, a latae sententiae
    suspension:
    § 1 a person who, not being an ordained priest, attempts to celebrate Mass/Divine Liturgy.
    § 2 a person who, apart from the case mentioned in § 1, though unable to give valid
    sacramental absolution, attempts to do so, or hears a sacramental confession.
    Can. 714 A person who, apart from the cases mentioned in Can. 683, pretends to administer a
    sacrament, is to be punished with a just penalty.
    Can. 715 A person who through simony celebrates or receives a sacrament, is to be punished
    with an interdict or suspension.
    Can. 716 § 1 Anyone who usurps a Church office is to be punished with a just penalty.
    § 2 The unlawful retention of a Church office after being deprived of it, or ceasing from it, is
    equivalent to usurpation.
    Can. 717 Both the Bishop who, without the mandate of the Synod of Bishops, consecrates a
    person a Bishop, and the one who receives the consecration from him, incur a latae sententiae
    excommunication reserved to the Synod of Bishops.
    Can. 718 A cleric who submits to sub-conditione ordination incurs latae sententiae
    excommunication and suspension "Ad Divinus" reserved to the Synod of Bishops.
    Can. 719 A person who gives or promises something so that some one who exercises an office
    in the Church would unlawfully act or fail to act, is to be punished with a just penalty; likewise,
    the person who accepts such gifts or promises.
    Can. 720 A priest who in confession, or on the occasion or under the pretext of confession,
    solicits a penitent to commit a sin against the sixth commandment of the Decalogue, is to be
    punished, according to the gravity of the offence, with suspension, prohibitions and
    deprivations; in the more serious cases he is to be dismissed from the clerical state.
    Can. 721 A confessor who directly violates the sacramental seal, incurs a latae sententiae
    excommunication reserved to the Synod of Bishops; he who does so only indirectly is to be
    punished according to the gravity of the offence.
    Can. 722 § 1 A person who abuses Church power or an office, is to be punished according to
    the gravity of the act or the omission, not excluding by deprivation of the office, unless a
    penalty for that abuse is already established by law or precept.
    § 2 A person who, through culpable negligence, unlawfully and with harm to another, performs
    or omits an act of Church power or ministry or office, is to be punished with a just penalty.
    TITLE IV: THE OFFENCE OF FALSEHOOD
    Can. 723 § 1 A person who falsely denounces a confessor of the offence mentioned in can.
    101
    690 to a Church Superior, incurs a latae sententiae interdict and, if a cleric, he incurs also a
    suspension.
    § 2 A person who calumniously denounces an offence to a Church Superior, or otherwise
    injures the good name of another, can be punished with a just penalty, not excluding a censure.
    § 3 The calumniator can also be compelled to make appropriate amends.
    Can. 724 The following can be punished with a just penalty, according to the gravity. of the
    offence:
    I° a person who composes a false public Church document, or who changes or conceals a
    genuine one, or who uses a false or altered one
    2° a person who in a Church matter uses some other false altered document;
    3° a person who, in a public Church document, asserts something false.
    TITLE V: OFFENCES AGAINST SPECIAL OBLIGATIONS
    Can. 725 Clerics or religious who engage in trading or business contrary to the provisions of
    the canons are to be punished according to the gravity of the offence.
    Can. 726 A person who violates obligations imposed by a penalty can be punished with a just
    penalty.
    Can. 727 § 1 A cleric who has offended in other ways against the sixth commandment of the
    Decalogue, if the crime was committed by force, or by threats, or in public, or with a minor
    under the age of sixteen years, is to be punished with just penalties, not excluding dismissal
    from the clerical state if the case so warrants.
    § 2 The American Catholic Church in the United States shall have, and does herewith state that
    it does have, a Zero Tolerance for any of its clergy or religious who abuse any persons,
    especially minors in any way: sexually, physically or emotionally. The Synod of Bishops of the
    ACCUS has adopted this policy and will enforce it throughout the jurisdiction of the ACCUS
    without exception.
    § 3 The ACCUS formally charges its priests, deacons, bishops, religious and candidates for
    Orders to report to competent local authority(s) any suspected instance where any person, most
    especially children are being abused: sexually, physically or emotionally, in all instances where
    this knowledge is known to them in a public way.
    § 4 Priests or Bishops who have knowledge of abuse known to them from within a
    Sacramental forum, that is, known to them through the Sacrament of Penance, must maintain
    the absolute private and sacred nature of the Seal of Confession. The Sacramental Seal of
    Confession must be maintained inviolate; nothing heard or learned of within the Sacrament
    may be repeated.
    102
    § 5 Any cleric (deacon, priest, and bishop), religious or candidate for Orders, who is accused
    by competent civil authority of molesting any person, especially a minor, in any way, will be
    immediately suspended from ministry pending the review and resolution of these charges by
    competent civil proceedings.
    § 6 Any cleric, religious or candidate for Orders, who is found guilty by competent civil
    proceedings of abusing any person, especially a minor, will be permanently suspended from
    ministry and defrocked by the ACCUS. No recommendation to another church jurisdiction will
    be given without including these facts.
    § 7 No person known to the American Catholic Church in the United States to have been
    found guilty by competent civil proceedings of molesting any person, especially a minor will
    be accepted into the ACCUS as a cleric or religious.
    TITLE VI: OFFENCES AGAINST HUMAN LIFE AND LIBERTY
    Can. 728 One who commits murder, or who by force or by fraud abducts, imprisons, mutilates
    or gravely wounds a person, is to be punished, according to the gravity of the offence, with the
    deprivations and prohibitions.
    TITLE VII: GENERAL NORM
    Can. 729 Besides the cases prescribed in this or in other laws, the external violation of divine
    or canon law can be punished, and with a just penalty, only when the special gravity of the
    violation requires it and necessity demands that scandals be prevented or repaired.
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13638
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  orthodoxymoron Mon Jul 02, 2012 11:55 pm

    BOOK VII: PROCESSES
    PART I: TRIALS IN GENERAL
    Can. 730 §1 The objects of a trial are:
    10 to pursue or vindicate the rights of physical or juridical persons, or to declare juridical facts;
    20 to impose or to declare penalties in regard to offences.
    30 to encourage and promote conversion of life and reconciliation—the salvation of souls.
    § 2 Disputes arising from an act of administrative power, however, can be referred only to the
    Superior or to an administrative tribunal.
    Can. 731 The Church has its own and exclusive right to judge:
    10 cases which refer to matters which are spiritual or linked with the spiritual;
    103
    20 the violation of Church laws and whatever contains an element of sin, to determine guilt and
    impose Church penalties.
    Can. 732 All tribunals of the Church are governed by the canons which follow, without
    prejudice to the norms of the tribunals of the Synod of Bishops.
    TITLE I: THE COMPETENT FORUM
    Can. 733 It belongs to the Synod of Bishops to establish a system of tribunals and levels of
    competence within the context of the law.
    Can. 734 Anyone who is a member of the church can be brought to trial before the tribunal.
    Can. 735 Competence by reason of subject matter means that a party can be brought to trial
    before the tribunal of the place where the subject matter of the litigation is located, when ever
    the action concerns that subject matter directly, or when it is an action for the recovery of
    possession.
    Can. 736 § 1 Competence by reason of contract means that a party can be brought to trial
    before the tribunal of the place in which the contract was made or must be fulfilled, unless the
    parties mutually agree to choose another tribunal.
    § 2 If the case concerns obligations which arise from some other title, the party can be brought
    to trial before the tribunal of the place in which the obligation arose or in which it is to be
    fulfilled.
    Can. 737 A person accused in a penal case can, even though absent, be brought to trial before
    the tribunal of the place in which the offence was committed.
    Can. 738 A party can be brought to trial:
    lO in cases concerning administration, before the tribunal of the place in which the
    administration was exercised;
    20 in cases concerning inheritances or pious legacies, before the tribunal of the last residence of
    the person whose inheritance or pious legacy is at issue. If, however, only the execution of the
    legacy is involved, the ordinary norms of competence are to be followed.
    Can. 739 Competence by reason of connection means that cases which are inter-connected can
    be heard by one and the same tribunal and in the same process, unless this is prevented by a
    provision of the law.
    Can. 740 Competence by reason of prior summons means that, if two or more tribunals are
    equally competent, the tribunal which has first lawfully summoned the respondent has the right
    to hear the case.
    Can. 741 A conflict of competence between tribunals subject to the same appeal tribunal is to
    be resolved by the latter tribunal. If they are not subject to the same appeal tribunal, the conflict
    is to be settled by the Synod of Bishops.
    104
    TITLE II: DIFFERENT GRADES AND KINDS OF TRIBUNALS
    Can. 742 § 1 Because of the primacy of the Synod of Bishops, any of the faithful may either
    refer their case to, or introduce it before, the Synod of Bishops, whether the case be contentious
    or penal. They may do so at any grade of trial or at any stage of the suit.
    § 2 Apart from the case of an appeal, a referral to the Synod of Bishops does not suspend the
    exercise of jurisdiction of a judge who has already begun to hear a case. The judge can,
    therefore, continue with the trial up to the definitive judgment, unless the Synod of Bishops has
    indicated to him that it has reserved the case to itself.
    Can. 743 Every tribunal has the right to call on other tribunals for assistance in instructing a
    case or in communicating acts.
    CHAPTER I: THE TRIBUNAL OF FIRST INSTANCE
    ARTICLE 1: THE JUDGE
    Can. 744 § 1 In each diocese and for all cases which are not expressly excepted in law, the
    judge of first instance is the diocesan Bishop. He can exercise his judicial power either
    personally or through others, in accordance with the following canons.
    § 2 If the case concerns the rights or temporal goods of a juridical person represented by the
    Bishop, the appeal tribunal is to judge in first instance.
    Can. 745 § 1 Each diocesan Bishop is obliged to appoint a judicial Vicar, or 'Officialis', with
    ordinary power to judge. The judicial Vicar is to be a person distinct from the Vicar general,
    unless the smallness of the diocese or the limited number of cases suggests otherwise.
    § 2 The judicial Vicar constitutes one tribunal with the Bishop, but cannot judge cases which
    the Bishop reserves to himself.
    § 3 The judicial Vicar can be given assistants, who are called associate judicial Vicars or
    'Vice-officiales'.
    § 4 The judicial Vicar and the associate judicial Vicars must be priests of good repute, with an
    understanding of canon law, and not less than thirty years of age.
    § 5 When the see is vacant, they do not cease from office, nor can they be removed by the
    diocesan Administrator. On the coming of the new Bishop, however, they need to be confirmed
    in office.
    Can. 746 In each diocese the Bishop is to appoint diocesan judges, who are to be clerics or lay
    persons of good repute and have a clear understanding of the law.
    Can. 747 The judicial Vicar, the associate judicial Vicars and the other judges are appointed
    for a specified period of time, without prejudice to the provision of can. 745 §5. They cannot be
    removed from office except for a lawful and grave reason.
    105
    Can. 748 In any trial a sole judge can associate with himself two assessors as advisers; they
    may be clerics or lay persons of good repute.
    Can. 749 § 1 The following matters are reserved to a collegiate tribunal of three judges:
    10 contentious cases: concerning the bond of sacred ordination;
    20 penal cases: a) for offences which can carry the penalty of dismissal from the clerical state;
    b) concerning the imposition or declaration of an excommunication.
    § 2 The Bishop can entrust the more difficult cases or those of greater importance to the
    judgment of three or of five judges.
    § 3 The judicial Vicar is to assign judges in order by rotation to hear the individual cases,
    unless in particular cases the Bishop has decided otherwise.
    § 4 Once judges have been designated, the judicial Vicar is not to replace them, except for a
    very grave reason, which must be expressed in a decree.
    Can. 750 § l A collegiate tribunal must proceed in a collegiate fashion and give its judgment
    by majority vote.
    § 2 As far as possible, the judicial Vicar or an associate judicial Vicar must preside over the
    collegiate tribunal.
    ARTICLE 2: AUDITORS AND RELATORS
    Can. 751 § 1 The judge or, in the case of a collegiate tribunal, the presiding judge, can
    designate an auditor to instruct the case. The auditor may be chosen from the tribunal judges, or
    from persons approved by the Bishop for this office.
    § 2 The Bishop can approve clerics or lay persons for the role of auditor. They are to be
    persons conspicuous for their good conduct, prudence and learning.
    §3 The task of the auditor is solely to gather the evidence in accordance with the judge's
    commission and, when gathered, to submit it to the judge. Unless the judge determines
    otherwise, however, an auditor can in the meantime decide what evidence is to be collected and
    the manner of its collection, should any question arise about these matters while the auditor is
    carrying out his role.
    Can. 752 The presiding judge of a collegiate tribunal is to designate one of the judges of the
    college to write the opinion.
    ARTICLE 3: THE PROMOTOR OF JUSTICE, THE DEFENDER OF THE BOND AND
    THE NOTARY
    Can. 753 A promotor of justice is to be appointed in the diocese for penal cases, and for
    contentious cases in which the public good may be at stake. The promotor is bound by office to
    106
    safeguard the public good.
    Can. 754 § 1 In contentious cases it is for the diocesan Bishop to decide whether the public
    good is at stake or not, unless the law prescribes the intervention of the promotor of justice, or
    this is clearly necessary from the nature of things.
    § 2 If the promotor of justice has intervened at an earlier instance of a trial, this intervention is
    presumed to be necessary at a subsequent instance.
    Can. 755 A defender of the bond is to be appointed in the diocese for cases which deal with
    the nullity of ordination. The defender of the bond is bound by office to present and expound
    all that can reasonably be argued against the nullity.
    Can. 756 In cases in which the presence of the promotor of justice or of the defender of the
    bond is required, the acts are invalid if they were not summoned. This does not apply if,
    although not summoned, they were in fact present or, having studied the acts, able to fulfill
    their role at least before the judgment.
    Can. 757 Unless otherwise expressly provided:
    10 whenever the law directs that the judge is to hear the parties or either of them, the promotor
    of justice and the defender of the bond are also to be heard if they are present;
    20 whenever, at the submission of a party, the judge is required to decide some matter, the
    submission of the promotor of justice or of the defender of the bond engaged in the trial has
    equal weight.
    Can. 758 It is the Bishop's responsibility to appoint the promotor of justice and defender of the
    bond. They are to be clerics or lay persons of good repute, with an understanding of canon law,
    and of proven prudence and zeal for justice.
    Can. 759 § 1 The same person can hold the office of promotor of justice and defender of the
    bond, although not in the same case.
    § 2 The promotor of justice and the defender of the bond can be appointed for all cases, or for
    individual cases. They lean be removed by the Bishop for a just reason.
    Can. 760 § 1 A notary is to be present at every hearing, so much so that the acts are null unless
    signed by the notary.
    § 2 Acts drawn up by notaries constitute public proof.
    CHAPTER II: THE TRIBUNAL OF SECOND INSTANCE
    Can. 761 These are:
    lO an appeal from the tribunal of a suffragan Bishop is to the metropolitan tribunal;
    20 in cases heard at first instance in the tribunal of the Metropolitan, the appeal is to a tribunal
    107
    which the Metropolitan, with the approval of the Synod of Bishops, has designated in a stable
    fashion;
    CHAPTER III: THE TRIBUNAL OF THE SYNOD OF BISHOPS
    Can. 762 The Synod of Bishops is the tribunal of final appeal. It gives judgment either
    personally, or through judges whom it delegates.
    TITLE III: THE DISCIPLINE TO BE OBSERVED IN TRIBUNALS
    CHAPTER I: THE DUTIES OF THE JUDGES AND OF THE OFFICERS OF THE
    TRIBUNAL
    Can. 763 § 1 All Christ's faithful, and especially Bishops, are to strive earnestly, with due
    regard for justice, to ensure that disputes among the people of God are as far as possible
    avoided, and are settled promptly and without rancor.
    § 2 In the early stages of litigation, and indeed at any other time as often as he discerns any
    hope of a successful outcome, the judge is not to fail to exhort and assist the parties to seek an
    equitable solution to their controversy in discussions with one another. He is to indicate to them
    suitable means to this end and avail himself of serious-minded persons to mediate.
    § 3 If the issue is about the private good of the parties, the judge is to discern whether an
    agreement or a judgment by an arbitrator, in accordance with the norms of can. 940-943, might
    usefully serve to resolve the controversy.
    Can. 764 Any person involved in a case as judge, promotor of justice, defender of the bond,
    procurator, advocate, witness or expert cannot subsequently, in another instance, validly
    determine the same case as a judge or exercise the role of assessor in it.
    Can. 765 § 1 The judge is not to undertake the hearing of a case in which any personal interest
    may be involved by reason of consanguinity or affinity in any degree of the direct line and up
    to the fourth degree of the collateral line, or by reason of guardianship or tutelage, or of close
    acquaintanceship or marked hostility or possible financial profit or loss.
    § 2 The promotor of justice, the defender of the bond, the assessor and the auditor must
    likewise refrain from exercising their offices in these circumstances.
    Can. 766 § 1 In the cases mentioned in can. 736, if the judge himself does not refrain from
    exercising his office, a party may object to him.
    § 2 The judicial Vicar is to deal with this objection. If the objection is directed against the
    judicial Vicar himself, the Bishop in charge of the tribunal is to deal with the matter.
    § 3 If the Bishop is the judge and the objection is directed against him, he is to refrain from
    judging.
    § 4 If the objection is directed against the promotor of justice, the defender of the bond or any
    other officer of the tribunal, it is to be dealt with by the presiding judge of a collegial tribunal
    108
    or by the sole judge if there is only one.
    Can. 767 If the objection is upheld, the persons in question are to be changed, but not the grade
    of trial.
    Can. 768 § 1 The objection is to be decided with maximum expedition, after hearing the
    parties, the promotor of justice or the defender of the bond, if they are engaged in the trial and
    the objection is not directed against them.
    § 2 Acts performed by a judge before being objected to are valid. Acts performed after the
    objection has been lodged must be rescinded if a party requests this within ten days of the
    admission of the objection.
    Can. 769 § l In a matter which concerns private persons exclusively, a judge can proceed only
    at the request of a party. In penal cases, however, and in other cases which affect the public
    good of the Church or the salvation of souls, once the case has been lawfully introduced, the
    judge can and must proceed ex officio.
    § 2 The judge can also supply for the negligence of the parties in bringing forward evidence or
    in opposing exceptions, whenever this is considered necessary in order to avoid a gravely
    unjust judgment.
    Can. 770 Judges and tribunals are to ensure that, within the bounds of justice, all cases are
    brought to a conclusion as quickly as possible. They are to see to it that in the tribunal of first
    instance cases are not protracted beyond a year, and in the tribunal of second instance not
    beyond six months.
    Can. 771 All who constitute a tribunal or assist in it must take an oath to exercise their office
    properly and faithfully.
    Can. 772 § l In a penal trial, the judges and tribunal assistants are bound to observe always the
    secret of the office; in a contentious trial, they are bound to observe it if the revelation of any
    part of the acts of the process could be prejudicial to the parties.
    § 2 They are also obliged to maintain permanent secrecy concerning the discussion held by the
    judges before giving their judgment, and concerning the various votes and opinions expressed
    there.
    § 3 Indeed, the judge can oblige witnesses, experts, and the parties and their advocates or
    procurators, to swear an oath to observe secrecy. This may be done if the nature of the case or
    of the evidence is such that revelation of the acts or evidence would put at risk the reputation of
    others, or give rise to quarrels, or cause scandal or have any similar untoward consequence.
    Can. 773 The judge and all who work in the tribunal are forbidden to accept any gifts on the
    occasion of a trial.
    Can. 774 § 1 Judges can be punished by the competent authority with appropriate penalties,
    not excluding the loss of office, if, though certainly and manifestly competent, they refuse to
    give judgment; if, with no legal support, they declare themselves competent and hear and
    109
    determine cases; if they breach the law of secrecy; or if, through deceit or serious negligence,
    they cause harm to the litigants.
    § 2 Tribunal officers and assistants are subject to the same penalties if they fail in their duty as
    above. The judge also has the power to punish them.
    CHAPTER II: THE ORDERING OF THE HEARING
    Can. 775 Cases are to be heard in the order in which they were received and entered in the
    register, unless some case from among them needs to be dealt with more quickly than others.
    This is to be stated in a special decree which gives supporting reasons.
    Can. 776 § 1 Defects which can render the judgment invalid can be proposed as exceptions at
    any stage or grade of trial; likewise, the judge can declare such exceptions ex officio.
    § 2 Apart from the cases mentioned in § 1, exceptions seeking a delay especially those which
    concern persons and the manner of trial, are to be proposed before the joinder of the issue,
    unless they emerge only after it. They are to be decided as soon as possible.
    Can. 777 § 1 If an exception is proposed against the competence of the judge, the judge
    himself must deal with the matter.
    § 2 Where the exception concerns relative non-competence and the judge pronounces himself
    competent, his decision does not admit of appeal. However, a plaint of nullity and a total
    reinstatement are not prohibited.
    § 3 If the judge declares himself non-competent, a party who complains of being adversely
    affected can refer the matter within fifteen canonical days to the appeal tribunal.
    Can. 778 A judge who becomes aware at any stage of the case that he is absolutely noncompetent
    is bound to declare his non-competence.
    Can. 779 § 1 Exceptions to the effect that an issue has become an adjudged matter or has been
    agreed between the parties, and those other peremptory exceptions which are said to put an end
    to the suit, are to be proposed and examined before the joinder of the issue. Whoever raises
    them subsequently is not to be rejected, but will be ordered to pay the costs unless it can be
    shown that the objection was not maliciously delayed.
    § 2 Other peremptory exceptions are to be proposed in the joinder of the issue and treated at the
    appropriate time under the rules governing incidental questions.
    Can. 780 § 1 Counter actions can validly be proposed only within thirty days of the joinder of
    the issue.
    § 2 Such counter actions are to be dealt with at the same grade of trial and simultaneously with
    the principal-action, unless it is necessary to deal with them separately or the judge considers
    this procedure more opportune.
    Can. 781 Questions concerning the guarantee of judicial expenses or the grant of free legal aid
    110
    which has been requested from the very beginning of the process, and other similar matters, are
    normally to be settled before the joinder of the issue.
    CHAPTER III: TIME LIMITS AND POSTPONEMENTS
    Can. 782 § 1 The so-called canonical time limits are fixed times beyond which rights cease in
    law. They cannot be extended, nor can they validly be shortened except at the request of the
    parties.
    § 2 After hearing the parties, or at their request, the judge can, for a just reason, extend before
    they expire times fixed by himself or agreed by the parties. These times can never validly be
    shortened without the consent of the parties.
    § 3 The judge is to ensure that litigation is not unduly prolonged by reason of postponement.
    Can. 783 Where the law does not establish fixed times for concluding procedural actions, the
    judge is to define them, taking into consideration the nature of each act.
    Can. 784 If the day appointed for a judicial action is a holiday, the fixed term is considered to
    be postponed to the first subsequent day which is not a holiday.
    CHAPTER IV: THE PLACE OF TRIAL
    Can. 785 As far as possible, the place where each tribunal sits is to be an established office
    which is open at stated times.
    CHAPTER V: THOSE WHO MAYBE ADMITIED TO THE COURT AND THE
    MANNER OF COMPILING AND PRESERVING THE ACTS
    Can. 786 § 1 When cases are being heard before the tribunal, only those persons are to be
    present whom the law or the judge decides are necessary for the hearing of the case.
    § 2 The judge can with appropriate penalties take to task all who, while present at a trial, are
    gravely lacking in the reverence and obedience due to the tribunal. He can, moreover, suspend
    advocates and procurators from exercising their office in Church tribunals.
    Can. 787 If a person to be interrogated uses a language unknown to the judge or the parties, an
    interpreter, appointed by the judge and duly sworn, can be employed in the case. Declarations
    are to be committed to writing in the original language, and a translation is to be added. An
    interpreter is also to be used if a deaf and dumb person must be interrogated, unless the judge
    prefers that replies to the questions he has asked be given in writing.
    Can. 788 § 1 Judicial acts must be in writing, both those which refer to the merits of
    the case, that is, the acts of the case, and those which refer to the procedure, that is, the
    procedural acts.
    § 2 Each page of the acts is to be numbered and bear a seal of authenticity.
    Can. 789 Whenever the signature of parties or witnesses is required in judicial acts and the
    111
    party or witness is unable or unwilling to sign, this is to be noted in the acts. At the same time
    the judge and the notary are to certify that the act was read verbatim to the party or witness, and
    that the party or witness was either unable or unwilling to sign.
    Can. 790 § 1 In the case of an appeal, a copy of the acts is to be sent to the higher tribunal, with
    a certification by the notary of its authenticity.
    § 2 If the acts are in a language unknown to the higher tribunal, they are to be translated into
    another language known to it. Suitable precautions are to be taken to ensure that the translation
    is accurate.
    Can. 791 § I When the trial has been completed, documents which belong to private
    individuals must be returned to them, though a copy of them is to be retained.
    § 2 Without an order from the judge, notaries and the chancellor are forbidden to hand over to
    anyone a copy of the judicial acts and documents obtained in the process.
    TITLE IV: THE PARTIES IN THE CASE
    CHAPTER I: THE PLAINTIFF AND THE RESPONDENT
    Can. 792 Any person can plead before a court. A person lawfully brought to trial must
    respond.
    Can. 793 Even though the plaintiff or the respondent has appointed a procurator or advocate,
    each is always bound to be present in person at the trial when the law or the judge so
    prescribes.
    Can. 794 § 1 Minors and those who lack the use of reason can stand before the court only
    through their parents, guardians or curators, subject to the provisions of §3.
    §2 If the judge considers that the rights of minors are in conflict with the rights of the parents,
    guardians or curators, or that these cannot sufficiently protect the rights of the minors, the
    minors are to stand before the court through a guardian or curator assigned by the judge.
    § 3 However, in cases concerning spiritual matters and matters linked with the spiritual, if the
    minors have the use of reason, they can plead and respond without the consent of parents or
    guardians; indeed, if they have completed their fourteenth year, they can stand before the court
    on their own behalf; otherwise, they do so through a curator appointed by the judge.
    § 4 Those barred from the administration of their goods and those of infirm mind can
    themselves stand before the court only to respond concerning their own offences, or by order of
    the judge. In other matters they must plead and respond through their curators.
    Can. 795 A guardian or curator appointed by a civil authority can be admitted by an Church
    judge, after he has consulted, if possible, the diocesan Bishop of the person to whom the
    guardian or curator has been given. If there is no such guardian or curator, or it is not seen fit to
    admit the one appointed, the judge is to appoint a guardian or curator for the case.
    112
    Can. 796 § l Judicial persons stand before the court through their lawful representatives.
    § 2 In a case of absence or negligence of the representative, the Ordinary himself, either
    personally or through another, can stand before the court in the name of juridical persons
    subject to his authority.
    CHAPTER II: PROCURATORS AND ADVOCATES
    Can. 797 § l A party can freely appoint an advocate and procurator for him or herself. Apart
    from the cases stated in §§2 and 3, however, a party can plead and respond personally, unless
    the judge considers the services of a procurator or advocate to be necessary.
    § 2 In a penal trial the accused must always have an advocate, either appointed personally or
    allocated by the judge.
    § 3 In a contentious trial which concerns minors or the public good, the judge is ex officio to
    appoint a legal representative for a party who lacks one; matrimonial cases are excepted.
    Can. 798 § 1 A person can appoint only one procurator; the latter cannot appoint a substitute,
    unless this faculty has been expressly conceded.
    § 2 If, however, several procurators have for a just reason been appointed by the same person,
    these are to be so designated that there is the right of prior claim among them.
    § 3 Several advocates can, however, be appointed together.
    Can. 799 The procurator and advocate must have attained their majority and be of
    good repute.
    .
    Can. 800 § 1 Prior to undertaking their office, the procurator and the advocate must deposit an
    authentic mandate with the tribunal.
    § 2 To prevent the extinction of a right, however, the judge can admit a procurator even though
    a mandate has not been presented; in an appropriate case, a suitable guarantee is to be given.
    However, the act lacks all force if the procurator does not present a mandate within the
    peremptory time-limit to be prescribed by the judge.
    Can. 801 Without a special mandate, a procurator cannot validly renounce a case, an instance
    or any judicial act; nor can a procurator settle an action, bargain, promise to abide by an
    arbitrator's award, or in general do anything for which the law requires a special mandate.
    Can. 802 § l For the dismissal of a procurator or advocate to have effect, it must be notified to
    them and, if the joinder of the issue has taken place, the judge and the other party must be
    notified of the dismissal.
    § 2 When a definitive judgment has been given, the right and duty to appeal lie with the
    procurator, unless the mandating party refuses.
    Can. 803 For a grave reason, the procurator and the advocate can be removed from office by a
    113
    decree of the judge given either ex officio or at the request of the party.
    Can. 804 § 1 Both the procurator and the advocate are forbidden to influence a suit by bribery,
    seek immoderate payment, or bargain with the successful party for a share of
    the matter in dispute. If they de so, any such agreement is invalid and they can be fined by the
    judge. Moreover, the advocate can be suspended from office and, if this is net a first offence,
    can be removed from the register of advocates by the Bishop in charge of the tribunal.
    § 2 The same sanctions can be imposed on advocates and procurators who fraudulently exploit
    the law by withdrawing cases from tribunals which. are competent, so that they may be judged
    mere favorably by ether tribunals.
    Can. 805 Advocates and procurators who betray their office because of gifts or promises, or
    any ether consideration, are to be suspended from the exercise of their profession, and be fined
    or punished with ether suitable penalties.
    Can. 806 As far as possible, permanent advocates and procurators are to be appointed in each
    tribunal and to receive a salary from the tribunal. They are to exercise their office, especially in
    matrimonial cases, for parties who may wish to cheese them.
    TITLE V: ACTIONS AND EXCEPTIONS
    CHAPTER I: ACTIONS AND EXCEPTIONS IN GENERAL
    Can. 807 Every right is reinforced not only by an action, unless otherwise expressly provided,
    but also by an exception.
    Can. 808 Every action is extinguished by prescription in accordance with the law, or in any
    other lawful way, with the exception of actions bearing en personal status, which are never
    extinguished.
    Can. 809 A plaintiff can bring several exceptions simultaneously against another person,
    concerning either the same matter or different matters, provided they are not in conflict with
    one another, and do net go beyond the competence of the tribunal that has been approached.
    Can. 809 § 1 A respondent can institute a counter action against a plaintiff before the same
    judge and in the same trial, either by reason of the case's connection with the principal action,
    or with a view to removing or mitigating the plaintiff's plea.
    § 2 A counter action to a counter action is not admitted.
    Can. 810 The counter action is to be proposed to the judge before whom the original action
    was initiated, even though he has been delegated for one case only, or is otherwise relatively
    non-competent.
    CHAPTER II: ACTIONS AND EXCEPTIONS IN PARTICULAR
    Can. 811 § 1 A person who advances arguments, which are at least probable, to support a right
    to something held by another, and to indicate an imminent danger of loss of the object unless it
    114
    is handed over for safekeeping, has a right to obtain from the judge the sequestration of the
    object in question.
    § 2 In similar circumstances, a person can obtain a restraint on another person's exercise of a
    right.
    Can. 812 § 1 The sequestration of an object is also allowed for the security of a loan, provided
    there is sufficient evidence of the creditor's right.
    § 2 Sequestration can also extend to the assets of a debtor which, on whatever title, are in the"
    keeping of others, as well as to the loans of the debtor.
    Can. 813 The sequestration of an object, and restraint on the exercise of a right, can in no way
    be decreed if the loss which is feared can be otherwise repaired, and a suitable guarantee is
    given that it will be repaired.
    Can. 814 The judge who grants the sequestration of an object, or the restraint on the exercise
    of a right, can first impose on the person to whom the grant is made an undertaking to repay
    any loss if the right is not proven.
    Can. 815 In matters concerning the nature and effect of an action for possession, the provisions
    of the civil law of the place where the thing to be possessed is situated, are to be observed.
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13638
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  orthodoxymoron Mon Jul 02, 2012 11:57 pm

    PART II: THE CONTENTIOUS TRIAL
    SECTION I: THE ORDINARY CONTENTIOUS TRIAL
    TITLE I: THE INTRODUCTION OF THE CASE
    CHAPTER I: THE PETITION INTRODUCING THE SUIT
    Can. 816 A judge cannot investigate any case unless a plea, drawn up in accordance with
    canon law, is submitted either by a person whose interest is involved, or by the promotor of
    justice.
    Can. 817 A person who wishes to sue another must present a petition to a judge who is
    lawfully competent. In this petition the matter in dispute is to be set out and the intervention of
    the judge requested.
    Can. 818 § l. A judge can admit an oral plea whenever the plaintiff is impeded from presenting
    a petition or when the case can be easily investigated and is of minor significance.
    § 2 In both cases, however, the judge is to direct a notary to record the matter in writing. This
    written record is to be read to, and approved by, the plaintiff, and it takes the place of a petition
    written by the plaintiff as far as all effects of law are concerned.
    Can. 819 The petition by which a suit is introduced must:
    115
    10 state the judge before whom the case is being introduced, what is being sought and from
    whom it is being sought;
    20 indicate on what right the plaintiff bases the case and, at least in general terms, the facts and
    evidence to be submitted in support of the allegations made;
    30 be signed by the plaintiff or the plaintiff's procurator, and bear the day, the month and the
    year, as well as the address at which the plaintiff or the procurator resides, or at which they say
    they reside for the purpose of receiving the acts;
    Can.820 § 1 Once he has satisfied himself that the matter is within his competence and the
    plaintiff has the right to stand before the court, the sole judge, or the presiding judge of a
    collegiate tribunal, must as soon as possible by his decree either admit or reject the petition.
    § 2 A petition can be rejected only if:
    10 the judge or the tribunal is not legally competent;
    20 it is established beyond doubt that the plaintiff lacks the right to stand before the court;
    30 it is certainly clear from the petition that the plea lacks any foundation, and that there is no
    possibility that a foundation will emerge from a process.
    §3 If a petition has been rejected by reason of defects which can be corrected, the plaintiff can
    draw up a new petition correctly and present it again to the same judge.
    §4 A party is always entitled, within ten canonical days, to have recourse, based upon stated
    reasons, against the rejection of a petition. This recourse is to be made either to the tribunal of
    appeal or, if the petition was rejected by the presiding judge, to the collegiate tribunal. A
    question of rejection is to be determined with maximum expedition.
    Can. 821 If within a month of the presentation of a petition, the judge has not issued a decree
    admitting or rejecting, the interested party can insist that the judge perform his duty. If,
    notwithstanding this, the judge does not respond within ten days of the party's request, the
    petition is to be taken as having been admitted.
    CHAPTER II: THE SUMMONS AND THE INTIMATION OF JUDICIAL ACTS
    Can. 822 § 1 In the decree by which a plaintiff's petition is admitted, the judge or the presiding
    judge must call or summon the other parties to court to effect the joinder of the issue; he must
    prescribe whether, in order to agree the point at issue, they are to reply in writing or to appear
    before him. If, from their written replies, he perceives the need to convene the parties, he can
    determine this by a new decree.
    § 2 If a petition is deemed admitted in accordance with the provisions of the decree of
    summons to the trial must be issued within twenty days of the request of which that canon
    speaks.
    § 3 If the litigants in fact present themselves before the judge to pursue the case, there is no
    116
    need for a summons; the notary, however, is to record in the acts that the parties were present at
    the trial.
    Can. 823 § 1 The decree of summons to the trial must be notified at once to the respondent,
    and at the same time to any others who are obliged to appear.
    § 2 The petition introducing the suit is to be attached to the summons, unless for grave reasons
    the judge considers that the petition is not to be communicated to the other party before he or
    she gives evidence.
    § 3 If a suit is brought against a person who does not have the free exercise of personal rights,
    or the free administration of the matters in dispute, the summons is to be notified to, as the case
    may be, the guardian, the curator, the special procurator, or the one who according to law is
    obliged to undertake legal proceedings in the name of such a person.
    Can. 824 § 1 With due regard to the norms laid down by particular law, the notification of
    summonses, decrees, judgments and other judicial acts is to be done by means of the public
    postal service, or by some other particularly secure means.
    §2 The fact and the manner of notification must be shown in the acts.
    Can. 825 A respondent who refuses to accept a document of summons, or who circumvents the
    delivery of a summons, is to be regarded as lawfully summoned.
    Can. 826 Once a summons has been lawfully communicated, or the parties have presented
    themselves before a judge to pursue the case:
    1° the matter ceases to be a neutral one;
    2° the case becomes that of the judge or of the tribunal, in other respects lawfully competent,
    before whom the action was brought;
    3° the jurisdiction of a delegated judge is established in such a way that it does not lapse on the
    expiry of the authority of the person who delegated;
    4° prescription is interrupted, unless otherwise provided;
    5° the suit begins to be a pending one, and therefore the principle immediately applies while a
    suit is pending, no new element is to be introduced.
    TITLE II: THE JOINDER OF THE ISSUE
    Can. 827 § I The joinder of the issue occurs when the terms of the controversy, as derived
    from the pleas and the replies of the parties, are determined by a decree of the judge.
    § 2 The pleas and the replies of the parties may be expressed not only in the petition
    introducing the suit, but also either in the response to the summons, or in statements made
    orally before the judge. In more difficult cases, however, the parties are to be convened by the
    judge, so as to agree the question or questions to which the judgment must respond.
    117
    § 3 The decree of the judge is to be notified to the parties. Unless they have already agreed on
    the terms, they may within ten days have recourse to the same judge to request that the decree
    be altered. This question, however, is to be decided with maximum expedition by a decree of
    the judge.
    Can. 828 Once determined, the terms of the controversy cannot validly be altered except by a
    new decree, issued for a grave reason, at the request of the party, and after the other parties
    have been consulted and their observations considered.
    Can. 829 Once the joinder of the issue has occurred, the possessor of another's property ceases
    to be in good faith. If, therefore, the judgment is that he or she return the property, the
    possessor must return also any profits accruing from the date of the joinder, and must
    compensate for damages.
    Can. 830 Once the joinder of the issue has occurred, the judge is to prescribe an appropriate
    time within which the parties are to present and to complete the evidence.
    TITLE III: THE TRIAL OF THE ISSUE
    Can. 831 The trial of the issue is initiated by the summons. It is concluded not only by the
    pronouncement of the definitive judgment, but also by other means determined by law.
    Can. 832 If a litigant dies, or undergoes a change in status, or ceases from the office in virtue
    of which he or she was acting:
    1° if the case has not yet been concluded, the trial is suspended until the heir of the deceased,
    or the successor, or a person whose interest is involved, resumes the suit
    2° if the case has been concluded, the judge must proceed to the remaining steps of the case,
    having first summoned the procurator, if there is one, or else the heir or the successor of the
    deceased.
    Can. 833 If over a period of six months, no procedural act is performed by the parties, and they
    have not been impeded from doing so, the trial is abated. Particular law may prescribe other
    time limits for abatement.
    Can. 834 Abatement takes effect by virtue of the law itself, and it is effective against everyone,
    even minors and or those equivalent to minors; moreover, it must be declared even ex officio.
    This, however, is without prejudice to the right to claim compensation against those guardians,
    curators, administrators and procurators who have not proved that they were without fault.
    Can. 835 Abatement extinguishes the acts of the process, but not the acts of the case. The acts
    of the case may indeed be employed in another instance, provided the case is between the same
    persons and about the same matter. As far as those outside the case are concerned, however
    these acts have no standing other than as documents.
    Can. 836 When a trial has been abated, the litigants are to bear the expenses which each has
    118
    incurred.
    Can. 837 § l The plaintiff may renounce a trial at any stage or at any grade. Likewise, both the
    plaintiff and the respondent may renounce the acts of the process either in whole or only in
    part.
    § 2 To renounce the trial of an issue, guardians and administrators of juridical persons must
    have the advice or the consent of those whose agreement is required to conduct negotiations
    which exceed the limits of ordinary administration.
    § 3 To be valid, a renunciation must be in writing and must be signed either by the party, or by
    a procurator who has been given a special mandate for this purpose; it must be communicated
    to the other party, who must accept or at least not oppose it; and it must be admitted by the
    judge.
    Can. 838 Once a renunciation has been admitted by the judge, it has the same effects for the
    acts which have been renounced as has an abatement of the trial. Likewise, it obliges the person
    renouncing to pay the expenses of those acts which have been renounced.
    TITLE IV: PROOFS
    Can. 839 § 1 The onus of proof rests upon the person who makes an allegation.
    § 2 The following matters do not require proof:
    10 matters which are presumed by the law itself;
    20 facts alleged by one of the litigants and admitted by the other, unless their proof is
    nevertheless required either by law or by the judge.
    Can. 840 § l Any type of proof which seems useful for the investigation of the case and is
    lawful, may be admitted.
    § 2 If a party submits that proof, which has been rejected by the judge, should be admitted, the
    judge is to determine the matter with maximum expedition.
    Can. 841 If a party or a witness refuses to testify before the judge, that person may lawfully be
    heard by another, even a lay person, appointed by the judge, or asked to make a declaration
    either before a public notary or in any other lawful manner.
    Can. 842 Unless there is a grave reason, the judge is not to proceed to collect the proofs before
    the joinder of the issue.
    CHAPTER I: THE DECLARATIONS OF THE PARTIES
    Can. 843 The judge may always question the parties the more closely to elicit the truth. He
    must do so if requested by one of the parties, or in order to prove a fact which the public
    interest requires to be placed beyond doubt.
    119
    Can. 844 § 1 A party who is lawfully questioned is obliged to respond and to tell the whole
    truth.
    § 2 If a party has refused to reply, it is for the judge to evaluate what, as far as the proof of the
    facts is concerned, can be deduced there from.
    Can. 845 Unless a grave reason suggests otherwise, in cases in which the public good is at
    stake the judge is to administer to the parties an oath that they will tell the truth, or at least that
    what they have said is the truth. In other cases, it is left to the prudent discretion of the judge to
    determine whether an oath is to be administered.
    Can. 846 The parties, the promotor of justice and the defender of the bond may submit-to the
    judge propositions upon which a party is to be questioned.
    Can. 847 A judicial confession is an assertion of fact against oneself, concerning a matter
    relevant to the trial, which is made by a party before a judge who is legally competent; this is
    so whether the assertion is made in writing or orally, whether spontaneously or in response to
    the judge's questioning.
    Can. 848 § 1 In a private matter and where the public good is not at stake, a judicial confession
    of one party relieves the other parties of the onus of proof.
    § 2 In cases which concern the public good, however, a judicial confession, and declarations by
    the parties which are not confessions, can have a probative value that is to be weighed by the
    judge in association with the other circumstances of the case, but the force of full proof cannot
    be attributed to them unless there are other elements which wholly corroborate them.
    Can. 849 It is for the judge, having considered all the circumstances, to evaluate the weight to
    be given to an extra-judicial confession which is introduced into the trial.
    Can. 850 A confession, or any other declaration of a party, is devoid of all force if clearly
    shown to be based on an error of fact or to have been extracted by force or grave fear.
    CHAPTER II: DOCUMENTARY PROOF
    Can. 851 In every type of trial documentary proof is admitted, whether the documents be
    public or private.
    ARTICLE 1: THE NATURE AND RELIABILITY OF DOCUMENTS
    Can. 852 § 1 Public Church documents are those which an official person draws up in the
    exercise of his or her function in the Church and in which the formalities required by law have
    been observed.
    § 2 Public civil documents are those which are legally regarded as such in accordance with the
    laws of each place.
    § 3 All other documents are private.
    120
    Can. 853 Unless it is otherwise established by contrary and clear arguments, public documents
    constitute acceptable evidence of those matters which are directly and principally affirmed in
    them.
    Can. 854 A private document, whether acknowledged by a party or admitted by a judge, has
    the same probative force as an extra-judicial confession, against its author or the person who
    has signed it and against persons whose case rests on that of the author or signatory.
    Can. 855 If documents are shown to have been erased, amended, falsified or otherwise
    tampered with; it is for the judge to evaluate to what extent, if any, they are to be given
    credence.
    ARTICLE 2: THE PRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS
    Can. 856 Documents do not have probative force at a trial unless they are submitted in original
    form or in authentic copy and are lodged in the office of the tribunal, so that they may be
    inspected by the judge and by the opposing party.
    Can. 857 The judge can direct that a document common to each of the parties is to be
    submitted in the process.
    Can. 858 § 1 No one is obliged to exhibit documents, even if they are common, which cannot
    be communicated without danger of the harm mentioned in can. 861 §2, n. 2, or without the
    danger of violating a secret which is to be observed.
    § 2 If, however, at least an extract from a document can be transcribed and submitted in copy
    without the disadvantages mentioned, the judge can direct that it be produced in that form.
    CHAPTER III: WITNESSES AND TESTIMONY
    Can. 859 Proof by means of witnesses is admitted in all cases, under the direction of the judge.
    Can. 860 § I Witnesses must tell the truth to a judge who lawfully questions them.
    § 2 Without prejudice to the provisions of can. 864 §2, n. 2 the following are exempted from
    the obligation of replying to questions:
    10 clerics, in those matters revealed to them by reason of their sacred ministry; civil officials,
    doctors, midwives, advocates, notaries and others who are bound by the secret of their office,
    even on the ground of having offered advice, in respect of matters subject to this secret;
    20 those who fear that, as a result of giving evidence, a loss of reputation, dangerous
    harassment or some other grave evil will arise for themselves, their spouses, or those related to
    them by consanguinity or affinity.
    ARTICLE 1: THOSE WHO CAN BE WITNESSES
    Can. 861 Everyone can be a witness, unless expressly excluded, whether wholly or in part, by
    the law.
    121
    Can. 862 § 1 Minors under the age of fourteen years and those who are of feeble mind are not
    admitted to give evidence. They can, however, be heard if the judge declares by a decree that it
    would be appropriate to do so.
    § 2 The following are deemed incapable of being witnesses:
    10 the parties in the case or those who appear at the trial in the name of the parties; the judge
    and his assistant; the advocate and those others who in the same case assist or have assisted the
    parties;
    20 priests, in respect of everything which has become known to them in sacramental
    confession, even if the penitent has asked that these things be made known. Moreover,
    anything that may in any way have been heard by anyone on the occasion of confession cannot
    be accepted even as an indication of the truth.
    ARTICLE 2: THE INTRODUCTION AND THE EXCLUSION OF WITNESSES
    Can. 863 A party who has introduced a witness may forego the examination of that witness,
    but the opposing party may ask that the witness nevertheless be examined.
    Can. 864 § 1 When proof by means of witnesses is sought, the names and addresses of the
    witnesses are to be communicated to the tribunal.
    § 2 The propositions on which the interrogation of the witnesses is requested, are to be
    submitted within the time limit determined by the judge; otherwise, the request is to be deemed
    abandoned.
    Can. 865 It is for the judge to curb an excessive number of witnesses.
    Can. 866 Before witnesses are examined; their names are to be communicated to the parties. If,
    in the prudent opinion of the judge, this cannot be done without great difficulty, it is to be done
    at least before the publication of the evidence.
    Can. 867 Without prejudice to the provisions of can. 862, a party may request that a witness be
    excluded, provided a just reason for exclusion is established before the witness is examined.
    Can. 868 The summons of a witness is effected by a decree of the judge lawfully notified to
    the witness.
    Can. 869 A properly summoned witness is to appear, or to make known to the judge the reason
    for being absent.
    ARTICLE 3: THE EXAMINATION OF WITNESSES
    Can. 870 Witnesses are to be examined at the office of the tribunal unless the judge deems
    otherwise.
    Can. 871 The parties cannot be present at the examination of the witnesses unless, especially
    122
    when there is question of a private interest, the judge has determined that they are to be
    admitted. Their advocates or procurators, however, may attend, unless by reason of the
    circumstances of matter and persons, the judge has determined that the proceedings are to be in
    secret.
    Can. 872 § 1 The witnesses are to be examined individually and separately.
    § 2 If in a grave matter the witnesses disagree either among themselves or with one of the
    parties, the judge may arrange for those who differ to meet or to confront one another, but
    must, in so far as/possible, eliminate discord and scandal.
    Can. 873 The examination of a witness is conducted by the judge, or by his delegate or an
    auditor, who is to be attended by a notary. Accordingly if the parties or the promotor of justice
    or the defender of the bond or the advocates who are present at the hearing have additional
    questions to put to the witness, they are to propose these not to the witness, but to the judge, or
    to the one who is taking the judge's place, so that he or she may put them.
    Can. 874 § 1 The judge is to remind the witness of the grave obligation to tell the whole truth
    and nothing but the truth.
    § 2 The judge is to administer an oath to the witness. If, however, a witness refuses to take an
    oath, he or she is to be heard unsworn.
    Can. 875 The judge is first of all to establish the identity of the witness. The relationship which
    the witness has with the parties is to be probed, and when specific questions concerning the
    case are asked of the witness inquiry is to be made into the sources of his or her knowledge and
    the precise time the witness came to know the matters which are asserted.
    Can. 876 The questions are to be brief, and appropriate to the understanding of the person
    being examined. They are not to encompass a number of matters at the same time, nor be
    captious or deceptive. They are not to be leading questions, nor give any form of offence. They
    are to be relevant to the case in question.
    Can. 877 § 1 The questions are not to be made known in advance to the witnesses.
    135
    § 2 If, however, the matters about which evidence is to be given are so remote in memory that
    they cannot be affirmed with certainty unless they are recalled beforehand, the judge may, if he
    thinks this can safely be done, advise the witness in advance about certain aspects of the matter.
    Can. 878 The witnesses are to give evidence orally. They are not to read from a script, except
    where there is a question of calculations or accounts; in this case, they may consult notes which
    they have brought with them.
    Can. 879 § 1 The replies are to be written down at once by the notary. The record must show
    the very words of the evidence given, at least in what concerns those things which bear directly
    on the matter of the trial.
    § 2 The use of a tape-recorder is allowed provided the replies are subsequently committed to
    123
    writing.
    Can. 880 The notary is to mention in the acts whether the oath was taken or excused or
    refused; who were present, parties and others; the questions added ex officio; and in general,
    everything worthy of record which may have occurred while the witnesses were being
    examined.
    Can. 881 § 1 At the conclusion of the examination, the record of the evidence, either as written
    down by the notary or as played back from the tape recording must be communicated to the
    witness, who is to be given the opportunity of adding to, omitting from, correcting or varying
    it.
    § 2 Finally, the witness, the judge and the notary must sign the record.
    Can. 882 Before the acts or the testimony are published, witnesses, even though already
    examined, may be called for re-examination, either at the request of a party or ex officio. This
    may be done if the judge considers it either necessary or useful, provided there is no danger
    whatever of collusion or of inducement.
    ARTICLE 4: THE CREDIBILITY OF EVIDENCE
    Can. 883 In weighing evidence the judge may, if it is necessary, seek testimonial letters, and is
    to take into account:
    10 the condition and uprightness of the witness
    2° whether the knowledge was acquired at first hand, particularly if it was something seen or
    heard personally, or whether it was opinion, rumor or hearsay;
    3 ° whether the witness is constant and consistent, or vanes, is uncertain or vacillating;
    4° whether there is corroboration of the testimony and whether it is corroborated or not by
    other items of evidence.
    Can. 884 The deposition of one witness cannot amount to full proof, unless the witness is a
    qualified one who gives evidence on matters carried out in an official capacity, or unless the
    circumstances of persons and things persuade otherwise.
    CHAPTER V: JUDICIAL ACCESS AND INSPECTION
    Can. 885 If, in order to decide the case, the judge considers it opportune to visit some place, or
    inspect some thing, he is to set this out in a decree. After he has heard the parties, the decree is
    to give a brief description of what is to be made available for this access.
    Can. 886 After the inspection has been carried out, a document concerning it is to be drawn
    up.
    CHAPTER VI: PRESUMPTIONS
    124
    Can. 887 A presumption is a probable conjecture about something which is uncertain.
    Presumptions of law are those stated in the law; human presumptions are those made by a
    judge.
    Can. 888 A person with a presumption of law in his or her favor is freed from the onus of
    proof, which then falls on the other party.
    Can. 889 The judge is not to make presumptions which are not stated in the law, other than on
    the basis of a certain and determinate fact directly connected to the matter in dispute.
    TITLE V: INCIDENTAL MATTERS
    Can. 890 An incidental matter arises when, after the case has begun by the summons, a
    question is proposed which, even though not expressly raised in the petition which introduced
    the case, is yet so relevant to the case that it needs to be settled before the principal question.
    Can. 891 An incidental matter is proposed before the judge who is competent to decide the
    principal case. It is raised in writing or orally, indicating the connection between it and the
    principal case.
    Can. 892 § 1 When the judge has received the petition and heard the parties, he is to decide
    with maximum expedition whether the proposed incidental matter has a foundation in, and a
    connection with, the principal matter, or whether it is to be rejected from the outset. If he
    admits it he must decide whether it is of such gravity that it needs to be determined by an
    interlocutory judgment or by a decree.
    § 2 If, however, he concludes that the incidental matter is not to be decided before the
    definitive judgment, he is to determine that account be taken of it when the principal matter is
    decided.
    Can. 893 § 1 If the incidental matter is to be decided by judgment, the norms for a contentious
    oral process are to be observed unless, because of the gravity of the issue, the judge deems
    otherwise.
    § 2 If it is to be decided by decree, the tribunal can entrust the matter to an auditor or to the
    presiding judge.
    Can. 894 Before the principal matter is concluded, the judge or the tribunal may for a just
    reason revoke or alter an interlocutory judgment or decree. This can be done either at the
    request of a party or ex officio by the judge after he has heard the parties.
    CHAPTER I: THE NON-APPEARANCE OF PARTIES
    Can. 895 § 1 If a respondent is summoned but does not appear, and either does not offer an
    adequate excuse for absent the judge is to declare the person absent from the process, and
    decree that the case is to proceed to the definitive judgment and to its execution, with due
    observance of the proper norms.
    § 2 Before issuing the decree mentioned in § 1, the judge must make sure, if necessary by
    125
    means of another summons, that a lawful summons did reach the respondent within the
    canonical time.
    CHAPTER II: THE INTERVENTION OF A THIRD PARTY IN A CASE
    Can. 896 § 1 Any person with a legitimate interest can be allowed to intervene in a case in any
    instance of the suit, either as a party defending his or her own right or, in an accessory role, to
    help one of the litigants.
    § 2 To be admitted, however, the person must, before the conclusion of the case, produce to
    the judge a petition which briefly establishes the right to intervene.
    § 3 A person who intervenes in a case is to be admitted at that stage which the case has
    reached. If the case has reached the evidence stage, a brief and peremptory time limit is to be
    assigned within which to bring forward evidence.
    Can. 897 A third party whose intervention is seen to be necessary must be called into the case
    by the judge, after he has consulted the parties.
    TITLE VI: THE PUBLICATION OF THE ACTS, THE CONCLUSION OF THE CASE
    AND THE PLEADINGS
    Can. 898 § 1 When the evidence has been assembled, the judge must, under pain of nullity, by
    a decree permit the parties and their advocates to inspect at the tribunal office those acts which
    are not yet known to them. Indeed, if the advocates so request, a copy of the acts can be given
    to them. In cases which concern the public good, however, the judge can decide that, in order
    to avoid very serious dangers, some part or parts of the acts are not to be shown to anyone; he
    must take care, however, that the right of defense always remains intact.
    § 2 To complete the evidence, the parties can propose other items of proof to the judge. When
    these have been assembled the judge can, if he deems it appropriate, again issue a decree as in
    § 1
    Can. 899 § 1 When everything concerned with the production of evidence has been completed,
    the conclusion of the case is reached.
    § 2 This conclusion occurs when the parties declare that they have nothing further to add, or
    when the canonical time allotted by the judge for the production of evidence has elapsed, or
    when the judge declares that he considers the case to be sufficiently instructed.
    § 3 By whichever way the case has come to its conclusion, the judge is to issue a decree
    declaring that it is concluded.
    Can. 900 Only in the following situations can the judge, after the conclusion of. the case, still
    recall earlier witnesses or call new ones, or make provision for other evidence not previously
    requested:
    1° in cases in which only the private good of the parties is involved if all the parties agree;
    126
    2° in other cases, provided that the parties have been consulted, that a grave reason exists, and
    that all danger of fraud or subornation is removed;
    3° in all cases, whenever it is probable that, unless new evidence is admitted, the judgment will
    be unjust for any of the reasons mentioned in can. 939 §2, nn.1-3.
    § 2 The judge can, however, command or permit the presentation of a document which, even
    without fault of the interested party, could not be presented earlier.
    Can. 901 When the case has been concluded, the judge is to determine a suitable period of
    time for the presentation of pleadings and observations.
    Can. 902 § 1 Pleadings and observations are to be in writing unless the judge, with the consent
    of the parties, considers it sufficient to have a discussion before the tribunal in session.
    § 2 If the pleadings and the principal documents are to be printed, the prior permission of the
    judge is required, and the obligation of secrecy, where it exists, is still to be observed.
    § 3 The directions of the tribunal are to be observed in questions concerning the length of the
    pleadings, the number of copies and other similar matters.
    Can. 903 § 1 When the pleadings and observations have been exchanged, each party can make
    reply within a brief period of time determined by the judge.
    § 2 This right is given to the parties once only, unless for a grave reason the judge considers
    that the right to a second reply is to be given; if this right is given to one party, it is to be
    considered as given to the other as well.
    § 3 The promotor of justice and the defender of the bond have the right to respond to every
    reply of the parties.
    Can. 904 § 1 It is absolutely forbidden that any information given to the judge by the parties or
    the advocates, or by any other persons, be excluded from the acts of the case.
    § 2 If the pleadings in the case are made in writing, the judge may, in order to clarify any
    outstanding issues, order that a moderate oral discussion be held before the
    tribunal in session.
    Can. 905 If the parties neglect to prepare their pleadings within the time allotted to them, or if
    they entrust themselves to the knowledge and conscience of the judge, and if at the same time
    the judge perceives the matter quite clearly from the acts and the proofs, he can pronounce
    judgment at once. He must, however, seek the observations of the promotor of justice and the
    defender of the bond if they were engaged in the trial.
    TITLE VII: THE PRONOUNCEMENTS OF THE JUDGE
    Can. 906 A principal case which has been dealt with in judicial fashion is decided by the judge
    by a definitive judgment.
    127
    Can. 907 § 1 To give any judgment, the judge must have in his mind moral certainty about the
    matter to be decided in the judgment.
    § 2 The judge must derive this certainty from the acts of the case and from the proofs.
    § 3 The judge must conscientiously weigh the evidence, with due regard for the provisions of
    law about the efficacy of certain evidence.
    § 4 A judge who cannot arrive at such certainty is to pronounce that the right of the plaintiff is
    not established and is to find for the respondent except in a case which enjoys the favor of law,
    when he is to pronounce in its favor.
    Can. 908 § 1 The presiding judge of a collegiate tribunal decides the day and time when it is to
    meet for discussion. Unless a special reason requires otherwise, the meeting is to be at the
    tribunal office.
    § 2 On the day appointed for the meeting, the individual judges are to bring their written
    conclusions on the merits of the case, with the reasons in law and in fact for reaching their
    conclusions. These conclusions are to be added to the acts of the case and to be kept in secrecy.
    § 3 Having invoked the divine Name, they are to offer their conclusions in order, beginning
    always with the 'ponens' or 'relator' in the case, and then in order of precedence. Under the
    chairmanship of the presiding judge, they are to hold their discussion principally with a view to
    establishing what is to be stated in the dispositive part of the judgment.
    § 4 In the discussion, each one is permitted to depart from an original conclusion. A judge who
    does not wish to accede to the decision of the others can demand that, if there is an appeal, his
    or her conclusions be forwarded to the higher tribunal.
    § 5 If the judges do not wish, or are unable, to reach a decision in the first discussion, they can
    defer their decision to another meeting, but not beyond one week. If there is a sole judge, he
    will draw up the judgment.
    § 2 n a collegiate tribunal, the 'ponens' or 'relator' is to draw up the judgment, using as reasons
    those tendered by the individual judges in their discussion, unless the reasons to be preferred
    have been defined by a majority of the judges. The judgment must then be submitted to the
    individual judges for their approval.
    § 3 The judgment is to be issued not later than one month from the day on which the case was
    decided, unless in a collegiate tribunal the judges have for grave reasons stipulated a longer
    time.
    Can. 909 The judgment must:
    1° define the controversy raised before the tribunal, giving appropriate answers to the
    individual questions;
    2° determine the obligations of the parties arising from the trial and the manner in which these
    are to be fulfilled;
    128
    3° set out the reasons or motives, both in law and in fact, upon which the dispositive part of the
    judgment is based;
    4° apportion the expenses of the suit.
    Can. 910 § I The judgment, after the invocation of the divine Name must state in order the
    judge or tribunal, and the plaintiff, respondent and procurator, with names and domiciles duly
    indicated. It is: also to name the promotor of justice and the defender of the bond if they were
    engaged in the trial.
    § 2 It must then briefly set out the alleged facts, with the conclusions of the parties and the
    formulation of the doubt.
    § 3 Then follows the dispositive part of the judgment, prefaced by the reasons which support it.
    § 4 It ends with the date and the place in which it was given, and with the signature of the
    judge or, in the case of a collegiate tribunal, of all the judges, and of the notary.
    Can. 911 A judgment is to be published as soon as possible, with an indication of the ways in
    which it can be challenged. Before publication it has no effect, even if the dispositive part may,
    with the permission of the judge, have been notified to the parties.
    Can. 912 The publication or notification of the judgment can be effected by giving a copy of
    the judgment to the parties or to their procurators.
    Can. 913 § 1 A judgment must be corrected or completed by the tribunal which gave it if, in
    the text of a judgment, there is an error in calculations, or a material error in the transcription of
    either the dispositive part or the presentation of the facts or the pleadings of the parties are
    omitted. This is to be done either at the request of the parties or ex officio, but always af1ter
    having consulted the parties and by a decree appended to the foot of the judgment.
    § 2 If one party is opposed, an incidental question is to be decided by a decree.
    Can. 914 Other pronouncements of a judge apart from the judgment are decrees. If they are
    more than mere directions about procedure, they have no effect unless they give at least a
    summary of their reasons or refer to motives expressed in another act.
    TITLE VIII: CHALLENGING THE JUDGEMENT
    CHAPTER I: THE PLAINT OF NULLITY OF THE JUDGEMENT
    Can. 915 Whenever a case concerns the good of private individuals, acts which are null with a
    nullity established by positive law are validated by the judgment itself, if the nullity was known
    to the party making the plaint and was not raised with the judge before the judgment.
    Can. 916 A judgment is null with a nullity which cannot be remedied,
    1° it was given by a judge who was absolutely non-competent;
    129
    2° it was given by a person who has no power to judge in the tribunal in which the case was
    decided;
    3° the judge was compelled by force or grave fear to deliver judgment;
    4° the trial took place without the judicial plea or was not brought against some party as
    respondent;
    5° it was given between parties of whom at least one has no right to stand before the court;
    6° someone acted in another's name without a lawful mandate;
    7° the right of defense was denied to one or other party;
    8° the controversy has not been even partially decided.
    Can. 917 In respect of the nullity mentioned in can. 916, a plaint of nullity can be made in
    perpetuity by means of an exception, or within ten years of the date of publication of the
    judgment by means of an action before the judge who delivered the judgment.
    Can. 918 A judgment is null with a nullity which is simply remediable, if:
    1° it was not given by the lawful number of judges;
    2° it does not contain the motives or reasons for the decision;
    3° it lacks the signatures prescribed by the law;
    4° it does not contain an indication of the year, month, day, and place it was given;
    5° it was given against a party who was lawfully absent.
    Can. 919 In the cases mentioned in can. 918, a plaint of nullity can be proposed within three
    months of notification of the publication of the judgment.
    Can. 920 The judge who gave the judgment is to consider the plaint of its nullity. If the party
    fears that the judge who gave the judgment is biased, and consequently considers him suspect,
    he or she can demand that another judge take his place.
    Can. 921 Within the time limit established for appeal, a plaint of nullity can be proposed
    together with the appeal.
    Can. 922 § 1 A plaint of nullity can be made not only by parties who regard themselves as
    injured, but also by the promotor of justice and the defender of the bond, whenever they have a
    right to intervene.
    § 2 The judge himself can retract or correct an invalid judgment he has given, unless in the
    meantime an appeal joined to a plaint of nullity has been lodged, or the nullity has been
    130
    remedied by the expiry of the time-limits established by law.
    CHAPTER II: THE APPEAL
    Can. 923 Without prejudice to the provisions of can. 897, a party who considers him or herself
    to be injured by a judgment has a right to appeal from the judgment to a higher judge; in cases
    in which their presence is required, the promotor of justice and the defender of the bond have
    likewise the right to appeal.
    Can. 924 No appeal is possible against:
    1° a judgment of the Synod of Bishops;
    2° a judgment which is null, unless the appeal is lodged together with a plaint of nullity;
    3° a judgment which has become an adjudged matter
    4° a decree of the judge which does not have the force of a definitive judgment, unless the
    appeal is lodged together with an appeal against the definitive judgment;
    5° a judgment or a decree in a case in which the law requires that the matter be settled with
    maximum expedition.
    Can. 925 § 1 The appeal must be lodged with the judge who delivered the judgment, within a
    peremptory time-limit of fifteen days from notification of the publication of the judgment.
    § 2 If it is made orally, the notary is to draw up the appeal in writing in the presence of the
    appellant.
    Can. 926 If a question arises about the right of appeal, the appeal tribunal is to determine it
    with maximum expedition, in accordance with the norms for an oral contentious process.
    Can. 927 The appeal is to be pursued before the appeal judge within one month of its being
    forwarded, unless the originating judge allows the party a longer time to pursue it.
    Can. 928 § 1 To pursue the appeal, it is required and is sufficient that the party request the
    assistance of the higher judge to amend the judgment which is challenged, enclosing a copy of
    the judgment and indicating the reasons for the appeal.
    § 2 If the party is unable to obtain a copy of the appealed judgment from the originating
    tribunal within the canonical time-limit, this time limit is in the meantime suspended. The
    problem is to be made known to the appeal judge, who is to oblige the originating judge by
    precept to fulfill his duty as soon as possible.
    § 3 In the meantime, the originating judge must forward the acts to the appeal court.
    Can. 929 The appeal is considered to be abandoned if the time-limits for an appeal before
    either the originating judge or the appeal judge have expired without action being taken.
    131
    Can. 930 § 1 The appellant can renounce the appeal.
    § 2 Unless the law provides otherwise, an appeal made by the defender of the bond or the
    promotor of justice, can be renounced by the defender of the bond or the promotor of justice of
    the appeal tribunal.
    Can. 931 § 1 An appeal made by the plaintiff benefits the respondent, and vice versa.
    § 2 If there are several respondents or plaintiffs, and the judgment is challenged by only one of
    them, or is made against only one of them, the challenge is considered to be made by all and
    against all whenever the thing requested is an individual one or the obligation is a joint one.
    § 3 If one party challenges a judgment in regard to one ground, the other party can appeal
    incidentally on the other grounds, even if the canonical time limit for the appeal has expired.
    This incidental case is to be appealed within a peremptory time limit of fifteen days from the
    day of notification of the principal appeal.
    § 4 Unless the contrary is clear, an appeal is presumed to be against all the grounds of the
    judgment.
    Can. 932 An appeal suspends the execution of the judgment.
    Can. 933 A new ground cannot be introduced at the appeal grade, not even by way of the
    useful accumulation of grounds So the joinder of the issue can concern itself only with the
    upholding or the reform of the first judgment, either in part or in whole.
    Can. 934 With the appropriate adjustments, the procedure at the appeal grade is to be the same
    as in first instance.
    TITLE IX: ADJUDGED MATTER AND TOTAL REINSTATEMENT
    CHAPTER I: ADJUDGED MATTER
    Can, 935 An adjudged matter occurs when:
    1° there are two conforming judgments between the same parties about the same matter and on
    the same grounds;
    2° no appeal was made against the judgment within the canonical time limit;
    3° the trial has been abated or renounced in the appeal grade;
    4° a definitive judgment has been given from which there is no appeal.
    Can. 936 § 1 An adjudged matter has the force of law and cannot be challenged directly,
    except in accordance with can. 939 § 1.
    § 2 It has the effect of law between the parties; it gives the right to an action arising from the
    judgment and to an exception of an adjudged matter; to prevent a new introduction of the same
    132
    case, the judge can even declare such an exception ex officio.
    Can. 937 Cases concerning the status of persons never become an adjudged matter, not
    excepting cases which concern the separation of spouses.
    Can. 938 § 1 If two conforming sentences have been given in cases concerning the status of
    persons, recourse to a tribunal of appeal can be made at any time, to be supported by new and
    serious evidence or arguments which are to be submitted within a peremptory time-limit of
    thirty days from the time the challenge was made. Within one month of receiving the new
    evidence and arguments, the appeal tribunal must declare by a decree whether or not a new
    presentation of the case is to be admitted.
    § 2 Recourse to a higher tribunal to obtain a new presentation of the case does not suspend the
    execution of the judgment, unless the law provides otherwise or the appeal tribunal orders a
    suspension.
    CHAPTER II: TOTAL REINSTATEMENT
    Can. 939 § 1 Against a judgment which has become an adjudged matter there can be a total
    reinstatement, provided it is clearly established that the judgment was unjust.
    § 2 Injustice is not, however, considered clearly established unless:
    1° the judgment is so based on evidence which is subsequently shown to be false, that without
    this evidence the dispositive part of the judgment could not be sustained;
    2° documents are subsequently discovered by which new facts demanding a contrary decision
    are undoubtedly proven;
    30 the judgment was given through the deceit of one party to the harm of the other;
    4 ° a provision of a law which was not merely procedural was evidently neglected;
    5° the judgment runs counter to a preceding decision which has become an adjudged matter.
    Can. 940 § 1 Total reinstatement based on the reasons mentioned in can. 939 §2, 1111. 1-3, is to
    be requested from the judge who delivered the judgment within three months from the day on
    which these reasons became known.
    § 2 Total reinstatement based on the reasons mentioned in can. 939 §2, 1111. 4 and 5, is to be
    requested from the appeal tribunal within three months of notification of the publication of the
    judgment. In the case mentioned in can. 939 §2, n. 5, if the preceding decision is not known
    until later, the time-limit begins at the time the knowledge was obtained.
    § 3 The time limits mentioned above do not apply for as long as the aggrieved party is a minor.
    Can. 940 § 1 A plea for total reinstatement suspends the execution of a judgments which has
    not yet begun.
    133
    § 2 If there are probable indications: leading the judge to suspect that the plea was made to
    cause delays in execution, he may decide that the judgment be executed. The person seeking
    total reinstatement is, however, to be given suitable guarantees that, if it is granted, he or she
    will be indemnified.
    Can. 941 Where total reinstatement is granted, the judge must pronounce judgment of the
    merits of the case.
    TITLE X: THE EXECUTION OF THE JUDGEMENT
    Can. 942 § 1 A judgment which becomes adjudged matter can be executed.
    § 2 The judge who delivered the judgment and, if there has been an appeal, the appeal judge,
    can either ex officio or at the request of a party order the provisional execution of a judgment
    which has not yet become an adjudged matter, adding if need be appropriate guarantees when it
    is a matter of provisions of payments concerning necessary support. They can also do so for
    some other just and urgent reason.
    § 3 If the judgment mentioned in § 2 is challenged, the judge who must deal with the challenge
    can suspend the execution or subject it to a guarantee, if he sees that the challenge is probably
    well founded and that irreparable harm could result from execution.
    Can. 943 Execution cannot take place before there is issued the judge's executing decree
    directing that the judgment be executed. Depending on the nature of the case, this decree is to
    be either included in the judgment itself or issued separately.
    Can. 944 If the execution of the judgment requires a prior statement of reasons; this is to be
    treated as an incidental question to be decided by the judge who gave the judgment which is to
    be executed.
    Can. 945 § 1 The Bishop of the diocese in which the first instance judgment was given must,
    either personally or through another, execute the judgment.
    § 2 If the refuses or neglects to do so, the execution of the judgment, at the request of an
    interested party or ex officio, belongs to the authority to which the appeal tribunal.
    § 3 Between religious, the execution of the judgment is the responsibility of the Superior who
    gave the judgment which is to be executed, or who delegated the judge.
    Can. 946 § 1 The executor must execute the judgment according to the obvious sense of the
    words, unless in the judgment itself something is left to his discretion.
    § 2 He can deal with exceptions concerning the manner and the force of the execution, but not
    with the merits of the case.
    SECTION II: THE ORAL CONTENTIOUS PROCESS
    Can. 947 § 1 The oral contentious process dealt with in this section can be used in all cases
    134
    which are not excluded by law, unless a party requests an ordinary contentious process.
    § 2 If the oral process is used in cases other than those permitted by the law, the judicial acts
    are null.
    Can. 948 An oral contentious process in first instance is made before a sole judge.
    Can. 949 § 1 If an attempt at mediation has proven fruitless, the judge, if he deems that the
    petition has some foundation, is within three days to add a decree at the foot of the petition. In
    this decree he is to order that a copy of the plea be notified to the respondent, with the right to
    send a written reply to the tribunal office within fifteen days.
    § 2 This notification has the effects of a judicial summons.
    Can. 950 If the exceptions raised by the respondent so require, the judge is to assign the
    plaintiff a time-limit for a reply, so that from the material advanced by each he can clearly
    discern the object of the controversy.
    Can. 951 The hearing is to be conducted as listed in the previous canons.
    Can. 952 § 1 At the conclusion of the hearing, the judge can decide the case forthwith, unless
    it emerges from the discussion that something needs to be added to the instruction of the case,
    or that there is something which prevents a judgment being correctly delivered. The dispositive
    part of the judgment is to be read immediately in the presence of the parties.
    § 2 Because of the difficulty of the matter, or for some other just reason the decision of the
    tribunal can be deferred for up to five canonical days.
    § 3 The full text of the judgment, including the reasons for it, is to be notified to the parties as
    soon as possible, normally within fifteen days.
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13638
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  orthodoxymoron Tue Jul 03, 2012 12:05 am

    PART III: CERTAIN SPECIAL PROCESSES
    TITLE I: MATRIMONIAL PROCESSES
    ARTICLE 1: THE COMPETENT FORUM
    Can. 953 Matrimonial cases of the baptized belong by their own right to the Church judge.
    Can. 954 Cases concerning the merely civil effects of marriage pertain to the civil courts.
    Can. 955 The following tribunals are competent in cases concerning the nullity of marriage:
    10 the tribunal of the place where the marriage was celebrated;
    20 the tribunal of the place where the respondent has a domicile or quasi-domicile;
    ARTICLE 2: THE RIGHT TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OF MARRIAGE
    135
    Can. 956 The following are able to challenge the validity of a marriage:
    10 the spouses themselves;
    20 the promotor of justice, when the nullity of the marriage has already been made public, and
    the marriage cannot be validated or it is not expedient to do so.
    ARTICLE 3: THE DUTIES OF THE JUDGES
    Can. 957 Before he accepts a case and whenever there appears to be hope of success, the judge
    is to use pastoral means to persuade the spouses that, if it is possible, they should perhaps
    validate their marriage and resume their conjugal life.
    ARTICLE 4: GENERAL NORMS
    Can. 958 In the judgment the parties are to be reminded of the moral, and also the civil,
    obligations by which they may be bound, both towards one another and in regard to the support
    and upbringing of their children.
    Can. 959 After hearing all the evidence at hand the judge may grant the parties petition and
    allow them to remarry if they so choose.
    TITLE II: CASES FOR THE DECLARATION OF NULLITY OF SACRED
    ORDINATION
    Can. 960 The right to impugn the validity of sacred ordination is held by the cleric himself, or
    by the Ordinary to whom the cleric is subject, or by the Ordinary in whose diocese he was
    ordained.
    Can. 961 § 1 The petition must be sent to the Synod of Bishops which will decide whether the
    case is to be determined by the Synod or by a tribunal designated by it.
    § 2 Once the petition has been sent, the cleric is by the law itself forbidden to exercise orders.
    § 3 In addition, the cleric is forbidden to seek "sub-conditione" ordination.
    Can. 962 If the Synod remits the case to a tribunal, the canons concerning trials in general and
    the ordinary contentious trial are to be observed, unless the nature of the matter requires
    otherwise and without prejudice to the provisions of this title.
    TITLE III: WAYS OF AVOIDING TRIALS
    Can. 963 In order to avoid judicial disputes, agreement or reconciliation can profitably be
    adopted, or the controversy can be submitted to the judgment of one or more arbiters.
    Can. 964 The norms for agreements, for mutual promises to abide by an arbiter's award, and
    for arbitral judgments are to be selected by the parties. If the parties have not chosen any, they
    are to use the law established by the Episcopal Conference, if such exists, or the civil law in
    136
    force in the place where the pact is made.
    Can. 965 Agreements and mutual promises to abide by an arbiter's award cannot validly be
    employed in matters which pertain to the public good, and in other matters in which the parties
    are not free to make such arrangements.
    PART IV: THE PENAL PROCESS
    CHAPTER I: THE PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION
    Can. 966 § 1 Whenever the Ordinary receives information, which has at least the semblance of
    truth, about an offence, he is to inquire carefully, either personally or through some suitable
    person, about the facts and circumstances, and about the imputability of the offence, unless this
    inquiry would appear to be entirely superfluous.
    § 2 Care is to be taken that this investigation does not call into question anyone's good name.
    § 3 The one who performs this investigation has the same powers and obligations as an auditor
    in a process. If, later, a judicial process is initiated, this person may not take part in it as a
    judge.
    Can. 967 § 1 When the facts have been assembled, the Ordinary is to decide:
    1° whether a process to impose or declare a penalty can be initiated;
    2° whether this would be expedient;
    3° whether a judicial process is to be used or, unless the law forbids it, whether the matter is to
    proceed by means of an extra-judicial decree.
    § 2 The Ordinary is to revoke or change the decree mentioned in § 1 whenever new facts
    indicate to him that a different decision should be made.
    § 3 In making the decrees referred to in §§ 1 and 2, the Ordinary, if he considers it prudent, is
    to consult two judges or other legal experts.
    § 4 Before making a decision in accordance with § 1, the Ordinary is to consider whether, to
    avoid useless trials, it would be expedient, with the parties' consent, for himself or the
    investigator to make a decision, according to what is good and equitable, about the question of
    harm.
    Can. 968 The acts of the investigation, the decrees of the Ordinary by which the investigation
    was opened and closed, and all those matters which preceded the investigation, are to be kept in
    the secret curial archive, unless they are necessary for the penal process.
    CHAPTER II: THE COURSE OF THE PROCESS
    Can. 969 If the Ordinary believes that the matter should proceed by way of an extra-judicial
    137
    decree:
    I° he is to notify the accused of the allegation and the evidence, and give an opportunity for
    defense, unless the accused, having been lawfully summoned, has failed to appear;
    2° together with two assessors, he is accurately to weigh all the evidence and arguments;
    3° if the offence is certainly proven and the time for criminal action has not elapsed, he is to
    issue a decree outlining at least in summary form the reasons in law and in fact.
    Can. 970 § 1 If the Ordinary decrees that a judicial penal process is to be initiated, he is to pass
    the acts of the investigation to the promotor of justice, who is to present to the judge a petition
    of accusation.
    § 2 Before a higher tribunal, the promotor of justice constituted for that tribunal adopts the role
    of plaintiff.
    Can. 971 At any stage of the process, in order to prevent scandal, protect the freedom of the
    witnesses and safeguard the course of justice, the Ordinary can, after consulting the promotor
    of justice and summoning the accused person to appear, prohibit the accused from the exercise
    of the sacred ministry or of some Church office and position or even prohibit public
    participation in the blessed Eucharist. If, however, the reason ceases, all these restrictions are to
    be revoked; they cease by virtue of the law itself as soon as the penal process ceases.
    Can. 972 § 1 When the judge summons the accused; he must invite the latter to engage an
    advocate within the time laid down by the judge.
    § 2 If the accused does not do this, the judge himself is to appoint an advocate before the
    joinder of the issue, and this advocate will remain in office for as long as the accused has not
    engaged an advocate.
    Can. 973 § 1 At the direction or with the consent of the Ordinary who decided that the process
    should be initiated, the promotor of justice in any grade of the trial can resign from the case.
    § 2 For validity, this resignation must be accepted by the accused person, unless he or she has
    been declared absent from the trial.
    Can. 974 In the argumentation of the case, whether done in writing or orally, the accused
    person or the advocate or procurator of the accused, always has the right to write or speak last.
    Can. 975 If in any grade or at any stage of a penal trial, it becomes quite evident that the
    offence has not been committed by the accused, the judge must declare this in a judgment and
    acquit the accused, even if it is at the same time clear that the period for criminal proceedings
    has elapsed.
    Can. 976 § 1 Without prejudice to the canons of this title, and unless the nature of the case
    requires otherwise, in a penal trial the judge is to observe the canons concerning judicial
    procedures in general, those concerning the ordinary contentious process, and the special norms
    about cases which concern the public good.
    138
    § 2 The accused person is not bound to admit to an offence, nor may the oath be administered
    to the accused.
    PART V: THE MANNER OF PROCEDURE IN ADMINISTRATIVE
    RECOURSE AND IN THE REMOVAL OR TRANSFER OF PARISH
    PRIESTS
    SECTION I: RECOURSE AGAINST ADMINISTRATIVE DECREES
    Can. 977 Whatever is laid down in the canons of this section concerning decrees, is also to be
    applied to all singular administrative acts given in the external forum outside a judicial trial,
    except for those given by the Synod of Bishops.
    Can. 978 When a person believes that he or she has been injured by a decree, it is greatly to be
    desired that contention between that person and the author of the decree be avoided, and that
    care be taken to reach an equitable solution by mutual consultation, possibly using the
    assistance of serious-minded persons to mediate and study the matter. In this way, the
    controversy may by some suitable method be avoided or brought to an end.
    Can. 979 § 1 Before having recourse, the person must seek in writing from its author the
    revocation or amendment of the: decree. Once this petition has been lodged, it is by that very
    fact understood that the suspension of the execution of the decree is also being sought.
    § 2 The petition must be made within the peremptory time-limit of ten days from the time the
    decree was lawfully notified.
    § 3 The norms in §§ l and 2 do not apply:
    lO in having recourse to the Bishop against decrees given by authorities who are subject to him;
    2° in having recourse against the decree by which a hierarchical recourse is decided, unless the
    decision was given by the Bishop himself;
    3° in having recourse in accordance with can. 980
    Can. 980 If, within thirty days from the time the petition mentioned in Can. 979 reaches the
    author of the decree, the latter communicates a new decree by which either the earlier decree is
    amended or it is determined that the petition is to be rejected, the period within which to have
    recourse begins from the notification of the new decree. If, however, the author of the decree
    makes no decision within thirty days, the time-limit begins to run from the thirtieth day.
    Can. 981 § 1 A person who contends that he or she has been injured by a decree, can for any
    just motive have recourse to the hierarchical Superior of the one who issued the decree. The
    recourse can be proposed before the author of the decree, who must immediately forward it to
    the competent hierarchical Superior.
    § 2 The recourse is to be proposed within the peremptory time-limit of fifteen canonical days.
    139
    § 3 Even in those cases in which recourse does not by law suspend the execution of the decree
    the Superior can for a serious reason order that the execution be suspended, but is to take care
    that the salvation of souls suffers no harm.
    Can. 982 The person having recourse always has the right to the services of an advocate or
    procurator, but is to avoid futile delays. Indeed, an advocate is to be appointed ex officio if the
    person does not have one and the Superior considers it necessary. The Superior, however, can
    always order that the one having recourse appear in person to answer questions.
    Can. 983 In so far as the case demands, it is lawful for the Superior who must decide the
    recourse, not only to confirm the decree or declare that it is invalid, but also to rescind or
    revoke it or, if it seems to the Superior to be more expedient, to amend it, to substitute for it, or
    to abrogate it.
    SECTION II: THE PROCEDURE FOR THE REMOVAL OR TRANSFER OF PARISH
    PRIESTS
    CHAPTER I: THE PROCEDURE FOR THE REMOVAL OF PARISH PRIESTS
    Can. 984 When the ministry of any parish priest has for some reason become harmful or at
    least ineffective, even though this occurs without any serious fault on his part, he can be
    removed from the parish by the diocesan Bishop.
    Can. 985 The reasons for which a parish priest can lawfully be removed from his parish are
    principally:
    lO a manner of acting which causes grave harm or disturbance to Church communion;
    20 ineptitude or permanent illness of mind or body, which makes the parish priest unequal to
    the task of fulfilling his duties satisfactorily;
    30 the loss of the parish priest's good name among upright and serious-minded parishioners, or
    aversion to him, when it can be foreseen that these factors will not quickly come to an end
    40 grave neglect or violation of parochial duties, which persists after a warning;
    50 bad administration of temporal goods with grave harm to the Church, when no other remedy
    can be found to eliminate this harm.
    Can. 986 If an investigation shows that there exists a reason mentioned in Can. 985, the
    Bishop is to discuss the matter with two parish priests from a group stably chosen for this
    purpose by the council of priests, at the proposal of the Bishop. If he then believes that he
    should proceed with the removal, the Bishop must, for validity, indicate to the parish priest the
    reason and the arguments, and persuade him in a fatherly manner to resign his parish within
    fifteen days.
    Can. 987 The resignation of the parish priest can be given not only purely and simply, but even
    upon a condition, provided the condition is one which the Bishop can lawfully accept and does
    140
    in fact accept.
    Can. 988 § 1 If the parish priest has not replied within the days prescribed, the Bishop is to
    renew his invitation and extend the time within which a reply is to be made.
    § 2 If it is clear to the Bishop that the parish priest has received this second invitation but has
    not replied, even though not prevented from doing so by any impediment, or if the parish priest
    refuses to resign and gives no reasons for this, the Bishop is to issue a decree of removal.
    Can. 989 If, however, the parish priest opposes the case put forward and the reasons given in
    it, but advances arguments which seem to the Bishop to be insufficient, to act validly the
    Bishop must:
    10 invite him to inspect the acts of the case and put together his objections in a written answer,
    indeed to produce contrary evidence if he has any;
    2° after this, complete the instruction of the case, if this is necessary, and weigh the matter
    with the same parish priests mentioned in Can. 986, unless, because of some impossibility on
    their part, others are to be designated;
    3° finally, decide whether or not the parish priest is to be removed, and without delay issue the
    appropriate decree.
    CHAPTER II: THE PROCEDURE FOR THE TRANSFER OF PARISH PRIESTS
    Can. 990 The good of souls or the necessity or advantage of the Church may demand that a
    parish priest be transferred from his own parish, which he governs satisfactorily, to another
    parish or another office. In these circumstances, the Bishop is to propose the transfer to him in
    writing and persuade him to consent, for the love of God and of souls.
    Can. 991 If the parish priest proposes not to acquiesce in the Bishop's advice and persuasion,
    he is to give his reasons in writing.
    Can. 965 Despite the reasons put forward, the Bishop may judge that he should not withdraw
    from his proposal. In this case, together with two parish priests chosen in, accordance with
    Can. 986, he is to weigh the reasons which favor and those which oppose the transfer. If the
    Bishop still considers that the transfer should proceed, he is again to renew his fatherly
    exhortation to the parish priest.
    Can. 992 § 1 If, when these things have been done, the parish priest still refuses and the
    Bishop still believes that a transfer ought to take place, the Bishop is to issue a decree of
    transfer stating that, when a prescribed time has elapsed, the parish shall be vacant.
    § 2 When this time has elapsed without result, he is to declare the parish vacant.
    GLOSSARY
    141
    Acceptance of Petition: Can apply to either a decree, a process or a decision.
    1. If used to apply to a decree, it means the formal decree whereby a judge, having heard
    the advocate and the defender, admits a petition for trial.
    2. If used to apply to a process, it means the hearing, either oral or by writing, whereby
    the judge considers the arguments of the advocate and defender on whether or not to accept a
    petition for trial.
    3. If used to apply to a decision, it means the actual decision made by the judge to accept
    the petition. In order that a petition be accepted it is required that the Petitioner show:
    a. A basis for a petition, that is, allege that there is present a ground or grounds
    recognized in law or jurisprudence as being sufficient to cause nullity if proved, and
    b. A possibility of proving the alleged ground (ordinarily this latter requirement is
    met when the person presents a list of possible witnesses).
    Acta: The complete record of a formal case, that is, documents relating to procedure and
    evidence. The term is also used sometimes as a reference to the Acta Apostolicae Sedia (which
    see), usually in conversation but not in writing. “Acta processus” = procedural acts; “acta
    causae” = evidence.
    Administrative Procedure: A non-judicial process whereby the one who makes the judgment
    relies on proof largely obtained from documents. For example, a defect of form case is
    ordinarily handled under administrative procedure. The one who handles the case need not be a
    judge and the duly constituted judges of the tribunal are not, in virtue of their office, authorized
    to make judgments using this process. If someone other than the Ordinary renders decisions in
    cases under administrative procedure, he or she does so in virtue of delegated authority from
    the Ordinary even if that person is a duly constituted judge of the tribunal.
    Advocate: A person appointed by a party to defend his or her point of view before the court.
    Thus, both Petitioner and Respondent may have an advocate. Ordinarily, if both’ parties agree
    on the petition, it is sufficient that there be only one advocate to represent both. Each party
    before the court, whether as Petitioner or Respondent, has a right to an advocate. See also the
    term “Procurator.” Ordinarily the advocate will argue for the position of the “client.” However,
    in ecclesiastical procedure, the advocate is an officer of the court and his or her obligation is
    the service of truth. Thus, the direction given by Pius XII to defenders is applicable also to
    advocates, that is, they are not obliged, nor should they advance spurious arguments in favor of
    their client’s position but, rather, strive to insure that the court arrives at the truth. See the
    allocution of Pius XII of October 2, 1944. An English translation of excerpts can be found in
    Lawrence Wrenn, Annulments, Canon Law Society of America: Toledo, 1978 (3rd edition, pp.
    140-141; 4th edition, Washington, DC, 1983, PP. 134-135).
    Amentia: A severe mental disturbance which renders a person incapable of comprehending the
    formal object of matrimonial consent or incapable of giving such consent. Ordinarily the term
    should properly be restricted to cases involving severe psychoses.
    Annulment: A determination that a particular marriage was null, that is, did not give rise to a
    valid, binding matrimonial bond because of the presence of some factor recognized in law as
    preventing a valid bond. It should be noted that a declaration of nullity is not always the same
    as saying that there never was a marriage. The union, even though declared null, can, for
    example, give rise to legitimate children and obligations such as child support, insuring
    142
    education of children and the like. Essentially, the declaration of nullity is a statement that by
    entering the previous union the person did not establish an indissoluble marriage bond which
    could be broken only by death.
    Appeal: A review by a higher court of the action taken or decision given by a lower court.
    Argument Section: That portion of a sentence in which the judge explains how the conclusion
    has been reached.
    Auditor: One who takes a formal deposition (testimony) from a party or witness in a case. The
    judge takes testimony virtue of his office. An auditor may be appointed to the position either as
    a general assignment or may be delegated for a particular case or to hear the testimony of a
    particular witness. This latter is what generally happens in the case of a rogatory commission.
    Authentic: Literally means genuine or being precisely what it claims to be. The term is usually
    applied to documents and means that the piece of paper corresponds with the original record. It
    implies that the document being considered is in accordance with the original. Documents
    issued by civil authorities are usually “certified as being authentic copies of the record of facts.
    In the case of a copy of an original, the copy can be authenticated by a notary, either
    ecclesiastical or civil, who compares the copy with the original and certifies that he copy is an
    exact one.
    Brief: An argument in support of a particular position. In marriage cases, the brief will come
    from either an advocate or a defender and will state the point of view he, or she represents in
    the case. Thus, it can be classified as a brief of the advocate (in which case it will argue for the
    nullity of the marriage) or a brief of the defender (which will argue in defense of the bond of
    marriage). The argumentation in a case may now be either written or oral or a mixture of the
    two. To be precise, the word “brief’ should be confined to written argumentation, although it is
    sometimes used to refer to this oral argumentation.
    Canonical Age: The age at which a person is legally competent to perform a certain action or
    undertake a certain obligation. Church law decrees that the canonical age for marriage is
    sixteen (16) for males and fourteen (14) for females. (May be different from civil requirements)
    Canonical Form: See Form of Marriage.
    Caput or Ground: The basis for a petition of nullity.
    Certitude: See Moral certitude.
    Citation: An official notice, summons or subpoena served on a person, either a principal or
    witness in a case, calling upon him or her to present evidence to the court.
    Code of Canon Law: (Usually abbreviated C.I.C.) Initially the body of law compiled and
    promulgated as universal Church law in 1917. Five books dealt with general norms, persons in
    the Church, things, procedures and penalties. It was abrogated by the 1983 code with its seven
    books on general norms, the people of God, the Church’s teaching and sanctifying offices,
    temporal good, sanctions, and procedures.
    143
    Competence: The term refers to the jurisdiction of a tribunal whereby it possesses the power to
    try a particular case. It is not to be confused with the ordinary English meaning accorded to the
    word (i.e. expertise in a certain area) but, rather, means “legally qualified” or “qualified by
    law.”
    Condition: A stipulation placed by one of the parties on the marriage consent and of such a
    character that its fulfillment is a necessary prerequisite for the marriage to become effective
    and binding.
    Confession: An admission of some fact or circumstance. It is generally applied to the situation
    where the party who placed a nullifying condition or intention against a marriage admits to
    having so done. It is called a judicial confession where the admission mentioned is made in the
    presence of a judge and as part of a formal hearing that takes place after the formal process has
    already begun, that is, the confession is made during a court hearing. It is called an extrajudicial
    confession when the above conditions are not met, or when it is made, even to a judge
    in a court hearing, before the formal process has begun, that is, before the contestatio litis and
    tempore non-suspecto.
    Consortium vitae coniugalis: A technical term used in theology but especially in jurisprudence
    to refer to the totality of married life and love that comprises the living of sacramental Christian
    marriage. See the Pastoral Constitution The Church in the Modern World (Gaudium et spes),
    #47- 52.
    Constat: The evidence in a marriage case is persuasive enough to move the judge(s) to render
    an affirmative decision, i.e. the nullity of the marriage is demonstrated.
    Contestatio or Contestatio Litis: Also called the “Joinder of Issues.” It is the second formal
    step in the formal judicial process. In theory it refers to the hearing in which the court
    determines the precise issue to be settled in a case, that is, the issue which is to be proved. For
    example, “Has the nullity of the Jones-Smith marriage been fully proved?”
    Contra bonum fidei (sometimes contracted to C.B.F.): Literally means an intention against
    fidelity, that is, against the exclusiveness of the marital commitment.
    Contra bonum prolis (sometimes contracted to C.B.P.): Literally means an intention against
    the good of children. It is a technical term that reflects primarily the notion of an intention at
    the time of entering marriage excluding the right to non-contraceptive intercourse and its
    natural consequence.
    Contra bonum Sacramenti (sometimes contracted to C.B.S.): Literally means an intention
    against permanence, that is, against the perpetuity of the marital commitment. Note that
    although the word “sacrament” is used, the term is not intended to apply solely to marriages
    that might be sacramental. Rather, it is a technical term that relates to the permanence of the
    marital commitment without reference to whether the marriage is a sacrament or not. Thus, it
    applies with equal force to the marriages of the non-baptized.
    Convalidation: See Validation.
    144
    Coram: Literally means “before.” It designates the judge before whom a case is tried. Since for
    the sake of confidentiality, the names of the parties are not used in reporting cases, Rotal and
    other tribunal decisions will usually be cited by indicating the name of the judge and the date or
    protocol number of the case, for example, coram Anne, March 15, 1975.
    Culpable Cause: In the realm of canon law it usually refers to the person who was responsible
    for the breakup or nullity of marriage, that is, the one to whom the failure or nullity of the
    union is imputable. Since it embraces the concept of imputability, it inherently implies moral
    guilt or willful wrongdoing. The distinction becomes important in that, for example, a person
    who is the culpable cause of the breakup of a marriage is not eligible to receive a privileged
    dissolution of the marriage, as in a Privilege of the Faith or Pauline Privilege.
    Decree: A formal decision issued by an appropriate authority to resolve a particular question.
    Since the decision is usually given in writing the word is also used commonly to refer to the
    written instrument which states the decision.
    Defect (Absence) of Form (usually contracted to D.F. case): Literally, lack of the canonical
    formalities required for a valid marriage. According to Canon 1108 §1, in order to marry
    validly, a Catholic must exchange consent in the presence of a duly delegated priest or deacon
    and two witnesses. The priest or deacon must ask for and receive the consent of the parties
    through at least some outward signs or manifestations. If any of these elements is missing, the
    marriage is null by reason of defect of canonical form unless the Catholic has been duly
    dispensed from the obligation of form. If the defect of form can be established by certain and
    authentic documents the marriage can be declared invalid or null using an administrative
    process (see Administrative Procedure).
    Defender of the Bond (sometimes referred to simply as the Defender): An officer of the
    court appointed by the bishop to defend the bond of marriage or holy orders when their validity
    is contested. The presence of a defender is also required in such processes as privilege of the
    Faith and non-consummation cases. Since the defender is an officer of the court, his obligation
    is the service of truth and not the absolute defense of the bond in all cases. See the allocution of
    Pius XII October 2, 1944: A.A.S. 36 (1944) 281. An English translation of excerpts can be
    found in Lawrence Wrenn, Annulments (Toledo: CLSA, 3rd edition 1978), pp. 139-140;
    (Washington: CLSA, 4th edition 1983), pp. 133-134.
    Delegated Power or Jurisdiction: Power or jurisdiction which does not belong to the one who
    exercises it in virtue of appointment to an office or in virtue of law but, rather, is committed to
    the individual by one who already has the power. For example, an assistant pastor officiates at
    a marriage in virtue of delegated power; a pastor officiates in virtue of ordinary jurisdiction.
    See Canon 131 (1983 code).
    Deposition: A formal written statement given under oath. It usually refers to testimony taken
    from principals and witnesses in marriage cases. It sometimes refers to testimony given purely
    orally by a witness.
    Dicastery: A generic term that is used to refer to the congregations, tribunals, secretariates,
    etc. of the Roman Curia, as in Roman dicastery.”
    145
    Diriment Impediment: An external circumstance or characteristic regarded by the law as
    rendering a person incapable of a particular action, either totally or relatively, so that if the
    action is attempted it is null. The term is most commonly used in reference to matrimonial
    impediments. At times a dispensation can be granted permitting the action in question.
    Dispensation: A relaxation of the law in a particular case. For validity it must be given by one
    who has the power to dispense. If given by an authority lower than the supreme legislator it is
    necessary for the validity of the dispensation that there be a legitimate and proportionate cause
    for granting it.
    Dissolution: In the canon law on marriage, it means an action by an appropriate authority in
    which the bond of a valid marriage is terminated.
    Document: Anything printed, written, etc. relied upon to record or prove something.
    Documentary Procedure: A judicial process established for certain types of cases in which all
    the formalities of procedural law are not required. The process stipulated that cases involving
    non-dispensed impediments mentioned in Canon 1686 could be tried without using the full
    formal process.
    Domicile: Literally means a place of residence. In canon law its meaning is restricted. It refers
    to a place in which a person has lived for five (5)years or to which a person has moved with the
    intention of remaining there permanently unless called away. (See also Quasi-Domicile.)
    Doubt: A suspension of the mind among two or more alternatives, that is, there is question as
    to which of two or more alternatives is correct.
    Dubiumfacti (Doubt of fact): See Doubt. A doubt of fact arises when there is uncertainty
    about a particular fact, for example, whether a particular person was baptized or not; whether a
    particular baptism was valid or not.
    Dubium iuris (Doubt of law): See Doubt. A doubt of law arises when there is uncertainty
    about the existence of a law about the meaning of a particular law, or about its applicability to a
    particular situation.
    Due competence: This is a term used by some tribunals to indicate the capacity a person must
    have in order to function in a specific marriage in such a way as to accomplish the formal
    object of matrimonial consent, that is, the consortium vitae coniugalis.
    Due discretion: This term refers to the exercise of the critical, evaluative faculty on the part of
    an individual contemplating marriage so as to be able to make a judgment as to whether or not
    to enter the union. The notion of discretion includes both the idea of comprehending with
    reasonable clarity the obligations involved and the idea of a clear judgment on whether or not
    to assume them. Within the framework of this concept, a guiding principle is that a greater
    degree of discretion is necessary to assume a future obligation than is necessary to form a
    judgment about the present.
    Epikeia: A concept of law used primarily in the Eastern Rite Churches which allows the
    lenient application of some particular legal provision in an individual case. The premise on
    146
    which the concept is based is that the legislator cannot take into account every individual
    human circumstance. Yet the applicability of a particular law to a particular individual should
    take into account the exact circumstances of that individual. The concept of epikeia is that the
    legislator would conclude, were he aware of these individual circumstances, that the law would
    not apply in that particular case, or would not apply in all its provisions. Epikeia is not to be
    confused with dispensation or equity.
    Equity: A body of practical law and procedural rules intended to supplement or even override
    statutory law in such a way as to enforce rights and duties according to the norms of natural
    justice where the rigid application of statutory law might actually conflict with this.
    Error: A false judgment. The word could also be taken to mean a false intellectual
    understanding. More generally, however, this latter is called “ignorance.” So, ignorance exists
    in the intellect while error exists in the will and involves an act of the will, that is, a decision to
    act or a judgment based on ignorance.
    Error of Fact: Exists where there is a false judgment about the facts of a particular situation.
    Error of law exists when there is a false judgment about some aspect of law, either the very
    existence of the law, its provisions or its applicability. An error of law excuses from all laws
    except those which have invalidating effect over a particular action or an inhabilitating effect
    on a particular person, for example, laws establishing matrimonial impediments.
    Error of Person: An erroneous judgment about the marriage partner, which originally referred
    to situations of, mistaken identity yet recently has been interpreted more broadly to refer to
    significant qualities of the prospective spouse.
    Evidence: That which is introduced in court as a means of proving something. The concept,
    therefore, would include anything capable of having probative force, such as testimony,
    circumstances, indications, documents, etc.
    Extrajudicial evidence: Evidence which is presented outside of a judicial process. The term
    applies to evidence which is introduced before the judicial process has begun. After the process
    has begun, it applies to evidence which is not given to a judge or duly appointed delegate,
    auditor or the like. Such evidence can be admitted into the acts by judicial decree and thereby
    obtain probative force.
    First Instance: The term can mean either the first level court for a particular area or the first
    level process of a particular case. So, the diocesan tribunal is the first instance tribunal for that
    particular case. However, an individual case might be introduced in another court and the first
    time the process takes place is in this latter court, for example, the Rota. In that situation, the
    college within the Rota which first handles the case does so as a court of first instance.
    Formal case: Any case which is tried in the formal judicial process.
    Formal process: The judicial process in which all the provisions of Canons 1400-1655, 1671-
    1685, and 1689-1691 are applicable.
    Form of Marriage: The formalities by which marriage is entered. The term usually refers to
    “canonical form,” that is, to marry validly, a Catholic must exchange consent in the presence of
    147
    a duly authorized sacred minister (bishop, priest, or deacon) and two witnesses. In the case of
    Orthodox, there is the additional requirement of receiving the sacred blessing.
    Fraud: As it applies to marriage, this involves the deliberate concealment of some particular
    fact or circumstance in order to induce matrimonial consent, in the belief that if the fact or
    circumstance were revealed the marriage probably would not take place.
    Good conscience: Literally means a conscience, or moral judgment, with which an individual
    is satisfied and which he or she believes to be correct. The term is frequently also used to refer
    to an extrajudicial solution of a marriage case whereby, without a declaration of nullity or
    dissolution of a previous bond, a person who is remarried receives the sacraments.
    Ground: See Caput.
    Humanae vitae: An encyclical of Pope Paul VI, issued on July 25,1968, which treats of human
    life within a doctrinal exposition of a theology of marriage and the morality of family planning.
    Impediment: An external circumstance or characteristic established by law as prohibiting a
    particular action. Although the term is most commonly found in marriage law it may also be
    found in relationship to other actions, for example, the reception of Orders.
    Implicit: Literally means inherently contained. In relationship to the present study, it means a
    concept contained in an action or intention in such a way that, even though not consciously
    considered or intended, it influences the performance of the act through its effect upon the will.
    In facto: (in fact) In the tribunal context it generally means that section of the sentence in a
    case which delineates the facts of the marriage under consideration, e.g. names of the parties,
    dates of birth, religion, date of marriage and the like. In the practice of some tribunals, it might
    be referred to as “species facti.” Some courts, among them the Rota, frequently use the term
    “in facto” to refer to the argument section of the sentence.
    In iure: (in law) In the tribunal context it means that section of the sentence in a case which
    expounds the law and jurisprudence governing the ground on which the case is being tried.
    Indication: A factor in testimony, documentation or circumstances which directs the mind to a
    particular conclusion in such a way that while there is not moral certainty about the correctness
    of the conclusion there is some degree of certainty.
    Informal process: See Summary process (Documentary).
    Inhabilitating: Something which renders a person incapable of performing a particular action,
    e.g. a diriment impediment.
    Instruction: The process of moving a case forward to the point where it is ready for briefs or
    oral argumentation by the advocates and defender. One is said to “instruct” a case when one
    seeks depositions of witnesses, documents and the like, the information necessary to clarify the
    issue in question. The word also indicates certain documents issued by Roman dicasteries,
    usually documents which set forth norms or directions on particular questions, e.g. Provida
    148
    Mater issued in 1936 by the Congregation of Sacraments to aid tribunal officials in processing
    marriage cases.
    Intention, actual: A determination of the will which is either formulated as such or at least
    adverted to so that it becomes the actual motive for or goal of a particular act.
    Intention, habitual: A determination of the will which exists in a stable fashion so that, even
    though not necessarily formulated or even adverted to, it can be said to influence effectively the
    action performed either in the motive for performing it or the goal to be accomplished by the
    action.
    Invalid: Not valid; ineffective; as if the action had never taken place.
    Invalidating: Something which makes an action invalid or null. For example, diriment
    impediments (which see) are said to be “invalidating impediments.”
    Ius in corpus: The right exchanged in marriage whereby the parties give to one another the
    right to sexual intercourse.
    Ius utile: (useful right) or “the right to use a right.” Although in theory a right can be possessed
    in a vacuum and a distinction can be made between the possession of a right and the freedom to
    exercise that right, it makes little sense in practice to say that a person has a particular right but
    is not permitted to exercise it. Consequently, if the “ius utile,” the liberty to exercise the right,
    is excluded, it is considered in practice to be the equivalent, of excluding the right itself.
    Iris vigens: The current law. It is made up of the Code of Canon Law (which see) and all
    legislative provisions subsequent to the code; so, the entire body of Church law as it exists at a
    given time.
    Joinder of Issues (Joining of Issues): See Contestatio.
    Judge: An ecclesiastical office whereby one is empowered to preside over the gathering of
    evidence in controverted matters and render decisions on petitions presented to the court. The
    Judicial Vicar and Vice Judicial Vicar are judges in virtue of appointment to that office. They
    exercise the bishop’s judicial power in such a way that they are considered in law to be the
    same moral person as the bishop, and there is, for example, no right of appeal to the bishop
    from the judicial decision of the Judicial Vicar. Unlike the vicar general, they remain in office
    during the vacancy of the See. A Collegiate judge is one who exercises the office as one of a
    panel of judges. The Ponens is the one who, in a panel of judges, is appointed to put the
    collegiate decision in writing.
    Jurisdiction: See Competence.
    Jurisprudence: A consistent pattern of court action in the application of law to practical
    situations. It is, in effect, the reasoning a court uses in applying the law to a situation and
    arriving at a decision.
    Law: A reasonable ordinance or command made and promulgated for the common good by the
    one who has charge of the society.
    149
    Libel: See Libellus.
    Libellus: A formal request presented by a person to a Church court asking that a marriage be
    declared null or that it be dissolved. It is usually to be in writing and should state, at least, the
    ground (which see) on which the request is made, the means of proving the case (briefly
    expressed), and at least sufficient detail so as to be able to identify the marriage in question,
    e.g. at least the names of the parties to the marriage.
    Ligamen: The diriment impediment of prior bond, that is, the existence of a valid marriage
    bond, which prevents entrance into a new marriage.
    Local Ordinary: See Ordinary.
    Marriage, classifications of:
    1. Ratum: A valid marriage of two baptized people which has not yet been consummated.
    2. Ratum et consummatum: A valid marriage of two baptized people which has been
    consummated.
    3. Legitimum: A valid marriage between two persons at least one of whom is nonbaptized
    (not in present law).
    4. Valid: A marriage entered according to proper form by two people who are capable of
    marriage and who are not otherwise bound by any impediment. Therefore, it is a marriage that
    conforms with Church law in all respects.
    5. Invalid: A marriage that is not valid. Children born of such a union are illegitimate in
    ecclesiastical law unless at least one of the parties is in good faith.
    6. Putative: A marriage which is not valid, objectively speaking, but which is entered into
    in good faith by at least one of the parties until both parties are aware of the nullity of the
    union. Children born of such a union are legitimate in church law.
    Moral certitude: As a technical term, “moral certitude” is the measure of certainty which a
    judge is required to have in rendering a decision in a marriage case. It does not rule out the
    absolute possibility of the contrary being true but it certainly rules out the probability of the
    contrary. It excludes well-founded or reasonable doubt about the judgment to be rendered in
    the case in question. See the allocution of Pius XII in Wrenn, Annulments (3rd edition, pp. 135-
    138; 4th edition, pp. 128-132).
    Natural bond of Marriage: See Marriage, Legitimum.
    Non-constat: The evidence in a marriage case is not persuasive enough to move the judge(s) to
    render an affirmative decision for nullity. However this does not necessarily mean that the
    marriage is valid. The negative decision is simply related to the evidence available at the time
    of the process.
    Non-consummation case: This is the process conducted in cases where it is alleged that the
    marriage was not consummated and the Petitioner is seeking a dissolution of the marriage by
    papal power. The process is governed largely by norms established by the Sacred Congregation
    for the Sacraments, issued on March 7,1972 as well as cc. 1697- 1706.
    150
    Notary: One who is designated to perform the legal functions of recording and certifying the
    acts of cases or other ecclesiastical documents.
    Occult: The term has two meanings in canon law:
    1. Something which is not widely known in the community;
    2. Something which cannot be proved in the external forum.
    To determine which meaning is intended in a particular law it will be necessary to read the
    wording of the law. In reference to marriage, however, the second meaning mentioned above is
    the one generally intended (c. 1074). The first meaning is operative in Penal Law (c. 2197 §4 of
    1917 code; nothing explicit in current law).
    Ordinary: Strictly speaking, in canon law the term can apply to a variety of individual offices,
    such as the bishop of the diocese, the vicar general, the vicar of a vicariate. In the context of the
    tribunal, it refers to the bishop of the diocese or any other person equivalent to him in law, such
    as the vicar of a vicariate apostolic in mission territory. Canon 134 lists those who are
    ordinaries: the pope, the residential bishop, and those equivalent to him in law, as well as major
    religious superiors of exempt orders and congregations.
    Ordinary power: Authority or jurisdiction which is committed to a particular office by law in
    such a way that anyone who occupies the office automatically possesses that authority. It is
    said to be “proper” if it is exercised in one’s own name, e.g. the bishop of the diocese; it is
    “vicarious” if it is exercised in the name of another, e.g. the vicar general has ordinary
    vicarious jurisdiction and acts not in his own name but in the name of the bishop.
    Peregrinus(a): A person who has a fixed abode in a given area but is now traveling in another
    area.
    Peritus: An expert. In the tribunal context, the term usually refers to any person who, in virtue
    of professional training, offers specialized, testimony to the tribunal or who is called upon by
    the tribunal to offer advice in the interpretation of the acts. The term is most frequently used in
    reference to a psychiatrist, psychologist or other professionally trained person who reviews the
    acts of a case and offers a professional opinion about the capacity of a party of the parties for
    marriage. However, the term may properly be used in a broader sense than that.
    Petition: See Libellus. In a broader sense, it can mean any formal request, written or oral,
    whereby one asks a decision or favor. In the tribunal context the term is used in the more
    restricted sense.
    Petitioner: The one who presents a libellus or petition.
    Ponens: The judge who commits to writing the decision of a collegiate tribunal. See Judge.
    Pre-libel evidence: Evidence, including testimony, that is obtained or submitted prior to the
    presentation of a formal libellus (which see). See Extrajudicial Evidence for a reference to the
    manner in which such evidence is admitted into the acts so as to obtain probative force.
    Precedent: Something that has gone before and establishes a standard of acting. In law, a
    precedent is a decision of another court, preferably a higher court, which guides a judge in
    applying the law to a particular set of circumstances. Canon law is not precedent law.
    151
    Consequently, a judge does not have to be able to cite a precedent in order to justify his
    decision. In practice, however, tribunals tend to look at the practice of other courts, and
    particularly the S.R. Rota, for guidance.
    Presumption: A conjecture about the truth in an uncertain matter. A presumption of law is one
    which is determined by the law. A presumption of marriage is one which is formulated by the
    judge based upon judicial experience. Generally, presumptions do not need to be proven but
    can be overturned by contrary evidence.
    Probative value: The extent of credibility given to a particular piece of evidence as a means of
    proving something.
    Procurator: An appointed delegate of a party to a case, to whom is committed the power of
    presenting documents and other proofs on behalf of the principal. See Advocate. In American
    tribunals the same person usually exercises the functions of both advocate and procurator on
    behalf of the party to the case.
    Promoter of Justice: An officer of the court appointed by the bishop is required by law and
    whose function is to intervene in cases which may affect the public welfare. In marriage cases
    such an official would act as a surrogate Petitioner if one of the parties was legally barred from
    presenting a petition.
    Proof: Objective evidence which gives rise to certainty about the existence of a particular fact
    or to a conviction about the correctness of a particular proposition. The term can be applied to
    the individual piece or pieces of evidence which gives rise to this certainty, or to the state of
    certainty itself.
    Putative: The word is taken from the Latin verb “putare” and literally means “to think.” It
    applies to marriages which objectively are null but which are entered in good faith by at least
    one of the parties. See Marriage.
    Quasi-domicile: A stable residence in a place for over three (3) months or a residence
    established in a place with the intention of remaining there at least three (3) months.
    Ratum case: See Non-consummation case.
    Rescript: The written document which conveys the granting of a privilege, favor or
    dispensation.
    Respondent: Literally means the one who responds to something. In a marriage case, it refers
    to the other party to the marriage, the validity of which is being impugned by the Petitioner.
    Rogatory Commission: A request by one tribunal made to another tribunal to obtain the
    testimony of a party or witness who is living in the jurisdiction of the latter tribunal. Ordinarily,
    the tribunal receiving such a request will sub delegate a priest or other staff member of the
    parish within whose boundaries the witness lives to contact the individual and obtain the
    testimony as a delegated auditor.
    152
    Rota, also Sacred Roman Rota, also S.R. Rota: A court established in the Vatican and
    possessing worldwide jurisdiction. Ordinarily it handles petitions in second or third instance,
    following a first instance decision in a lower court. However, the Rota possesses jurisdiction to
    try cases in the first instance no matter in which part of the world they originate.
    Sanatio in radice: Literally means a “healing in the root.” It is a legal fiction whereby
    something which is invalid is, through the action of one empowered in law to do so, now made
    valid with retroactive effect; that is, it is now considered by law to be valid from the very
    beginning or at least from the time of cessation of the factor which caused invalidity in the first
    place. The term is most frequently found in relationship to marriages which are invalid for
    some reason. However, it will also be found in reference to rectifying the invalid processing of
    marriage cases.
    Second instance: The term can mean either the second level court for a particular area or the
    second level process of a particular case which is appealed from a first instance decision
    (which see).
    Sentence: The formal written decision in a particular case.
    Signatura, also Apostolic Signature, also Supreme Tribunal of the Apostolic Signatura: It
    is the Church’s supreme court. It has jurisdiction over the workings of the Church’s tribunals,
    oversees their activities and obtains annual reports from them. It is the Roman dicastery which
    can grant competence (which see) to a tribunal that otherwise lacks jurisdiction to try a
    particular case. It will sometimes act as a court of second or third instance in a marriage, or
    other, case committed to it by the pope. The Second Section of the Signatura also is a judicial
    forum which tries cases involving administrative acts of Roman dicasteries in cases which are
    outside the jurisdiction of the ordinary court system.
    Simulation: It literally means a lie. Church law presumes that a person's outward actions or
    words are an accurate reflection of the person's thinking and intentions. Where, in fact, this is
    not the case, simulation is said to be present. This most often occurs in marriage cases where
    one of the parties is alleged to have had an intention against children, permanence, or fidelity.
    Solemn case: See Formal case.
    Tempore non-suspecto: Literally means a “non-suspect time.” The term refers to information
    obtained at a time when the one who imparts the information does not have anything to gain by
    not telling the truth. It would refer, for example, to information given by one of the parties at a
    time before there was any question of petitioning for a declaration of nullity. Information
    obtained tempore non-suspecto is considered to have probative force.
    Testimony: A statement given, either orally or in writing, by one of the principals to or by a
    witness in a case about the facts under dispute in the case. See Deposition.
    Tribunal: A church court established to render judgment in judicial matters pertaining to
    ecclesiastical law. The ordinary church court system is competent in all matters except those
    pertaining to administrative acts. At times however even some judicial matters are reserved to
    tribunals of the Holy See.
    153
    Vagus: The canonical term referring to one who has no fixed abode.
    Valid: Effective. It refers to the situation in law of an action performed in accordance with the
    law and recognized as producing the effects stipulated by law.
    Validation: The process whereby a marriage which is invalid or null is rectified so as to be
    recognized from thence on as a valid marriage. The ordinary method in church law for
    producing this effect is for the parties to exchange consent in the presence of a duly delegated
    priest and two witnesses. The renewal of the consent in this case is a new act of the will to
    rectifying a marriage which the parties know to be invalid or null.
    Vetitum: Literally means a prohibition and is sometimes referred to by that name. Canon 1077,
    n. 1, of the code gives the local ordinary the power to order that a marriage be delayed for a
    fixed period if there is a good cause and so long as the cause exists. The prohibition does not
    have an invalidating effect. Therefore, if the marriage is entered in spite of the vetitum it enjoys
    the presumption of Canon 1060, that is, it is presumed to be valid until the contrary is proved,
    that it is illicit or unlawful. A tribunal also possesses the power to impose a vetitum as part of
    the process of a marriage case, but under the same restrictions as those for a bishop in an
    administrative matter.
    Virtual intention: One that is not formed explicitly but is contained by implication in a
    particular thought-process or action as controlling the thought or action.
    Votum: Literally means “will” or “wish.” There are three common uses of this term.
    1. It refers to the document which the bishop is required to submit to Rome with each
    petition for a dissolution of a marriage in favor of the faith or on the basis of nonconsummation.
    The norms for processing these cases indicate the areas the votum should
    address, including a statement by the bishop as to his recommendations on the petition.
    2. The term is also used to refer to the statement which the judge-instructor on such cases
    submits in order to make his recommendations known.
    3. The term also applies to the written opinion which each member of a collegiate tribunal
    is required to bring to the discussion by the judges preliminary to their making a decision.
    Synod of Bishops
    American Catholic Church in the United States
    Statement Concerning the Abuse of Minors
    154
    The news media in recent weeks has brought to our attention numbers of times where children,
    minors, have been sexually abused in the past by priests. It is important that we in the
    American Catholic Church in the United States (ACCUS) address this issue and make clear the
    position and policy of the ACCUS.
    First though, we express our profound sorrow and our horror that any priest or religious in any
    church would violate the innocence of children placed in their care. This is a travesty of faith
    and trust that ought never to have happened or to have been allowed to continue in any way. As
    shepherds and pastors our hearts go out to these children and to their families. We pray for their
    wellbeing and for their healing and growth.
    Law, rules, regulations or policy can never legislate the maximum good. As we interact as
    social beings, well-formulated laws serve to identify basic values and to safe guard public
    order. Society and the ACCUS value the personal rights and basic freedoms of children to be
    unmolested and un-abused.
    The American Catholic Church in the United States shall have, and does herewith state that it
    does have, a Zero Tolerance for any of its clergy or religious who abuse minors in any way:
    sexually, physically or emotionally. The Council of Bishops of the ACCUS has adopted this
    policy and will enforce it throughout the jurisdiction of the ACCUS without exception.
    The ACCUS encourages all its members to report to competent local authority(s) any suspected
    instances where children are being abused: sexually, physically or emotionally.
    The ACCUS formally charges its priests, deacons, bishops, religious and candidates for Orders
    to report to competent local authority(s) any suspected instance where children are being
    abused: sexually, physically or emotionally, in all instances where this knowledge is known to
    them in a public way. Priests or Bishops who have knowledge of abuse known to them from
    within a Sacramental forum, that is, known to them through the Sacrament of Penance, must
    maintain the absolute private and sacred nature of the Seal of Confession. The Sacramental
    Seal of Confession must be maintained inviolate; nothing heard or learned of within the
    Sacrament may be repeated.
    Any cleric (deacon, priest, and bishop), religious or candidate for Orders, who is accused by
    competent civil authority of molesting a minor, in any way, will be immediately suspended
    from ministry pending the review and resolution of these charges by competent civil
    proceedings.
    Any cleric, religious or candidate for Orders, who is found guilty by competent civil
    proceedings of abusing a minor, will be permanently suspended from ministry and defrocked
    by the ACCUS. No recommendation. to another church jurisdiction will be given without
    including these facts.
    No person known to the American Catholic Church in the United States to have been found
    guilty by competent civil proceedings of molesting a minor will be accepted into the ACCUS
    as a cleric or religious.
    Most Rev. Lawrence J. Harms, D.O. Bishop, Diocese of the Holy Cross Presiding Archbishop
    of the ACCUS
    Most Rev. Michael B. Norton, D.O. Bishop, Diocese of Saint Luke
    March 6, 2002
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13638
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  orthodoxymoron Tue Jul 03, 2012 12:21 am

    What might 'Solar System Canon Law' look like??? You know -- a collection of laws, procedures, ceremonies, etc. -- which would apply throughout the solar system -- and which might harmonize with the laws, procedures, ceremonies, etc. found throughout the galaxy. I wish to make it clear that I am NOT opposed to law, order, procedure, ceremony, dignity, tradition, etc, etc. -- provided that all of it MAKES SENSE. The Bible is a Must-Read -- yet it is lacking regarding all of the above. I have suggested that the Teachings Attributed to Jesus take precedence over Canon Law -- but perhaps the Canon Law format is worth preserving. What if the Teachings of Jesus, the U.S. Constitution, the Latin Mass, and the 1928 Book of Common Prayer were somehow integrated and harmonized in a New, Relevant, and Crystal-Clear 'Solar System Canon Law'? I'm not suggesting that this is the way things should be -- yet I am looking for a dignified, proper, ethical, and simplified modality of solar system governance -- which might provide a stable core -- yet which would protect religious and political responsible-freedom throughout the solar system. Do you see my point?? I really need some help with all of this. This is the sort of thing which would probably anger everyone -- for legion reasons. I keep wondering if there are human solar systems where this sort of thing has been up and running for thousands of years??!! We might be VERY surprised when the veil of secrecy and deception is lifted -- and we are presented with a clear picture of the way things REALLY are -- throughout the galaxy.

    orthodoxymoron wrote:
    Micjer wrote:Thanks Mudra. Interesting interviews. Lucky these two girls saw the light and got out. Notice how both girls said they were driven to the point of considering suicide.

    There are many cults and they all work the same way. Use of fear and punishment.

    Luke
    Does this make most governments and religions 'cults'?? There probably has to be a reasonable system of rewards and punishments in any family, organization, or civilization -- but the extreme, dishonest, and unreasonable systems trouble me greatly. Law and Order are essential -- but I much prefer Self-Discipline over State-Discipline. The More Responsible -- the More Freedom. The Less Responsible -- the Less Freedom. This is really pretty simple.
    Here is some more Sherry Shriner to brighten-up your week!! http://www.blogtalkradio.com/sherrytalkradio/2012/07/03/monday-night-with-sherry-shriner


    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Wed Jul 04, 2012 10:30 pm; edited 3 times in total
    Aquaries1111
    Aquaries1111


    Posts : 1394
    Join date : 2012-06-02
    Age : 55
    Location : In the Suns

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  Aquaries1111 Tue Jul 03, 2012 6:57 am

    Thanks Oxy,

    I'm really enjoying your material.. Indeed..



    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13638
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  orthodoxymoron Tue Jul 03, 2012 11:44 am

    Thank-you A1. I'll have to go see 'Brave' -- even though I very rarely go to movies. The last movie I went to see was 'Legion' (which was a mixed-bag for me). There are Political and Theological lessons and messages EVERYWHERE. I guess I just want people to think about Politics and Religion in whatever context suites their fancy -- whether it be a Novus Ordo Mass, a Traditional Latin Mass, an Evangelical Service, a Vintage Car Race, a Live Steam Club, a Baseball Game, a Football Game, a Movie, a TV Show, a Coffee-Shop, a Road-Trip -- WHATEVER. However, I keep thinking about Idealized Versions of a Hypothetical Orion-Sirius-Aldebaran-Atlantean-Babylonian-Egyptian-Grecian-Roman-British-American Empire -- with absolutely no bullshit or corruption. Andromeda, the Pleiades (and ?????) might fit into this hypothesis as well -- but the stated Hypothetical Empire seems to be both Problem and Solution. I continue to view both Humanity and Divinity as being both Good and Evil -- with many Shades of Grey. I continue to model the possibility that Humanity (and possibly the Greys) are Recent Subsets of an Ancient Traditional and Theocratic Draconian-Reptilian Race. I continue to model the possibility that the souls of the Reptilians, Greys, and Humans are Interdimensional-Reptilian in nature -- and that on a Soul-Level we might be Relatives and 'All One' -- which is one reason why the term 'Namaste' might be extremely important relative to a resolution of galactic governance issues. This thread is more of a 'Cry for Help' than it is a 'Know It All' phenomenon. The one who claimed to be an Ancient Egyptian Deity asked me if I were ready to 'Run the World' (or something to that effect) -- and I responded that 'It Was Too Complicated' -- which is why I am leaning toward a 10,000 Representative -- Namaste-Constitutional-Responsible-Freedom United States of the Solar System -- which incorporates the Vatican, the City of London, Washington D.C., the United Nations, and the Moon -- in a Purified and Reformed Version of That Which Presently Exists. Obviously, I don't know what's really going-on -- and I guess I might prefer Going to Heaven -- but what if Abandoning Ship might be the End of the Human Race as We Know It??? There are too many unknowns and too much bullshit. This seems to be a Sinister and Deceptive 'Most Dangerous Game' -- with Unimaginably High Stakes.

    A1, you look a lot less like 'Erica Evans' in your new avatar! Do you consider Dragons to be real, imaginary (or both)? If real, do you consider Dragons to be physical, spiritual (or both)? Do you consider Dragons to be good, evil (or both)? I have sometimes wondered if Greys are Teenage Reptilians -- and if Dracs are Young-Adult to Middle-Aged Reptilians -- and if Dragons are Elder-Statesman Reptilians???!!! The Bible states that 'Michael was wroth with the Dragon'. Was Michael a Progressive-Drac who challenged the Traditional-Dragon Galactic Powers That Be???!!! Did this result in the War in Heaven???!!! What if we are Interdimensional-Reptilians on the Soul-Level???!!! What if we are Mammalian-Reptilians???!!! Could our souls animate Grey-Bodies???!!! Drac-Bodies???!!! Dragon-Bodies???!!! What were we before we were Human???!!! What will we be if and when we are no longer Human???!!! Would the answer frighten us???!!! I've asked these questions before -- but in somewhat different ways. What a Can of Worms!!! Or, is it a Can of Snakes???!!!

    One more thing. Rewatch 'The Agony and the Ecstasy'. I find Michelangelo to be especially interesting. For one so refined -- he seemed to live like a tramp. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zEJOKdtDe0I&feature=related He also seemed to know way too much. Interesting. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eAKEIsJpk0w Don't stop thinking about Isis, Ra, Moses, and Aaron -- past, present, and future (reincarnationally and archangelically). Rewatch 'The Ring of Power' in light of everything presented thus far in this thread. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BwnWni9HLEY Who REALLY invented You Tube and the Internet??? What Would Gore Say? You might be surprised. Has You Tube and the Internet Turned the Tide in the Great Controversy Between Christ and Satan in the Conflict of the Ages??? I feel as if I need to watch 'Ring of Power' over and over again -- while reading 'Jesus: Last of the Pharaohs', 'The Gods of Eden', 'Rule by Secrecy', 'The Twelth Planet', 'The Great Controversy', 'The Red Pill Threads', and 'The United States of the Solar System Thread'. I have no idea how much of all of this might be true -- but it might help prepare me for 'The Real Truth'. Again, all of this is intended to help prepare us for what might be coming. This is a Boot-Camp for a New Solar System and a Brave New Universe.

    Some days I just feel like hiding and crying. Today is one of those days. Imagine how I might react to the 'Truth, the Whole Truth, and Nothing But the Truth'??? Perhaps I am being sheltered by silence. Or, perhaps Those Who Know are Hiding Behind a Veil of Silence and Secrecy. Those Who Talk -- Don't Know. Those Who Know -- Don't Talk. But really, perhaps the Veil of Secrecy should be opened slowly -- rather than rending it in twain from top to bottom.
    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13638
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  orthodoxymoron Tue Jul 03, 2012 8:48 pm

    Here is a change of pace. I wonder what the Dracs and Greys think about the madness contained within this post (especially regarding the police-chases)??!! Sometimes it's very difficult to defend the Human Race. I completely understand that Earth and Humanity are a mess in so many ways -- yet there is so much good and excellence to counterbalance the madness. Human Life is a Real Mixed Bag. I frankly don't know what to do. I have made some suggestions and speculations -- but making things better might be much more difficult than even I think it might be.

    Motorcycle Hill-Climbing!!!

    1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M9Qe1Ztd-f4&feature=related
    2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OYX1JFsf0TA&feature=related
    3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oxO4lTlh0YU&feature=related

    How 'bout some Extreme-Machines???!!!

    1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EmzVWEAD6wA&feature=related
    2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=fvwrel&v=DARjXKRq8Ik&NR=1
    3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xAaV2BrVt0A&feature=related
    4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bjGOBMBBLQU&feature=related
    5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wwSdOleA_uc&feature=related
    6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E6USO8krrmU&feature=related
    7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WSgLjBZudHY&feature=related
    8. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jNTan4qAiFg&feature=related

    Do you feel lucky???

    1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PFmXTjNHFoc&feature=related

    They have ways to make you stop. Many ways.

    1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jVV5XoXjJvo&feature=related
    2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1mO1jir-NbA&feature=relmfu
    3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DqVYamwINkE&feature=relmfu
    4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fkGUm8crk_M&feature=relmfu
    5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LErYDLK1iGc&feature=relmfu
    6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KjgDgBvO0YQ&feature=relmfu

    You haven't seen anything yet...

    1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xSKC9SXu4U0&feature=related
    2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-z9jXZY9m-Q&feature=related
    3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Yy9AV_0ijI4&feature=relmfu
    4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vLRWJF7I3G4&feature=relmfu
    5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OcXDVXBsGrY&feature=relmfu
    6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iQGuM0lL0Ws&feature=relmfu
    7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0g9ssQSV6UA

    I wonder what they say about this sort of thing on the Dark Side of the Moon????
     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 618px-Darwin_Awards_MAIN Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Immortality-2015-darwin-awards-demotivational-poster-1285743210 Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Award-darwin+award
     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 The-darwin-awards-stupid-alligator-crocodile-darwin-pwnage-demotivational-poster-1263246696


    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Tue Jul 03, 2012 11:01 pm; edited 5 times in total
    Aquaries1111
    Aquaries1111


    Posts : 1394
    Join date : 2012-06-02
    Age : 55
    Location : In the Suns

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  Aquaries1111 Tue Jul 03, 2012 10:32 pm

    Wow Oxy,

    What a "ride"...

    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13638
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  orthodoxymoron Tue Jul 03, 2012 11:10 pm

    I used to love doing this sort of thing!! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AbT3Yy5lexY&feature=related But I would never dream of doing this!! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D_qqLp4Zs2k&feature=related I'm not that kind of guy!! I think I met Bruce Brown -- the producer of 'On Any Sunday' -- but I'm not sure. This is one of my favorite movies (featuring Steve McQueen)!! It's a classic which is now over 40 years old!! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X5up9sv8Nyk&feature=related

    Here are several clips from an old classic (featuring Steve McQueen) -- 'Le Mans'!!

    1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=endscreen&v=Ytn7C9UJ5mo&NR=1
    2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7zhDKFhfEgg&feature=related
    3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oeLfH0I9RRI
    4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?NR=1&feature=endscreen&v=srGafJ6nPvQ

    I'd love to race an old Porsche 917K!!! It's gotta be a short-tail!!! Some of you know why...

    1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Hj39mMan1hg&feature=relmfu
    2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=resu77vBKm0&feature=related

    Actually, the 917-30 is the real speedster (with 1,000 bhp)!! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jg4m1EGZO2k&feature=related

    Here's one of my favorite classic car-chases (featuring Steve McQueen)!! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b4mLNnxZM38&feature=related

    Here's another classic car chase!! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CE2i08S3YeY&feature=related

    Here's one of my favorite classic cars!!

    1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WPcMCyUDViQ&feature=related
    2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oJMepJfotZo&feature=relmfu
     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Ferrari-F40_mp20_pic_73975
    I am spending my Fourth of July watching a very-cool parade -- watching very-hot fireworks -- and watching 'Independence Day'!!! I keep wondering how independent America really is??? Is independence necessarily a good thing??? Should the Great Goal be Independence and Freedom??? I have lately been passively promoting the idea that Responsibility is the Goal -- with appropriate levels of Freedom and Independence as the Products of Responsibility -- as the Fruit, and not the Root. I've also been attempting to see things through the eyes of both Rulers and Rebels -- which has probably made both sides mad at me. What is the True Nature of the Divinity Within Humanity? I have been arguing for the continued existence of Male and Female Human-Physicality -- yet Earth and Humanity continue to be Highly Problematic. I continue to passively promote the idea that a Namaste-Constitutional-Responsible-Freedom United States of the Solar System (administered by 10,000 PhD-Representatives associated with the City-States, the United Nations, and the Moon) might make things exponentially better in this Neck of the Galaxy. I have tried thinking about this by imagining living and working in small apartment-offices in the City-States, the United Nations, and the Moon -- as sort of a Questioning-Watcher. The imagination is a wonderful thing.

    Despite all of the stupid and horrible things they have been involved with -- I would still like to have marathon conversations with people like Zbignew Brzezinski, George H.W. Bush, George W. Bush, Dick Cheney, David Rockefeller, Henry Kissinger, the Rothschilds, the Queen, the Pope, President Obama, Bill and Hillary Clinton, et al. Speaking for several months with one who claimed to be an Ancient Egyptian Deity was most interesting -- but they were VERY restrained in revealing sensitive and secret information -- and they refused to answer 90% of my questions. I don't know who they REALLY were -- but I have several theories (which I will NEVER discuss). I enjoyed speaking with them -- regardless of a perceived Dark and Troubled History -- because they knew what they were talking about. In many ways, we seemed to be on the 'same-page' -- but in very different ways. I simply wish to keep my eyes and ears open to ALL CONCERNED -- but this doesn't mean that I wouldn't be somewhat irreverent and questioning. I continued making probing and speculative posts while I conversed with 'Said Deity' -- and I very indirectly used some of the information they revealed to me -- in the formulation of these posts. I attempted to be friendly -- yet aloof and neutral. In a sense -- I was both Friend and Foe -- toward them. A lot of people wouldn't have spoken with them at all -- and a lot of people would've attempted to 'Do Business' with them. I like to think that I could rationally and politely speak with Anyone (human or otherwise) -- under Any circumstances. I have repeatedly stated that I like to listen, watch, and post. This might be my MO -- regardless of what the future holds.

    What if a lot of space-travel occurs via some sort of an 'Avatar' program -- or a soul-transference program?? You know using some sort of a super tough body or Cylon-type 'container' to withstand the harsh conditions found in space??? What if even the Apollo program used an 'Avatar' and/or an 'Anti-Gravity' modality?? I think we really went to the Moon -- but I think we were already there when we 'went' -- and I don't think we 'went' in the manner in which we said that we 'went'. It wouldn't surprise me if most all of the 'Who's Who' of Banking, Politics, Religion, etc. have been at least to the Moon -- in some sort of a body (their own or otherwise). I think we're going to be shocked by what we learn in the next couple of years. Actually, the truth seems to be out-there if one takes the time and energy to do some extensive research and reflection. Disclosure seems to be occurring -- and probably has been occurring -- for at least a couple of decades. However, the pace of the disclosure seems to be increasing. A lot of us are probably going to get 'sick' as we are exposed to some very upsetting and disorienting information.

    I'm sorry if you don't like my 'One Nation Under God?' below -- but we should consider the possibility of both Good and Evil Deities who might travel in unconventional-spacecraft -- and who might give the President their marching-orders. I frankly don't have a problem with the concept of a Good God and/or Goddess who travels through space in a UFO. Why might that be a problem?? I simply want this solar system to be significantly improved -- especially regarding eliminating suffering and warfare. Game-Playing gives meaning to life -- but we seem to go out of our way to play some very dangerous games!! I once wrote a college paper titled 'War: The Ultimate Sport'. If we eliminate war -- what will young men do to prove themselves?? I once spoke with a psychiatrist about this topic. Duty! Country! Honor! I like the technology, hardware, strategy, discipline, uniforms, parades, etc. -- but I hate the hatred, misery, blood, guts, destruction, body-bags, funerals, massive-debt, etc, etc. It's sort of sad -- isn't it???

    I'd still appreciate seeing a scholarly-critique of my internet-activities (but especially this thread). I've been requesting this for several years now -- with no results. This work is exploratory in nature -- rather than being some sort of a verdict -- although with the proper research and validation, it might be turned into some sort of a verdict (with reasonable modifications). I previously requested the limited assistance of Benevolent Beings relative to a United States of the Solar System (a couple of years ago) -- yet I still don't know what's really going on in this solar system. To definitively and definitely follow-through on my general proposals would require exhaustive and unbiased research. I'm still flying-blind.

    One more thing. I don't know what levels of appreciation and/or disapproval to exhibit -- and I don't know where to direct either. I wish to thank all those who have tried to 'do the right thing' throughout history. I hesitate to condemn -- because I don't know how much of a Reincarnational Bad@$$ I might be. I obviously desire liberty and justice for all -- yet many of us holier-than-thou types might perform reprehensible-acts if provided with sufficient opportunities. I guess this is one reason why I lean toward the 10,000 PhD-Representative thing -- rather than some sort of a nasty dictatorship or theocracy. On the other hand -- there probably should be some sort of a CEO with some sort of divine status -- as an authority of last resort -- or something like that. I have no idea what the proper balance of power might look like. I also might have the number of representatives wrong -- but really -- this is a rather large solar system -- with a lot to keep track of -- and it might be rather difficult to corrupt 10,000 really bright and moral people. Still -- I worry constantly about things spiralling out of control. It wouldn't take much, now would it??? Even though I have not spoken of all of the races, religions, and regions of the solar system -- I intend no partiality. I have merely been seeking common-denomenators and evolutionary-transformations of that which presently exists relative to solar system governance. I am merely seeking a stable center -- so that we don't exterminate ourselves -- and so that we do not provoke the universe to save us the trouble -- and do it for us...
     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Independence%2Bday Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 INDEPENDENCE-DAY
    One Nation Under God???


    Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Wed Jul 04, 2012 9:39 pm; edited 4 times in total
    Eartheart
    Eartheart


    Posts : 466
    Join date : 2012-02-23
    Age : 60
    Location : surface omnidim gridpoint

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  Eartheart Wed Jul 04, 2012 8:59 pm

    ('Earth')
    She showed me her mooncalendar. With those sunrise prayertimes.
    Yeah, she even hung them beside my cyberstation. I had to change
    the leaves as time flowed on. Pure data, no comentary or comment.
    The evening grows and spoils us on heavenly spirals, thick like molten
    chocolate and sweet like cococonfeteria from the counter downtown.
    Teatime is long gone, we skippt water instead and a glas roughe bloo-
    berryjuice from some toast, broad out by Medicinewooman and myself
    as Drummer. Together with my jamaican friend that drumms startet to sing
    and we heard the rightgous vibe tuning the circle and while medicinegirl
    slapped hands with me i sang to the Wakantanka fluteplay, to our solarbirdy freedom
    and those luster visions of post-shift children at play. Dreams of those fair
    loving magical spells, carefully given through the generations and ages.
    You know, it is the the night before fullmoon, ans she hidingbehind clouds,
    with thounder and lightning over the far alpine rocks. A small sticky fire,
    while its summer warmed undthe groove of high trees. They embrace us like
    home scurity and our bodies are blown in the wind. Excellence and Majesty
    give their shanti vibe and lead those thursty children beyond Sion to the well.

    Probably because some guests wanted it so urgent, Master Jesus appeared,
    swifft and in raw mood he commandet Peace & Loove for my Homeplanet,
    discounting some spooky timelines and dropping the magnetic wrapps. Right
    then he led me around the circle to do medicine on everyones aural envelopes.
    The extraordinary vibe went in spirals from our Eartheart into the skys of Eden.
    I was so happy in this starlighted clearness he left ringing insight me, Gauranitai...

    Everything happend simultanously, but there was no action, pure spirit flowering
    and flowing under lightbody or soulintents into sacral dynamics. Purifications!
    There was no disrupter signal in the divine enfulgence which stayed around us.

    By the way he must have read my heartsore mnemos, he keeps sending me aural
    visions, concerning our dislike of Comtes, borgclubs and Merkaba perfected devices.
    And he showed me their full historic angels embedded in timeless Leela of our
    inner awakening. And concerning my pardon about how we are all made by dream.
    He showed me St. germain in those middleages, with his young friend some kind of
    channeling done with the anticrusader moovement, burning for the black madonna.
    He must there have concieved this clorious vision of building up this trust which will
    bring the united treachery of mankind to the divie children to build the Homeplanet.
    It was like a David wills on cosmic expo & surf cup banquett on Fathers blessing day.

    Naive and missing the cruzification of modern activism, their good paying clients used
    to spy and cunningly loot anything for their hungry ghosts and psychopath's grasp.
    In the end the whole jesuit banking structures are taken from those soires of spirit,
    twisted to the mean logistics of vatican and brutish collonial expansion. Beware!
    Holy Spirit wont be mislead by statistics.
    May all the Loove surround you and guide your way home. So asked about the recent
    Miracle at Fatima, why Rome is excommunicated and doomed? Instead let us go like
    a Team to take the vatican over, free all the spiritual civilisation on Gaya and use some funds
    to invite oxymoron and put the new solar namaste soulflares into rule.
    He made a very complex gesture to me, expressing multidim stillness to all those dire
    questions of our seekers here on the mount of Olives. Concerning "V" and "Ultra"...
    Excellency on physics explained the radiating corefractals inside your 11dim holon
    are wavefree/particlefree PLASMACLUSTER ready to inscent , taken all Yoniversal
    creations inside and all inner lifestarbeeingness ourside into Gaya, kind of slipknot
    during monopolarisations of planetsphere, orbital relocation??? and fine state-of-the
    Artist Hunab Quo as orgastic fusion generator blesses us with the churned nectar.
    What a folly, Sanander tricked by asian Hong suprematists, them use the sirian lord
    to stop whatever abundance funding, St.Germain taken hostage by fake jews,
    which are used by all unholy alliances simultanously to act out real stupid, dump
    directives from the seventies of the last century ever. And the germans cant win
    and free the Aldebaran Loove when they cant affort slavic pristesses for their cult.
    But be assured my friends on the surface, its aboutthelifetree and spiritual continium.
    Their cult. And it is about your living spirits, your non-action and transfigurations,
    your realisation of enspacement beyond the arteficial samsara. Pure Land Visison!
    Its your allknowing, not your allquestioning which brings sanity during lift off...

    This skills of multispecies empathy, supraliquid lightbody propulsion, lightship dreamboards,
    and as special ingridient, the burnt soul engravings of 2012 shakti flowering,
    all the divine unfolding which your are longing for! Hop on de Lightship!

    orthodoxymoron
    orthodoxymoron


    Posts : 13638
    Join date : 2010-09-28
    Location : The Matrix

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Re: Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System

    Post  orthodoxymoron Wed Jul 04, 2012 9:20 pm

    Wow, Eartheart!! That was quite good!! Was that your work?? I might have to read it several times, in order to discern its deeper meaning -- but I think I got the gist of it. A lot of posts I've encountered over the past several years have been written in a rather complex and obscure language -- which I do not fully appreciate. I'm sure it makes perfect sense within the proper context -- yet this is a context which I am not presently privvy to. Namaste.

    Someone just blew-up a stick of dynamite very close to me (a piece of debri landed next to me)!! I didn't know they were going to do this -- but I didn't jump at all. I never do. I'm always on edge -- but I am never startled -- and I never jump. I didn't even jump when my television (which I never watch) turned itself on, and Rumpelstiltskin said "All You Have to do is Sign on the Dotted-Line"!!! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6bT76S7LsEg&feature=related Do we have a deal?? I'll have to check with a Dream-Team of Philadelphia Lawyers (after they've had a chance to examine everything of substance -- with a scanning electron-microscope)!! I'll get back to you!! Namaste. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ybdNGwoXFSg&feature=related
    Eartheart
    Eartheart


    Posts : 466
    Join date : 2012-02-23
    Age : 60
    Location : surface omnidim gridpoint

     Archangelic Queens of Heaven and the United States of the Solar System - Page 19 Empty Obscure X-change or blacksunday feat. Belle on renegate hits

    Post  Eartheart Thu Jul 05, 2012 7:23 am

    <bold> uff & Yeah! Stuff & Yooh!
    Orthodoxymoron, you made my morning dude, i had several symtoms after checking back on your famous thread to the illusory... And some inner joy, which came in widening intervalls back around. And yeah, i wrote this yeaterday after reading your "independanceday report"... While most of our friends pulled the trigger on their dependencies, hiding in the woods or save coven and grasping after the stars to hold themself in space, i realize my interdependance and lock onto the prescribed drama, go where the heat is and wack the MF into oblivion.

    I mean i X-change with gusto this overcrowded Christ Office with a selfcreated HQ ofthe United States of the Solar System, having just turned around all the dangerous weaponry used against "We the devkids" to realign perspective and outcome of that inherent confrontations.
    So get back with your Dream-Team of Philadelphia Lawyers (lucky you wont need to talk to the chicago ones-hahah!), present us in the Spirit of Tripple-C for Constitiutions, stay in a coherent mood pl.,
    so like fathers prethought and mothers intuitive remembrances.
    The cosmic shakti, even the divine one riding the photonic bowshock is unity in allembracing intelligences, she will cling to our visionary allfrequency output (till it is replaced with an further modelation!!!), creation accomodates real worx. Congrats!
    This friendly Namaste great architecture of yours wakes allready all builders in their graves, countless renegades perished to juice up our ideological fusion generators, which lift our new real out of the earth. it will pass through the whole pyramid of established morons and pass even the 34-level of intimacy with the secret doctrine. Aswe can give straight answers, we cant gostraight ways!
    So lets commune the spiralized souls here in the Mists and get an ultradim mycel to grow into the mastercell, the omni-space which defies zero-space and complements the void with wholeness again.

    By the way thanx for the tube-showtimes, it helps to comprehend your obscure complexity
    The Floyd The Carol Band


    I remember my first real concert was with B.sabbath summer 82 in hungary, we had to travel over 3000km to be on, and it was the end to my screaming around at our highschool-band-stagings. But earnestly, even as youngster i didntvtrip on the metal, but was elevated by the human powers of 73000 fans and the vortex of the concert. See, it was incremental a energetic structure which was in line with what is given through the generations and build upon by all to refine and tune this motivational stimulus of life. Here you go and see what is there left from the surface populus, besides the pollutions. A glorious etherical lifeform, like a holo-kernel, stucked with the multitude and adapted to interdim layers ect...

    Reveal yourself, divine personality and lead us from death to immortality..., from regressive genspliced numbness to Loove, from isolated quarantene to beneficial symbiosis and playfoolness.

    Namaskar

      Current date/time is Mon Nov 18, 2024 2:37 pm